Prospectus Supplement to Prospectus dated July 23, 1999
Equity One Mortgage Pass-Through Trust 1999-1
$195,015,906 Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1999-1
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Equity One, Inc. Equity One ABS, Inc.
as Servicer as Depositor
Offered Price to Underwriting Net Proceeds
Certificates Principal Balance Pass-Through Rate Public (1) Discount to Depositor(1)
------------ ----------------- ----------------- ---------- -------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Class A $195,015,906 7.76%(2) 99.99863% 0.30% $194,428,187
</TABLE>
- ------------
(1) Before deducting expenses, payable by the depositor, estimated to be
approximately $511,000.
(2) This rate may be limited by a maximum rate described under the caption
"Description of the Certificates--Interest".
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Before buying certificates,
consider carefully the risk The certificates--
factors beginning on page
S-10 in this document and on o represent an interest in a trust fund consisting primarily of a pool
page 5 in the prospectus. of fixed rate mortgage loans.
o currently have no trading market.
The certificates will
represent interests in the Credit enhancement for the certificates--
trust fund only and will not
represent interests in or be o will include a spread account, with an initial balance of
obligations of any other $5,850,477. On each distribution date, the trustee may deposit
entity. additional funds into the spread account after making required
distributions to the certificates and paying certain other expenses.
Amounts in the spread account will be available to fund shortfalls
This prospectus supplement between required distributions on the certificates and funds available
may be used to offer and to pay them.
sell the certificates only
if it is accompanied by the o will also include a certificate guaranty insurance policy from Ambac
prospectus. Assurance Corporation. This policy will guarantee current payments of
interest and ultimate payment of principal to holders of the certificates
on the terms described in this document.
[Ambac Logo]
</TABLE>
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved the certificates or determined that this prospectus
supplement or the accompanying prospectus is accurate or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation, as underwriter of the
certificates, has agreed to purchase the certificates and the certificates will
be offered by the underwriter from time to time as provided herein in negotiated
transactions or otherwise at varying prices to be determined at the time of
sale. It is expected that delivery of the Class A Certificates will be made in
book-entry form only through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company,
Cedelbank and the Euroclear System on or about August 19, 1999.
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
August 12, 1999
<PAGE>
Information about the certificates is presented in two separate documents
that progressively provide more detail:
o the accompanying prospectus which provides general information,
some of which may not apply to your certificates, and
o this prospectus supplement, which describes the specific terms of
your certificates.
We strongly encourage you to read both this prospectus supplement and the
prospectus in full. You should rely only on the information contained or
incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different
information.
If the description of the terms of your certificates varies between this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, you should rely on the
information in this prospectus supplement.
We have made cross-references to captions in this prospectus supplement and
the accompanying prospectus under which you can find further related
discussions. The table of contents that follows on the next page and the table
of contents in the accompanying prospectus indicate where these captions are
located.
We are not offering the certificates in any state where the offer is not
permitted.
We do not claim that the information in this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the dates stated
on the cover of each document.
Dealers will deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus when acting as
underwriters of the Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1999-1, and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions. In addition, all dealers
selling the Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1999-1 will be required
to deliver a prospectus supplement and prospectus until November 17, 1999.
Subject to certain limitations, you can get a copy of any of the documents
referred to in the accompanying prospectus under the caption "Incorporation of
Certain Documents by Reference" free of charge from the trustee. You should
direct any requests for these documents to the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee at 450 West 33rd Street, New York, New York 10001, telephone: (212)
946-3015, facsimile number: (212) 946-8191, Attention: Capital Markets Fiduciary
Services.
This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain
forward-looking statements relating to future economic performance or
projections and other financial items. The Private Securities Litigation Reform
Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements. In order to
comply with the terms of the safe harbor, the depositor notes that these
forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and
other important factors that could cause actual results or performance to differ
materially from these forward-looking statements. Those risks, uncertainties and
other factors include, among others, the rate and timing of prepayments on
mortgage loans, general economic and business conditions, competition, changes
in political and social conditions, regulatory initiatives and compliance with
government regulations, customer preferences and various other matters, many of
which are beyond the depositor's control. These forward-looking statements,
together with related qualifying language and assumptions, are found in the
material, including each of the tables, set forth under the captions "Risk
Factors," "Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations," and "Yield and
Prepayment Considerations." Forward-looking statements are also found elsewhere
in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, and may be
identified by, among other things, the use of forward-looking words such as
"expects," "intends," "anticipates," "estimates," "believes," "may" or other
comparable words. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of
this prospectus supplement. The depositor expressly disclaims any obligation or
undertaking to update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect any change
in the depositor's expectations or any change in events, conditions or
circumstances on which any forward-looking statement is based.
S-2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
Page
----
Summary of Terms............................................................S-4
Risk Factors...............................................................S-10
The Mortgage Pool..........................................................S-15
Servicing of Loans.........................................................S-24
Description of the Certificates............................................S-29
Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations..............................S-39
The Insurer................................................................S-44
Use of Proceeds............................................................S-45
Federal Income Tax Consequences............................................S-46
ERISA Considerations.......................................................S-47
Legal Investment...........................................................S-48
Underwriting...............................................................S-48
Legal Matters..............................................................S-48
Experts....................................................................S-49
Ratings....................................................................S-49
Index of Defined Terms.....................................................S-50
Annex I - Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation Procedures.....A-1
Prospectus
Risk Factors..................................................................5
The Trust Fund...............................................................11
Use of Proceeds..............................................................15
The Depositor................................................................15
Loan Program.................................................................15
Description of the Securities................................................21
Credit Enhancement...........................................................34
Yield and Prepayment Considerations..........................................38
The Agreements...............................................................40
Legal Aspects of the Loans...................................................52
Federal Income Tax Consequences..............................................61
State Tax Considerations.....................................................81
ERISA Considerations.........................................................82
Legal Investment.............................................................85
Method of Distribution.......................................................86
Legal Matters................................................................87
Rating.......................................................................87
Available Information........................................................88
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference..............................88
Index of Defined Terms.......................................................89
S-3
<PAGE>
SUMMARY OF TERMS
This summary highlights selected information from this document and does
not contain all of the information that you need to consider in making your
investment decision. You should read this entire prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus carefully before you decide whether to purchase
certificates.
This summary provides an overview of certain calculations, cash flows and
other information to aid your understanding and is qualified by the full
description of these calculations, cash flows and other information in this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.
The Trust Fund and the Sellers
Equity One Mortgage Pass-Through Trust 1999-1 will be formed pursuant to a
pooling and servicing agreement to be dated as of July 31, 1999 by and
among Equity One ABS, Inc., as depositor, Equity One, Inc., as a seller and
as the servicer, The Chase Manhattan Bank, as trustee, and the other
sellers listed in the next sentence. Equity One, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, Equity One, Incorporated, a Pennsylvania corporation, Equity
One Mortgage Company, a North Carolina corporation, Equity One Mortgage,
Inc., a Delaware corporation, Equity One, Inc., a Minnesota corporation,
Equity One Consumer Loan Company, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation, Equity
One of West Virginia, Inc., a West Virginia corporation, and Equity One
Mortgage, Inc., a New York corporation, as sellers, will sell the mortgage
loans to Equity One ABS, Inc. Equity One ABS, Inc. will deposit the
mortgage loans with the trust fund.
The Certificates
On or about August 19, 1999, the trust fund will issue the certificates.
This document discusses two classes of certificates, the Class A
Certificates and Class R Certificates, both of which will represent
interests in the trust fund. The Class A Certificates are being offered to
you by this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. We are
not offering the Class R Certificates for sale to investors. The Class R
Certificates will not have a pass-through rate.
Generally, we will offer the Class A Certificates for purchase in
denominations of $25,000 and integral multiples of $1 thereof.
Registration of Certificates
We will issue the Class A Certificates in book-entry form. You will hold
your interests either through a depository in the United States or through
one of two depositories in Europe. While the Class A Certificates are
book-entry they will be registered in the name of the nominee of the
depository in the United States.
Transfers within any depository system will be in accordance with the usual
rules and operating procedures of that system. Cross-market transfers
between two different depository systems may be effected through a
third-party bank and/or the related depositories. The limited circumstances
under which definitive certificates will replace the book-entry
certificates are described in the prospectus.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates,"
and Annex I in this prospectus supplement and "Description of the
Securities--Book-Entry Registration of Securities" in the prospectus for
more detail.
Trust Property
The trustee will hold the trust property for the benefit of the
certificateholders. The trust property includes:
o a pool of first and second lien fixed rate mortgage loans;
S-4
<PAGE>
o payments on the mortgage loans received after July 31, 1999,
sometimes referred to in this prospectus supplement as the
cut-off date (other than amounts received after this date in
respect of principal and interest on the mortgage loans due on or
prior to this date);
o the deed of trust or mortgage related to each mortgage loan;
o property that once secured a mortgage loan that the trust fund
has acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure;
o the benefits of the certificate guaranty insurance policy;
o amounts on deposit in the various accounts maintained by the
servicer and the trustee for the benefit of the
certificateholders;
o rights of the depositor under the pooling and servicing agreement
pursuant to which the depositor purchased the mortgage loans from
the sellers, including the right to require the sellers to
repurchase mortgage loans for breaches of representations and
warranties; and
o rights of the sellers under any hazard insurance policies
covering the mortgaged properties.
The Mortgage Pool
On the closing date the trust fund will acquire a pool of fixed rate
mortgage loans secured by first or second liens on one- to four-family
dwellings and mortgage loans secured by first liens on multi-family
properties and structures which contain both residential dwelling units and
space used for retail, professional or other commercial uses.
The mortgage loans had the following characteristics as of the close of
business on July 31, 1999:
o number of mortgage loans: 2,082
o aggregate principal balance: $195,015,906.89
o mortgaged property location: 39 states; other than approximately
25.88% and 24.65% of the loans (by principal balance) on
mortgaged properties located in Pennsylvania and New Jersey,
respectively, no state represented more than 5.00% of the
mortgage loans, by principal balance
o maximum original combined loan-to-value ratio: 100.00%
o weighted average original combined loan-to-value ratio: 74.91%
(approximate)
o original combined loan-to-value ratio range: 8.70% to 100.00%
(approximate)
o principal balance range: $11,250.00 to $748,163.20 (approximate)
o loan origination date range from May 21, 1998 to July 30, 1999
o average principal balance: $93,667.58 (approximate)
o interest rate range: 7.00% to 13.99%
o weighted average interest rate: 9.11% (approximate)
o weighted average remaining term to stated maturity, based on
principal balance: 192.47 months (approximate)
S-5
<PAGE>
o remaining term to stated maturity range: 7 months to 360 months
o last maturity date: August 2, 2029
o use of each mortgaged property: 81.84% owner occupied and 18.16%
non-owner occupied (by principal balance)
o 99.77% first priority lien and 0.23% second priority lien (by
principal balance)
We refer you to "The Mortgage Pool" in this prospectus supplement.
Servicer and Servicing
Equity One, Inc. will service, manage and make collections on the mortgage
loans. In exchange for these services, Equity One, Inc. will receive an
annual servicing fee, payable monthly, of 0.50% of the principal balance of
each mortgage loan. The servicer will also be entitled to certain other
amounts as servicing compensation from the trust fund.
We refer you to "Servicing of Loans--The Servicer" and "--Servicing
Compensation and Payment of Expenses" in this prospectus supplement.
Distributions to Certificateholders
General
On each distribution date, the trustee will make a payment on the Class A
Certificates. The distribution date will be the 25th day of each month or,
if the 25th day is not a business day, the next business day, commencing on
September 27, 1999. Distributions will be made to the persons in whose
names the certificates are registered at the close of business (1) on the
business day immediately preceding that distribution date unless and until
any of the certificates are issued as physical certificates and (2) while
any physical certificates are outstanding, on the last business day of the
calendar month immediately preceding that distribution date.
Payments on the Class A Certificates will be funded:
o from the payments received with respect to the mortgage loans;
and
o if the amount described in the above bullet is insufficient, from
draws on the spread account; and
o if the amount described in the above two bullets is insufficient,
from draws on the certificate guaranty insurance policy; and
o if the pass-through rate for the Class A Certificates is
determined by the maximum rate, supplemental interest payments
may be made from amounts released from an interest reserve fund.
Payments will be made on each distribution date in the following order of
priority:
o to interest on the Class A Certificates; and
o to principal on the Class A Certificates, subject to certain
priorities described under the caption "Description of the
Certificates--Principal" in this prospectus supplement.
After payment of the above amounts to the holders of Class A Certificates,
the funding of the spread account to the required level and certain other
allocations, any remaining amounts will be distributed on the
S-6
<PAGE>
Class R Certificates.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Principal--Residual
Certificates" in this prospectus supplement.
Distributions of Interest
On each distribution date, you will be entitled to receive interest earned
during the prior calendar month on your certificate at the fixed rate per
annum set forth on the cover page of this prospectus supplement, subject to
the maximum rate described under the caption "Description of the
Certificates--Interest." You will also be entitled to receive any interest
that you earned previously but did not receive plus interest thereon. There
are certain circumstances which could reduce the amount of interest payable
to you.
In addition, if the amount of interest you are entitled to receive on any
distribution date is determined by the maximum rate, you may also be
entitled to receive supplemental interest payments on a subordinated basis
from an interest reserve fund referred to in this prospectus supplement as
the Net WAC Cap Account. The Net WAC Cap Account will be funded on the
Closing Date with a deposit of $10,000. Subsequent deposits to the Net WAC
Cap Account will be made from distributions from the spread account to the
extent funds on deposit in the spread account on each distribution date
exceed the maximum amount required to be on deposit therein, such that the
amount on deposit in the Net WAC Cap Account does not exceed $10,000.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Distributions" and
"--Interest" in this prospectus supplement.
Distributions of Principal
On each distribution date, the trustee will make a payment of principal on
your certificate if there is cash available for the payment on that date.
The amount of principal distributable to you on any distribution date will
generally equal the amount of principal received on the mortgage loans
during the prior month plus in certain circumstances losses on the mortgage
loans incurred during the prior month.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Distributions" and
"--Principal" in this prospectus supplement for more details.
Credit Enhancement
General
Credit enhancement is intended to reduce the harm caused to holders of
certificates by shortfalls in payments received on the mortgage loans. The
credit enhancement provided for the benefit of certificateholders consists
of the spread account and the certificate guaranty insurance policy, as
described below and elsewhere in this prospectus supplement.
Spread Account
The spread account will be established as a separate trust account with the
trustee for the benefit of the certificateholders and the insurer with an
initial deposit of $5,850,477. On each distribution date, the trustee will
deposit certain excess cash flow from the mortgage loans, to the extent
available, into the spread account.
On each distribution date, the amounts, if any, on deposit in the spread
account will be used primarily to fund any shortfall between the available
funds for payments on Class A Certificates and the amount of principal and
interest due on the Class A Certificates prior to any draws on the
certificate guaranty insurance policy. Amounts on deposit in the spread
account will not be available to pay supplemental interest payments.
If on any distribution date the spread account is funded to the level
required by the insurer, any additional
S-7
<PAGE>
excess cash flow will be available to fund any supplemental interest
payments to the Class A Certificates due as a result of the application of
the maximum rate, to fund the Net WAC Cap Account to its required level and
to make distributions to the Class R Certificates.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Spread Account" in this
prospectus supplement.
Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policy
Ambac Assurance Corporation, the insurer, will issue the certificate
guaranty insurance policy to provide additional credit enhancement to the
Class A Certificates. Generally, under the certificate guaranty insurance
policy, the insurer will guarantee payment on each distribution date to the
trustee, for the benefit of the holders of the Class A Certificates, of an
amount sufficient to cover any shortfalls in funds available to pay
interest on the Class A Certificates at the fixed rate per annum appearing
on the cover page or maximum rate, as applicable, on that distribution date
following the application of all funds available in the spread account. The
certificate guaranty insurance policy does not cover any specified rate of
payment of principal; provided, however, that it guarantees payment of (1)
on each distribution date, the amount, if any, by which the aggregate
principal balance of the Class A Certificates exceeds the aggregate
principal balance of the mortgage loans in the trust fund and (2) the
aggregate outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates to the
extent they would otherwise remain unpaid on the last scheduled
distribution date or any earlier termination of the trust fund. The
certificate guaranty insurance policy does not guarantee the receipt of any
supplemental interest payments.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Certificate Guaranty
Insurance Policy" in this prospectus supplement.
Neither the Class A Certificates nor the underlying mortgage loans are
insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency or instrumentality, or by
any other entity.
Advances
Subject to certain exceptions, the servicer is required to make cash
advances to cover delinquent scheduled payments of principal of and
interest on any mortgage loan in the trust fund if it determines that these
advances will be recoverable from subsequent collections on that mortgage
loan. Under certain circumstances, the trustee will be required to make an
advance if the servicer fails to do so.
We refer you to "Servicing of Loans--Advances" in this prospectus
supplement.
Optional Termination
The servicer may exercise an option to purchase all the mortgage loans and
any properties that the trustee acquired in satisfaction of any of the
mortgage loans when the aggregate principal balance of all mortgage loans
in the trust fund, including the mortgage loans related to properties which
the trustee has acquired, is less than 5.00% of the aggregate principal
balance of all mortgage loans in the trust fund as of July 31, 1999. If the
servicer exercises this option, your certificate will be retired early and
you will be entitled to:
o the outstanding principal balance of your certificate;
o any unpaid accrued interest on your certificate at the lesser of
the fixed rate per annum appearing on the cover page and the
maximum rate; and
o any unpaid supplemental interest payments on your certificate to
the date of optional termination.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Optional Termination" in
this prospectus supplement.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
The trust fund will make an election to treat certain of its assets as a
"real estate mortgage investment
S-8
<PAGE>
conduit," or REMIC, for federal income tax purposes. The Class A
Certificates (excluding any rights to receive interest above the maximum
rate described herein) will constitute "regular interests" in the REMIC and
the Class R Certificates will constitute the sole class of "residual
interest" in the REMIC. Depending on their issue price, Class A
Certificates may be issued with original issue discount for federal income
tax purposes.
We refer you to "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in this prospectus
supplement and in the accompanying prospectus.
ERISA Considerations
If you are a fiduciary of any pension or other employee benefit plan
subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, you
should review carefully with your counsel whether you are permitted to buy
or hold any of the certificates.
Subject to the considerations described under "ERISA Considerations" in
this prospectus supplement and in the accompanying prospectus, it is
expected that the Class A Certificates may be purchased by a pension or
other employee benefit plan.
Legal Investment
You should consult with your counsel to see if you are permitted to buy any
of the certificates since the legal investment rules vary depending on what
kind of entity you are and which other entities regulate you. The Class A
Certificates will not be "mortgage related securities" for purposes of the
Secondary Mortgage Market Enhancement Act of 1984 because certain of the
mortgage loans in the trust fund will be secured by second liens on the
related mortgaged properties.
We refer you to "Legal Investment" in this prospectus supplement and in the
accompanying prospectus.
Ratings
The trust fund will not issue the certificates unless the Class A
Certificates are rated:
o "AAA" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.; and
o "Aaa" by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.
The ratings address credit risk. When evaluating credit risk, the rating
agencies look at the likelihood of whether or not you will receive your
interest and principal payments. Credit risk does not relate to the
likelihood of prepayments on the mortgage loans. Prepayments affect the
timing of your payments and, as a result, could cause your actual return to
differ substantially from your anticipated return on your investment.
The entitlement to any supplemental interest payments on the Class A
Certificates is not rated, and therefore the ratings of such certificates
do not address the likelihood of whether you will receive any supplemental
interest payments on your certificate.
We refer you to "Ratings" and "Risk Factors--Certificate Rating Subject to
Change" in this prospectus supplement.
S-9
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
o The certificates are not suitable investments for all investors.
o You should not purchase any of the certificates unless you understand and
are able to bear the prepayment, credit, liquidity and market risks
associated with these securities.
o The certificates are complex securities and it is important that you
possess, either alone or together with an investment advisor, the expertise
necessary to evaluate the information contained in this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus in the context of your financial
situation.
o In addition to the matters described elsewhere in this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus, you should carefully consider
the following risk factors before deciding to purchase a certificate. For a
discussion of additional risks pertaining to the certificates, we refer you
to "Risk Factors" in the accompanying prospectus.
You may have difficulty selling your certificates
The Class A Certificates will not be listed on any securities exchange. As
a result, if you wish to sell your certificates, you will have to find a
purchaser that is willing to purchase your certificates. The underwriter intends
to make a secondary market for the Class A Certificates. The underwriter may do
so by offering to buy the Class A Certificates from investors that wish to sell.
However, the underwriter will not be obligated to make offers to buy the Class A
Certificates and may stop making offers at any time. In addition, the prices
offered, if any, may not reflect prices that other potential purchasers, were
they to be given the opportunity, would be willing to pay. There have been times
in the past where there have been very few buyers of similar asset-backed
securities, and there may be such times in the future. As a result, you may not
be able to sell your certificates when you wish to do so or you may not be able
to obtain the price you wish to receive.
The borrowers have less than perfect credit and may be more likely to default.
The underwriting standards of the sellers are less restrictive than those
of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac with respect to a borrower's credit history and
other factors. A derogatory credit history or a lack of credit history will not
necessarily prevent the sellers from making a loan but may reduce the size and
the loan-to-value ratio of the loan the sellers will make. As a result of these
less restrictive standards, the trust fund may experience higher rates of
delinquencies, defaults and losses than if the mortgage loans were underwritten
in a more traditional manner.
Newly originated mortgage loans may be more likely to default which may cause
losses.
Defaults on mortgage loans tend to occur at higher rates during the early
years of the mortgage loans. Most of the mortgage loans will have been
originated within 12 months prior to the sale to the trust fund. As a result,
the trust may experience higher rates of default than if the mortgage loans had
been outstanding for a longer period of time.
Book-entry certificates may be illiquid.
Issuance of the Class A Certificates in book-entry form may adversely
affect your ability to sell your certificate in the secondary trading market
since investors may be unwilling to purchase certificates for which they cannot
obtain physical certificates.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates"
in this prospectus supplement and "Risk Factors--Book-Entry Registration" in the
accompanying prospectus.
S-10
<PAGE>
Book-entry certificates may not be able to be pledged.
Since transactions in the Class A Certificates can be effected only through
The Depository Trust Company, Cedelbank or the Euroclear System, their
participating organizations, indirect Participants and certain banks, your
ability to pledge your certificate to persons or entities that do not
participate in the Euroclear System, the Depository Trust Company or Cedelbank
systems may be limited due to lack of a physical certificate representing your
certificate.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates"
in this prospectus supplement and "Risk Factors--Book-Entry Registration" in the
accompanying prospectus.
Book-entry certificates may result in delayed receipt of distributions.
As a beneficial owner, you may experience some delay in receiving
distributions of interest and principal on your certificate since these
distributions will be:
o forwarded by the trustee to the depository;
o credited by the depository to the accounts of its Participants;
and
o ultimately credited to your account by a depository Participant.
We refer you to "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates"
and Annex I in this prospectus supplement and "Risk Factors--Book-Entry
Registration" in the accompanying prospectus.
Liquidations could result in delays and losses.
Even if the mortgaged properties provide adequate security for the mortgage
loans, substantial delays could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of mortgage loans that are delinquent and resulting shortfalls in
distributions on your certificate could occur. Corresponding delays in your
receipt of related proceeds could occur if the spread account is depleted and
the insurer fails to perform its obligations under the certificate guaranty
insurance policy. Also, liquidation expenses (such as legal fees, real estate
taxes, and maintenance and preservation expenses) will be paid first, thereby
reducing the proceeds payable on your certificate and thereby reducing the
security for the mortgage loans. Mortgage loans secured by second liens on the
related properties will also generally be subject to the prior payment of loans
secured by first liens on such properties. If any of the mortgaged properties
fail to provide adequate security for the related mortgage loans, you could
experience a loss if the spread account is depleted and the insurer fails to
perform its obligations under the certificate guaranty insurance policy.
We refer you to "Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations--Prepayment
Considerations and Risks" in this prospectus supplement and "Prepayment and
Yield Considerations" in the accompanying prospectus.
Your yield to maturity may be reduced by prepayments.
The yield to maturity and weighted average life of your certificate will be
affected primarily by the rate and timing of prepayments on the mortgage loans
in the trust fund. The mortgage loans may be prepaid in whole or in part at any
time, most without penalty. The trust's prepayment experience may be affected by
a wide variety of factors, including general economic conditions, interest
rates, the availability of alternative financing and homeowner mobility. The
servicer and its affiliates periodically conduct mass mailings to their existing
customers with respect to the refinancing of existing mortgage loans. Although
these marketing efforts are not specifically directed to customers who have
mortgage loans included in a trust fund, these customers may receive the
marketing materials as part of a broader mailing, which may result in an
increase in the rate of prepayments of mortgage loans included in a trust fund
through refinancings. In addition, substantially all of the mortgage loans
contain due-on-sale provisions, and the servicer intends to enforce such
provisions unless (1) enforcement is not permitted by applicable law or (2) the
servicer, in a manner consistent with reasonable commercial practice, permits
the purchaser of the related mortgaged property to assume the mortgage loan. To
the extent permitted by applicable law, such
S-11
<PAGE>
assumption will not release the original borrower from its obligation under
the mortgage loan. Enforcement of a due-on-sale provision would result in
repayment in full of the mortgage loan, which would be treated as a prepayment.
You will bear any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or slower
incidence of prepayments of the mortgage loans.
Consider carefully the discussion under "Yield, Prepayment and Maturity
Considerations--Prepayment Considerations and Risks" in this prospectus
supplement and under "Prepayment and Yield Considerations" and "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses" in the accompanying prospectus.
Defaults and delinquent payments on the mortgage loans could affect your yield.
If the spread account is depleted and the insurer fails to pay amounts
required under the certificate guaranty insurance policy, the yield to maturity
on your certificate will be sensitive to defaults and delinquent payments on the
mortgage loans in the trust fund. If the actual rate of defaults on the mortgage
loans in the trust fund and the actual amount of losses to the trust fund upon
liquidation of those mortgage loans is greater than the amounts assumed by you
in estimating the yield to maturity on your certificate, the actual yield will
be lower than your estimate. If the trust fund experiences substantial losses,
you may experience a loss. If the spread account is depleted and the insurer
fails to pay amounts required under the certificate guaranty insurance policy,
the timing of losses to the trust fund in connection with liquidations of
mortgage loans will affect the yield to maturity on your certificate even if the
rate of defaults and severity of such losses are consistent with your
expectations. In general, the earlier a loss occurs, the greater effect it will
have on the yield to maturity. There can be no assurance as to the delinquency,
foreclosure or loss experience with respect to the mortgage loans.
Limitations on interest rate of the certificates may affect your yield to
maturity.
The rate at which interest accrues on the Class A Certificates is subject
to a maximum rate based on the weighted average of the interest rates on the
mortgage loans in the trust fund, net of certain fees and expenses aggregating
0.695% per annum. If mortgage loans with relatively higher loan rates prepay,
the maximum rate on the Class A Certificates will be lower than otherwise would
be the case. In this event, the value and marketability of the Class A
Certificates may be temporarily or permanently reduced.
As of July 31, 1999, mortgage loans representing approximately 22.28% of
the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans in the trust
fund had net interest rates (net of certain fees and expenses of the trust fund)
less than the fixed rate of interest for the Class A Certificates appearing on
the cover page of this prospectus supplement.
If the pass-through rate for the Class A Certificates is determined by the
maximum rate described in this prospectus supplement, holders of Class A
Certificates will be entitled to receive certain supplemental interest payments
to the extent of available funds in the Net WAC Cap Account. Supplemental
interest payments, however, are not rated, not covered under the certificate
guaranty insurance policy or otherwise guaranteed, are contingent on the
performance of the mortgage loans and may not ever be available.
The rate at which interest accrues on the Class A Certificates may also be
reduced if borrowers under the mortgage loans obtain relief from payment
obligations pursuant to certain statutory provisions or if interest shortfalls
resulting from borrower prepayments of mortgage loans during the latter half of
a particular month are not covered by a reduction of the servicer's fees for the
following distribution date as provided in the pooling and servicing agreement.
We refer you to "Servicing of Loans--Adjustment to Servicing Fee in
Connection with Certain Prepaid Loans" and "Description of the
Certificates--Interest."
S-12
<PAGE>
Payment delay lowers your effective yield.
Generally, payments of principal and interest on the mortgage loans
received in any calendar month will not be passed through as payments on your
certificate until the distribution date in the following calendar month. As a
result, the monthly distributions on your certificate generally will reflect
borrower payments during the prior calendar month. The distribution date will be
the 25th day of each month (or the next succeeding business day), commencing in
September, 1999. Thus, the effective yield to you will be below that otherwise
produced by the pass-through rate and the price paid by you for your certificate
because distributions on your certificate in respect of any given month will not
be made until on or about the 25th day of the following month.
Balloon loans may bear higher risk of loss.
Approximately 62.67% of the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the
mortgage loans in the trust fund as of July 31, 1999 were balloon loans, which
generally provide for equal monthly payments and a final monthly payment
substantially greater than the preceding monthly payments. The balloon loans in
the trust fund generally have original terms of 12 to 192 months and provide for
monthly payments based on a 180 to 360 month amortization schedule. The borrower
on a balloon loan will generally attempt to refinance a balloon loan or sell the
underlying mortgaged property on or prior to the stated maturity date in order
to avoid payment of the final balloon payment. A borrower's ability to
accomplish either of these goals will be affected by a number of factors,
including the level of available mortgage rates at the time of sale or
refinancing, the borrower's equity in the related mortgaged property, the
financial condition of the borrower, tax laws and prevailing general economic
conditions. If a borrower is unable to refinance a balloon loan prior to its
stated maturity date, the borrower may be more likely to default on the loan.
None of the sellers, the servicer, the depositor or the trustee is obligated to
refinance any mortgage loan.
Proceeds of liquidation of mixed use loans may take longer to recover.
Mixed use loans are mortgage loans secured by multi-family properties and
structures that include both residential dwelling units and space used for
retail, professional or other commercial uses. Mixed use loans represented
approximately 12.03% of the aggregate principal balance of the mortgage loans in
the trust fund as of July 31, 1999. Due to the limited market for the type of
properties securing mixed use loans, in the event of a foreclosure, we expect
that it will take longer to recover proceeds from the liquidation of a mixed use
loan than it would for a mortgage loan secured by a one- to four-family
dwelling.
Withdrawal or downgrading of initial ratings will reduce the value of the
certificates.
The ratings of the certificates will be based on, among other things, the
adequacy of the value of the mortgage loans, the spread account and the
certificate guaranty insurance policy. These ratings should not be deemed a
recommendation to purchase, hold or sell certificates, since they do not address
market price or suitability for a particular investor. There is also no
assurance that these ratings will remain in effect for any given period of time
or may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the rating agency if in its
judgment circumstances in the future so warrant. In addition to being lowered or
withdrawn due to any erosion in the adequacy of the value of the mortgage loans
and the spread account, these ratings might also be lowered or withdrawn, among
other reasons, because of an adverse change in the financial or other condition
of the insurer or a change in the rating of the insurer's long term debt. Any
reduction or withdrawal of a rating will have an adverse effect on the value of
the certificates.
There could be delays in distributions on your certificate if the transfer of
the mortgage loans to the trust fund is not considered a sale in the event of
bankruptcy.
The servicer, the sellers and the depositor will treat each conveyance of
mortgage loans by the sellers to the depositor as a sale of those mortgage
loans. The depositor will treat each conveyance of mortgage loans from the
depositor to the trust fund as a sale of those mortgage loans. If the conveyance
of the mortgage loans by the sellers to the depositor is treated as a sale,
those mortgage loans would not be part of the related seller's bankruptcy estate
and would not be available to that seller's creditors. In the event of the
bankruptcy or insolvency of a seller,
S-13
<PAGE>
however, the bankruptcy trustee, a conservator or a receiver of the seller
or another person may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the mortgage loans
as a borrowing by the seller, secured by a pledge of the mortgage loans.
Similarly, if the conveyance of the mortgage loans by the depositor to the trust
fund is treated as a sale, those mortgage loans would not be part of the
depositor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the depositor's
creditors. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the depositor,
however, the bankruptcy trustee, a conservator or a receiver of the depositor or
another person may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the mortgage loans as a
borrowing by the depositor, secured by a pledge of the mortgage loans. In either
case, this position, if argued before or accepted by a court, could prevent
timely payments of amounts due on your certificate and result in a reduction of
payments on your certificate.
Geographic concentration of mortgaged properties may affect payments on your
certificate.
As of July 31, 1999:
o approximately 25.88%, and 24.65% (by outstanding principal balance) of
the mortgage loans are secured by properties located in the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and the State of New Jersey,
respectively;
o approximately 2.19% (by outstanding principal balance) of the Loans
are secured by properties located in a single zip code in New Jersey
on the Atlantic coast; and
o the aggregate outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans
secured by properties in each other state represents not more than
approximately 5.00% of the mortgage loans in the trust fund.
If the Pennsylvania or New Jersey residential real estate markets should
experience an overall decline in property values or a catastrophic event occurs
in these areas after the dates of origination of the mortgage loans, the rates
of losses on the mortgage loans would be expected to increase, and could
increase substantially. Because of the concentration of mortgage loans in these
states, those types of problems may have a greater effect on your certificates
than if borrowers and mortgaged properties were more spread out in different
geographic areas.
Computer problems in the year 2000 may result in losses
Many computers and computer chips were not programmed to recognize more
than two digits in the year of a date. As a result, in the year 2000, those
computers will not know whether the '00 refers to the year 1900 or the year
2000. The servicer has begun a program to identify and correct this problem in
its computer systems, and has completed the necessary changes with respect to
its internal technology systems. However, since the servicer relies on the
performance of computer systems of other companies, there may be problems in the
year 2000 due to other companies' computer systems. These problems may cause
delays or disruptions in the amount and timing of distributions to you. We refer
you to "Servicing of Loans--Impact of the Year 2000."
Second liens may result in losses in foreclosure proceedings.
Mortgage loans representing approximately 0.23% of the aggregate
outstanding principal balance of the mortgage loans in the trust fund as of July
31, 1999 are secured by second liens on the related mortgaged properties. The
first lien mortgage related to a loan secured by a second lien in the mortgage
pool will not be included in the mortgage pool.
The proceeds from any liquidation, insurance or condemnation proceedings in
connection with the underlying mortgaged property will be available to satisfy
the outstanding balance of the related second mortgage only to the extent that
the claim of the related first mortgagee has been satisfied in full, including
any related foreclosure costs. In addition, the servicer, as second mortgagee on
the loans in its portfolio, may not foreclose on the property securing a second
mortgage unless it forecloses subject to the first mortgage, in which case it
must either pay the entire amount due on the first mortgage to the first
mortgagee at or prior to the foreclosure sale or advance funds to keep the first
mortgage current in the event the borrower is in default thereunder. The
servicer may, but is under no obligation to, advance funds in these
circumstances. The trust fund will not have any source of
S-14
<PAGE>
funds to satisfy related first mortgages or make payments due to the first
mortgagees. You will bear any risk associated with any delays in payments on the
mortgage loans and any reinvestment risk resulting from any accelerated payments
on the Class A Certificates resulting from losses on the mortgage loans.
Decrease in value of mortgaged property would disproportionately affect second
lienholders.
There are several factors that could adversely affect the value of
properties such that the outstanding balance of the related loan, together with
any senior financing on the properties, would equal or exceed the value of the
properties. Among the factors that could adversely affect the value of the
properties are an overall decline in the residential real estate market in the
areas in which the properties are located or a decline in the general condition
of the properties as a result of failure of borrowers to maintain adequately the
properties or of nature disasters that are not necessarily covered by insurance,
such as earthquakes and floods. Any such decline could extinguish the value of a
second interest in property before having any effect on the related first
interest therein. If such a decline occurs, the actual rates of delinquencies,
foreclosure and losses on the loans secured by second liens could be higher than
those currently experienced in the mortgage lending industry in general. The
trust fund, and accordingly you, will bear the risk of delay in distributions
while a deficiency judgment, if any, against the borrower is sought and any
reinvestment risk resulting from accelerated prepayments on the Class A
Certificates resulting from losses on second lien mortgage loans.
THE MORTGAGE POOL
General
Unless otherwise indicated, information presented herein under "The
Mortgage Pool" expressed as percentages (other than rates of interest) are
approximate percentages based on the Stated Principal Balances of the Loans as
of the Cut-off Date.
The mortgage pool will consist of fixed rate mortgage loans (collectively,
the "Loans") secured by first or second liens on one- to four-family dwellings
(each, a "Residential Loan") and mortgage loans secured by first liens on
multi-family properties and structures which include both residential dwelling
units and space used for retail, professional or other commercial uses (each, a
"Mixed Use Loan"). We expect that Residential Loans secured by one-family
detached dwellings will represent approximately 78.39% of the Loans. Mixed Use
Loans represented approximately 12.03% of the Loans as of the Cut-off Date.
Equity One ABS, Inc. (the "Depositor") will purchase the Loans from Equity
One, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Equity One, Incorporated, a Pennsylvania
corporation, Equity One Mortgage Company, a North Carolina corporation, Equity
One Mortgage, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Equity One, Inc., a Minnesota
corporation, Equity One Consumer Loan Company, Inc., a New Hampshire
corporation, Equity One of West Virginia, Inc., a West Virginia corporation, and
Equity One Mortgage, Inc., a New York corporation (each a "Seller" and,
collectively, the "Sellers") pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
(the "Agreement") dated as of July 31, 1999 (the "Cut-off Date") among the
Sellers, Equity One, Inc. (the "Servicer"), the Depositor and The Chase
Manhattan Bank (the "Trustee"). The Depositor will then convey the Loans,
without recourse, to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Mortgage
Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1999-1 (the "Certificates").
The Certificates will consist of the Class A Certificates and the Class R
Certificates. We are offering the Class A Certificates pursuant to this
prospectus supplement; we are not offering the Class R Certificates for sale to
investors.
Under the Agreement, the Sellers will make certain representations,
warranties and covenants to the Depositor relating to, among other things, the
due execution and enforceability of the Agreement and certain characteristics of
the Loans. Subject to the limitations described below under "--Sale of the
Loans," the Sellers will be obligated to repurchase or substitute a similar
mortgage loan for any Loan as to which there exists deficient documentation or
an uncured material breach of any such representation, warranty or covenant. The
Sellers will represent and warrant to the Depositor in the Agreement that they
selected the Loans from among the outstanding loans in their portfolios as to
which the representations and warranties set forth in the Agreement can be made
and that they did not make this selection in a manner that would adversely
affect the interests of Ambac Assurance
S-15
<PAGE>
Corporation (the "Insurer") or the certificateholders. See "Loan
Program--Representations by Sellers; Repurchases" in the accompanying
Prospectus. Under the Agreement, the Depositor will convey all its right, title
and interest in and to the Sellers' representations, warranties and covenants,
including the Sellers' repurchase obligation, to the Trustee for the benefit of
the Insurer and the certificateholders. The Depositor will make no
representations or warranties with respect to the Loans and will have no
obligation to repurchase or substitute Loans with deficient documentation or
which are otherwise defective. The Sellers are selling the Loans without
recourse and will have no obligation with respect to the Certificates in their
capacity as Sellers other than the repurchase obligation described above. The
obligations of Equity One, Inc., as Servicer, with respect to the Certificates
are limited to the Servicer's contractual servicing obligations under the
Agreement.
Certain information with respect to the Loans expected to be included in
the mortgage pool is set forth below. Prior to August 19, 1999 (the "Closing
Date"), Loans may be removed from the mortgage pool and other Loans may be
substituted therefor. The Depositor believes that the information set forth
herein under "The Mortgage Pool" with respect to the mortgage pool as presently
constituted is representative of the characteristics of the mortgage pool as it
will be constituted at the Closing Date, although certain characteristics of the
Loans in the mortgage pool may vary. Information regarding FICO scores is
presented for informational purposes only.
"Stated Principal Balance" means as to any Loan and Due Date, the unpaid
principal balance of that Loan as of that Due Date, as specified in the
amortization schedule at the time relating thereto, before any adjustment to
that amortization schedule by reason of any moratorium or similar waiver or
grace period, after giving effect to any previous partial prepayments and
Liquidation Proceeds allocable to principal, other than with respect to any
Liquidated Loan, received and to the payment of principal due on such
Distribution Date and irrespective of any delinquency in payment by the related
borrower. The "Pool Principal Balance" with respect to any Distribution Date
equals the aggregate of the Stated Principal Balances of the Loans in the trust
fund.
As of the close of business on the Cut-off Date, the aggregate of the
Stated Principal Balances of the Loans was $ 195,015,906.89 (the "Cut-off Date
Pool Principal Balance"),
Loans with balloon payments ("Balloon Loans") provide for payment based on
the amortization of the amount financed over a series of substantially equal
monthly payments over approximately 180 to 360 months, with a significantly
greater payment due at the stated maturity. As of the Cut-off Date,
approximately 62.67% of the Loans were Balloon Loans. Balloon Loans may involve
a greater degree of risk than loans which are fully amortizing because the
ability of a borrower to make a balloon payment typically will depend upon the
ability of the borrower to either timely refinance the Loan or sell the related
mortgaged property.
All of the Loans provide for payments due on a set day, but not necessarily
the first day, of each month (the "Due Date"). The Loans to be included in the
mortgage pool were originated or acquired by the Sellers substantially in
accordance with the Sellers' underwriting criteria for mortgage loans, described
herein under "The Mortgage Pool--Underwriting Standards" and under "Loan
Program" in the Prospectus.
Scheduled monthly payments made by the borrowers on the Loans ("Scheduled
Payments") either earlier or later than the scheduled Due Dates thereof will not
affect the amortization schedule or the relative application of such payments to
principal and interest. All of the Loans provide for the actuarial accrual of
interest. All of the Loans provide for a grace period of 15 days for monthly
payments, as required by applicable law. All of the Loans may be prepaid in full
or in part at any time, most without penalty.
Each Loan was originated after May 20, 1998.
The latest stated maturity date of any Loan is August 2, 2029. The earliest
stated maturity date of any Loan is February 12, 2000.
As of the Cut-off Date, no Loan was 57 or more days delinquent.
No Loan had a Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio at origination of more than
100.00%. The weighted average Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of the Loans at
origination was approximately 74.91%.
S-16
<PAGE>
The weighted average of the most recent FICO score (issued by the Fair
Isaac Credit Bureau with a higher score generally signifying a better credit
history) obtained by the Sellers for each borrower on the Loans that were scored
was 629.75.
The "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio" of a Loan is the fraction, expressed as
a percentage, the numerator of which is the principal balance of the Loan at the
date of origination plus, in the case of a Loan secured by a second lien, the
outstanding principal balance of the related first lien mortgage loan on the
date of origination of the second lien loan, and the denominator of which is the
Collateral Value of the related mortgaged property.
The "Collateral Value" of a mortgaged property, other than with respect to
certain Loans the proceeds of which were used to refinance an existing mortgage
loan (each, a "Refinance Loan"), is the lesser of
o the appraised value based on an appraisal obtained by the originator
from an independent fee appraiser at the time of the origination of
the related Loan, and
o if the Loan was originated either in connection with the acquisition
of the mortgaged property by the borrower or within one year after
acquisition of the mortgaged property by the borrower, the purchase
price paid by the borrower for the mortgaged property.
In the case of Refinance Loans, the Collateral Value is the appraised value of
the mortgaged property based upon the appraisal obtained at the time of
refinancing.
The following section, "Mortgage Pool Tables," sets forth in tabular format
certain information, as of the Cut-off Date, as to the Loans. The sum of the
columns in the tables below may not equal the total indicated due to rounding.
Mortgage Pool Tables
Mortgage Rates(1)
-----------------
Number of Aggregate Principal Percent of Pool
Mortgage Rate (%) Loans Balance Outstanding (by principal balance)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6.500+ to 7.000 1 $ 51,457.79 0.03%
7.000+ to 7.500 24 3,384,694.35 1.74
7.500+ to 8.000 245 22,326,862.32 11.45
8.000+ to 8.500 363 34,160,219.43 17.52
8.500+ to 9.000 516 45,991,007.82 23.58
9.000+ to 9.500 335 32,332,174.22 16.58
9.500+ to 10.000 347 33,512,566.43 17.18
10.000+ to 10.500 106 10,060,548.68 5.16
10.500+ to 11.000 89 7,915,935.05 4.06
11.000+ to 11.500 24 2,797,411.00 1.43
11.500+ to 12.000 21 1,576,493.19 0.81
12.000+ to 12.500 1 87,494.53 0.04
12.500+ to 13.000 7 716,215.33 0.37
13.500+ to 14.000 3 102,826.75 0.05
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015.906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
- ------------
(1) As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average mortgage rate of the Loans was
approximately 9.11%.
S-17
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Cut-Off Date Loan Principal Balances(1)
Cut-Off Date Loan Number of Aggregate Principal Percent of Pool
Principal Balance Loans Balance Outstanding (by principal balance)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
0.00+ to 25,000.00 32 $ 650,838.94 0.33%
25,000.00+ to 50,000.00 419 16,389,294.30 8.40
50,000.00+ to 75,000.00 573 35,891,116.89 18.40
75,000.00+ to 100,000.00 388 33,865,282.20 17.37
100,000.00+ to 125,000.00 251 27,866,560.69 14.29
125,000.00+ to 150,000.00 168 23,034,435.96 11.81
150,000.00+ to 175,000.00 80 12,884,258.74 6.61
175,000.00+ to 200,000.00 60 11,283,355.80 5.79
200,000.00+ to 225,000.00 30 6,416,251.36 3.29
225,000.00+ to 250,000.00 20 4,746,172.38 2.43
250,000.00+ to 275,000.00 10 2,672,298.37 1.37
275,000.00+ to 300,000.00 15 4,354,928.90 2.23
300,000.00+ to 325,000.00 3 930,642.36 0.48
325,000.00+ to 350,000.00 8 2,732,144.26 1.40
350,000.00+ to 375,000.00 7 2,578,520.75 1.32
375,000.00+ to 400,000.00 3 1,162,763.11 0.60
400,000.00+ to 425,000.00 4 1,663,730.07 0.85
425,000.00+ to 450,000.00 2 879,046.28 0.45
450,000.00+ to 475,000.00 1 452,000.00 0.23
475,000.00+ to 500,000.00 4 1,975,822.13 1.01
500,000.00+ to 525,000.00 1 525,000.00 0.27
550,000.00+ to 575,000.00 1 565,254.51 0.29
725,000.00+ to 750,000.00 2 1,496,188.89 0.77
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1) As of the Cut-off Date, the average Loan principal balance was $93,667.58.
S-18
<PAGE>
FICO Scores(1)
Number of Aggregate Principal Percent of Pool
FICO Score(1) Loans Balance Outstanding (by principal balance)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Zero 4 $ 300,564.00 0.15%
200+ to 225 1 152,336.26 0.08
425+ to 450 1 39,902.99 0.02
450+ to 475 4 482,578.18 0.25
475+ to 500 21 2,002,952.08 1.03
500+ to 525 58 5,538,193.54 2.84
525+ to 550 113 11,349,488.80 5.82
550+ to 575 194 18,538,460.65 9.51
575+ to 600 263 25,257,482.78 12.95
600+ to 625 335 31,927,241.58 16.37
625+ to 650 334 31,601,570.55 16.20
650+ to 675 259 23,158,121.44 11.87
675+ to 700 174 16,074,778.88 8.24
700+ to 725 143 12,713,898.34 6.52
725+ to 750 108 9,654,411.39 4.95
750+ to 775 50 4,135,404.26 2.12
775+ to 800 19 2,057,521.17 1.06
800+ to 825 1 31,000.00 0.02
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
- -------------
(1) FICO scores listed represent the most recent FICO score obtained by the
Sellers for each borrower on the Loans that were scored.
State Distribution of Mortgaged Properties(1)
Number of Aggregate Principal Percent of Pool
State Loans Balance Outstanding (by principal balance)
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pennsylvania 571 $ 50,460,752.86 25.88%
New Jersey 397 48,074,519.44 24.65
North Carolina 126 9,688,748.00 4.97
Massachusetts 83 9,394,865.80 4.82
Kansas 99 8,958,510.20 4.59
Iowa 96 6,275,731.07 3.22
Ohio 60 5,166,090.83 2.65
Florida 48 4,578,251.59 2.35
Rhode Island 39 4,128,170.27 2.12
Virginia 56 3,974,189.34 2.04
Other 507 44,316,077.49 22.72
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
- -------------
(1) No more than approximately 2.19% of the Loans will be secured by mortgaged
properties located in any one postal zip code area.
S-19
<PAGE>
Occupancy Types(1)
------------------
Number of Aggregate Principal Percent of Pool
Occupancy Type Loans Balance Outstanding (by principal balance)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Owner Occupied 1,702 $159,601,942.66 81.84%
Non-Owner Occupied 380 35,413,964.23 18.16
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
- -------------
(1) Based upon representations of the related borrowers at the time of
origination.
Remaining Terms to Maturity(1)
------------------------------
Remaining Term to
Maturity Number of Aggregate Principal Percent of Pool
Months Loans Balance Outstanding (by principal balance)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0+ to 60 186 $ 23,288,649.18 11.94%
60+ to 120 201 20,724,956.51 10.63
120+ to 180 1,100 97,045,895.56 49.76
180+ to 240 253 17,793,498.39 9.12
240+ to 300 5 489,369.91 0.25
300+ to 360 337 35,673,537.34 18.29
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
- -------------
(1) As of the Cut-off Date, the weighted average remaining term to maturity of
the Loans was 192.47 months.
Lien Priorities
---------------
Number of Aggregate Unpaid Percent of Pool
Lien Priority Loans Principal Balance (by principal balance)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
First Lien 2,074 $194,569,947.80 99.77%
Second Lien 8 445,959.09 0.23
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
Documentation Type (1)
----------------------
Number of Aggregate Unpaid Percent of Pool
Documentation Loans Principal Balance (by principal balance)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Full Documents 1,829 $166,792,281.36 85.53%
No Income Verification 253 28,223,625.53 14.47
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
- -------------
(1) See "Specific Underwriting Criteria; Underwriting Programs" in the
Prospectus for a description of the Sellers' documentation programs.
S-20
<PAGE>
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio(1)
Combined Loan-to- Number of Aggregate Unpaid Percent of Pool
Value Ratio Loans Principal Balance (by principal balance)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5.0+ to 10.0 1 $ 39,373.97 0.02%
10.0+ to 15.0 2 68,337.35 0.04
15.0+ to 20.0 3 796,473.45 0.41
20.0+ to 25.0 7 722,178.80 0.37
25.0+ to 30.0 10 461,793.99 0.24
30.0+ to 35.0 11 440,157.76 0.23
35.0+ to 40.0 14 1,123,146.28 0.58
40.0+ to 45.0 22 1,976,921.71 1.01
45.0+ to 50.0 58 4,718,761.74 2.42
50.0+ to 55.0 49 5,017,136.65 2.57
55.0+ to 60.0 94 8,804,130.94 4.51
60.0+ to 65.0 115 12,884,769.28 6.61
65.0+ to 70.0 213 19,527,920.07 10.01
70.0+ to 75.0 268 24,132,569.23 12.37
75.0+ to 80.0 696 63,524,119.10 32.57
80.0+ to 85.0 207 20,509,237.20 10.52
85.0+ to 90.0 217 21,967,702.68 11.26
90.0+ to 95.0 39 3,254,019.36 1.67
95.0+ to 100.0 56 5,047,157.33 2.59
- -------------- ----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
============== ===== =============== ======
(1) At time of origination.
Credit Grades (1)
Number of Aggregate Unpaid Percent of Pool
Credit Grade Loans Principal Balance (by principal balance)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A 1,661 $154,856,133.92 79.41%
B 415 39,438,868.88 20.22
C 6 720,904.09 0.37
----- --------------- ------
Totals 2,082 $195,015,906.89 100.00%
===== =============== ======
- --------------
(1) See "Specific Underwriting Criteria; Underwriting Programs" in the
Prospectus for a description of the Sellers' underwriting programs.
S-21
<PAGE>
Sale of the Loans
Pursuant to the Agreement, the Depositor on the Closing Date will convey
without recourse to the Trustee in trust for the benefit of the
certificateholders all right, title and interest of the Depositor in and to each
Loan and all right, title and interest in and to all other assets included in
the trust fund, including all principal and interest received on or with respect
to the Loans, exclusive of principal and interest due on or prior to the Cut-off
Date.
In connection with such conveyance and pursuant to the requirements of the
Agreement, the Depositor will deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee,
or a custodian for the Trustee, among other things,
o the original promissory note (the "Mortgage Note") (and any
modification or amendment thereto) endorsed to the Trustee without
recourse,
o the original instrument creating a first or second lien on the related
mortgaged property (the "Mortgage") with evidence of recording
indicated thereon,
o the title policy with respect to the related mortgaged property,
o if applicable, all recorded intervening assignments of the Mortgage
and any riders or modifications to such Mortgage Note and Mortgage
(except for any such documents not returned from the public recording
office, which will be delivered to the Trustee as soon as the same are
available to the Depositor), and
o an original recorded assignment of the Mortgage to the Trustee, once
returned from the public recording office (the items listed in this
bullet and the four bullets above are collectively referred to as the
"Mortgage File").
The Trustee will review each Mortgage File within 90 days of the Closing
Date, or promptly after the Trustee's receipt of any document permitted to be
delivered after the Closing Date. If any document in a Mortgage File is found to
be missing or defective in a material respect and the related Seller does not
cure the defect within 90 days of notice thereof from the Trustee, or within
such longer period not to exceed 2 years after the Closing Date as provided in
the Agreement in the case of missing documents not returned from the public
recording office, that Seller will be obligated to repurchase the related Loan
from the trust fund. Rather than repurchase the Loan as provided above, a Seller
may remove the Loan (a "Deleted Loan") from the trust fund and substitute in its
place another mortgage loan (a "Replacement Loan"). However, substitution is
permitted only within two years of the Closing Date and may not be made unless
an opinion of counsel is provided to the Trustee to the effect that the
substitution will not disqualify the REMIC or result in a prohibited transaction
tax under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").
Any Replacement Loan generally will, on the date of substitution, among
other characteristics set forth in the Agreement,
o have a Stated Principal Balance not in excess of, and not more than
10% less than, the Stated Principal Balance of the Deleted Loan (the
Stated Principal Balances to be measured as of the respective Due
Dates in the month of substitution, and the amount of any shortfall to
be deposited by the related Seller in the Certificate Account and held
for distribution to the certificateholders on the related Distribution
Date (a "Substitution Adjustment Amount")),
o have a mortgage rate not lower than, and not more than 1% per annum
higher than, that of the Deleted Loan,
o have a Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio not higher than that of the
Deleted Loan,
o have a debt-to-income ratio no higher than that of the Deleted Loan,
S-22
<PAGE>
o have been originated pursuant to the same underwriting standards as
the Deleted Loan,
o have a remaining term to maturity not greater than (and not more than
one year less than) that of the Deleted Loan and
o comply with all of the representations and warranties set forth in the
Agreement as of the date of substitution.
This cure, repurchase or substitution obligation constitutes the sole remedy
available to certificateholders or the Trustee for omission of, or a material
defect in, a Loan document.
Underwriting Standards
The following is a description of the underwriting procedures customarily
employed by Sellers with respect to mortgage loans.
Each Seller produces its mortgage loans through its retail origination
network of loan officers and managers. Each Seller also produces mortgage loans
through a wholesale network of mortgage brokers and other entities located
throughout the United States. Prior to the funding of any mortgage loan, each
Seller underwrites the related mortgage loan in accordance with the underwriting
standards that have been established by Equity One and are consistent with those
utilized by mortgage lenders generally during the period of origination for
similar types of loans (the "Equity One Standards"). All Loans to be included in
the mortgage pool have been or will be underwritten by Equity One's Central
Credit office in accordance with the Equity One Standards.
Through its bulk purchase program, each Seller also purchases mortgage
loans that have been originated and closed by other lenders. The Sellers
purchase these mortgage loans in blocks ranging from $1,000,000 to $20,000,000.
Prior to funding any bulk purchase, each loan package is underwritten in
accordance with the Equity One Standards. Bulk purchased loans represent
approximately 3.36% of the Loans as of the Cut-off Date.
The Equity One Standards are primarily intended to evaluate the value and
adequacy of the mortgaged property as collateral for the proposed mortgage loan,
but also take into consideration the borrower's credit standing and repayment
ability.
The Equity One Standards generally allow for the origination and purchase
of mortgage loans under underwriting programs designated as Grade A Credits,
Grade B Credits or Grade C Credits. See "Specific Underwriting Criteria;
Underwriting Programs" and "Summary of Underwriting Requirements by Program" in
the Prospectus.
The mortgage pool consists of approximately 79.41% Grade A Credits Loans,
approximately 20.22% Grade B Credits Loans and approximately 0.37% Grade C
Credits Loans as of the Cut-off Date.
These underwriting programs and their underwriting criteria may change from
time to time. In addition, on a case-by-case basis, certain loans may be made to
borrowers not strictly qualifying under the specific criteria of an underwriting
program. Deviations from the specific criteria of an underwriting program are
permitted to reflect compensating factors such as local economic trends, real
estate valuations and other credit factors specific to each loan application
and/or each portfolio acquired, but the Equity One Standards do not include any
specific formula or assign any specific weight to compensating factors for
purposes of these determinations. We expect that some of the Loans included in
the mortgage pool will have been originated based on such underwriting
exceptions. Overall, the Sellers' goal is to maintain the integrity of these
underwriting programs while simultaneously providing lending officers and
corresponding networks with the flexibility to consider the specific
circumstances of each loan.
Under the Equity One Standards, Sellers must use the Full Doc, the NIV or
the AIV loan documentation program to verify a borrower's income. See "Specific
Underwriting Criteria; Underwriting Programs" in the Prospectus.
S-23
<PAGE>
Approximately 85.53% of the Loans in the mortgage pool as of the Cut-off
Date have been underwritten pursuant to the Full Doc program, and approximately
14.47% of the Loans in the mortgage pool as of the Cut-off Date have been
underwritten pursuant to the NIV program.
The Equity One Standards require an independent appraisal that conforms to
Fannie Mae standards of each mortgaged property securing each mortgage loan in
excess of $15,000. All Loans in the mortgage pool have independent appraisals on
the related mortgaged properties. Each appraisal includes a market data analysis
based on recent sales of comparable homes in the area and, where deemed
appropriate, replacement cost analysis based on the current cost of constructing
a similar home. Every independent appraisal is reviewed by a representative of
the related Seller before the mortgage loan is funded, except appraisals
relating to mortgages acquired through bulk purchases. The maximum loan amount
varies depending upon a borrower's credit grade. Variations in maximum loan
amount limits are permitted based on compensating factors. Maximum loan amounts
for mortgage loans underwritten pursuant to the NIV or AIV program generally do
not exceed $500,000.
Title insurance has been obtained on all Loans in the mortgage pool. The
improvements on each mortgaged property securing a Loan in the mortgage pool are
covered by hazard insurance with extended coverage in an amount at least equal
to the lesser of (1) the principal balance of the Loan or, if the loan is
secured by a second lien, the aggregate principal balance of such Loan and the
prior loan, and (2) the maximum insurable value of the improvements on the
mortgaged property.
SERVICING OF LOANS
General
The Servicer will service the Loans in accordance with the terms set forth
in the Agreement. The Servicer may perform any of its obligations under the
Agreement through one or more sub-servicers. Notwithstanding any sub-servicing
arrangement, the Servicer will remain liable for its servicing duties and
obligations under the Agreement as if the Servicer alone were servicing the
Loans. As of the Closing Date, the Servicer does not intend to service the Loans
with sub-servicing arrangements.
The Sellers have provided the information set forth in the following
sections through and including the section captioned "Foreclosure, Delinquency
and Loss Experience."
The Servicer
Equity One, Inc. ("Equity One"), a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned
operating subsidiary of Popular North America, Inc., a Delaware corporation,
will act as the Servicer of the Loans pursuant to the Agreement. Equity One is
engaged primarily in the mortgage banking and consumer lending business, and as
such, originates, purchases, sells and services mortgage and consumer loans.
Equity One is a Fannie Mae approved lender. It originates loans through a retail
branch system and through loan brokers and correspondents nationwide. Equity
One's loans are principally
o first- and second-lien, fixed or adjustable rate mortgage loans
secured by
o one- to four-family dwellings or
o multi-family properties and structures which include both
residential dwelling units and space used for retail,
professional or other commercial uses, and
o secured or unsecured consumer loans.
As of June 30, 1999, Equity One and its subsidiaries provided servicing for
approximately 22,674 mortgage loans (including mortgage loans serviced for third
parties) having an aggregate unpaid principal balance of approximately
$1,326,203,000.
S-24
<PAGE>
The principal executive offices of Equity One are located at 523 Fellowship
Road, Suite 230, Mt. Laurel, New Jersey 08054. Its telephone number is (609)
273-1119. Equity One conducts operations from its headquarters in Mt. Laurel
and, through subsidiaries, from offices throughout the nation.
Loan Servicing
Equity One services substantially all of the mortgage loans originated or
acquired by the Sellers, and also services mortgage loans for third parties such
as the trust fund to which the Sellers transfer mortgage loans originated or
acquired by them from time to time. Equity One has established standard policies
for the servicing and collection of mortgage loans. Servicing includes, but is
not limited to, collecting and remitting mortgage loan payments, accounting for
principal and interest, preparation of tax related information in connection
with the mortgage loans, supervision of delinquent mortgage loans, making
inspections as required of the mortgaged properties, loss mitigation efforts,
foreclosure proceedings and, if applicable, the disposition of mortgaged
properties, and generally administering the mortgage loans, for which it
receives servicing fees.
Collection Procedures
When a borrower fails to make a payment on a mortgage loan, the Servicer
contacts the borrower in an attempt to get the borrower to cure the deficiency.
Pursuant to its servicing procedures, the Servicer generally mails to the
borrower a notice of intent to foreclose after the mortgage loan becomes 45 days
past due (two payments due but not received). Within 45 days thereafter, if the
mortgage loan remains delinquent, the Servicer will institute appropriate legal
action to foreclose on the mortgaged property. The Servicer may terminate these
foreclosure proceedings if the borrower cures the delinquency. Mortgage loans to
borrowers in bankruptcy proceedings may be restructured in accordance with law
and with a view to maximizing recovery on these mortgage loans, including any
deficiencies.
Once foreclosure is initiated, the Servicer uses a foreclosure tracking
system to monitor the progress of the proceedings. The system includes state
specific parameters to monitor whether proceedings are progressing within the
time frame typical for the state in which the mortgaged property is located.
During the foreclosure proceeding, the Servicer determines the amount of the
foreclosure bid and whether to liquidate the mortgage loan.
After foreclosure, the Servicer may liquidate the mortgaged property and
charge-off the portion of the mortgage loan balance that was not recovered as
part of Liquidation Proceeds. If foreclosed, the mortgaged property is sold at a
public or private sale and may be purchased by the Servicer.
Servicing and charge-off policies and collection practices may change over
time in accordance with, among other things, the business judgment of the
Servicer, changes in the servicing portfolio and applicable laws and
regulations.
Foreclosure, Delinquency and Loss Experience
The following table summarizes the delinquency and loss experience of
mortgage loans owned and serviced by Equity One and its subsidiaries at or for
the years specified therein. A mortgage loan is characterized as delinquent if
the borrower has not paid the scheduled payment due by the due date. The table
below discloses delinquency percentages of mortgage loans 60 days or more past
due on a contractual basis and includes mortgage loans where the mortgage loan
is in foreclosure or the borrower has filed for bankruptcy, but excludes
mortgage loans which are real estate owned. You should not consider this
information as a basis for assessing the likelihood, amount, or severity of
delinquency or losses on the Loans, and no assurances can be given that the
foreclosure experience presented in the first paragraph below the table will be
indicative of the actual foreclosure experience on the Loans.
S-25
<PAGE>
Loss and Delinquency Table(1)
(Dollars in Thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
At or for the At or for the
At or for the Year Ended Seven Months Seven Months
November 30, 1998 Ended June 30, 1998 Ended June 30, 1999
----------------- ------------------- -------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Portfolio Unpaid $886,223 $863,167 $892,499
Principal Balance(2)
Average Portfolio $877,226 $882,569 $894,729
Unpaid Principal
Balance(3)
60+ Days Delinquent(4) 3.17% 3.53% 3.51%
Real Estate Owned(5) $ 15,078 $ 10,574 $ 14,859
Total Credit Losses(6) 0.27% 0.26%(7) 0.32%(7)
</TABLE>
- ----------------
(1) This table includes only mortgage loans owned and serviced by Equity
One and its subsidiaries and real estate owned by Equity One and its
subsidiaries.
(2) Portfolio Unpaid Principal Balance is the net amount of (a) principal
to be paid on each mortgage loan, (b) loan origination fees, net of
costs, (c) unearned interest and (d) other miscellaneous deferred
charges and fees; and excludes the principal balance of each mortgage
loan for which the related mortgaged property had been acquired through
foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure by such date.
(3) Average Portfolio Unpaid Principal Balances are calculated by summing
monthly Portfolio Unpaid Principal Balances and dividing by the number
of months summed (i.e., twelve (12) in the case of the annual figures
and seven (7) in the case of the seven month figures).
(4) Delinquency percentages are calculated as the dollar amount of the
unpaid principal balance of the mortgage loans that are delinquent
divided by the Portfolio Unpaid Principal Balance. Delinquency
percentages do not include the principal balance of mortgage loans as
to which the related mortgaged property had been acquired through
foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure by such date.
(5) Real estate owned represents the aggregate estimated fair value of the
properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure.
(6) Total Credit Losses includes charge-offs of principal, net of
subsequent recoveries, relating to mortgage loans written off as
uncollectible and, beginning in 1999, initial write-downs of loans upon
transfer to real estate owned. It does not include (a) subsequent write
downs of real estate owned balances, (b) expenses associated with
maintaining, repairing, and selling foreclosed properties and real
estate owned and (c) losses (gains) on the disposition of real estate
owned.
(7) Annualized.
- -----------------
S-26
<PAGE>
Historically, a variety of factors, including the appreciation of real
estate values, have limited the loss and delinquency experience on mortgage
loans. There can be no assurance that factors beyond the Servicer's control,
such as national or local economic conditions or downturn in the real estate
markets of its lending areas, will not result in increased rates of
delinquencies and foreclosure losses in the future.
Impact of the Year 2000
The Year 2000 issue is the result of many computer programs that were
written using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any
information technology ("IT") systems or non-IT systems (primarily embedded
systems and components) used by the Servicer, its affiliates or any of their
suppliers or outside service providers may recognize a date using "00" as the
year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system failure or
miscalculations, causing disruption of operations including, among other things,
a temporary inability to process transactions or engage in normal business
activities.
The Servicer and its affiliates have assigned certain individuals to
identify and correct Year 2000 compliance issues. These individuals are
responsible for modifying or replacing IT and non-IT systems with non-compliant
code with systems that are Year 2000 compliant. They are also responsible for
investigating the readiness of suppliers, service providers and other third
parties along with the development of contingency plans where necessary.
All internal IT and non-IT systems have been inventoried and assessed for
compliance, and remediation and testing activities of such systems have been
completed, with all systems found to be compliant.
The Servicer has identified critical suppliers, service providers and other
third parties and has surveyed their Year 2000 compliance programs. Risk
assessments and contingency plans, where necessary, have been finalized.
Incremental costs of the Servicer directly related to Year 2000 issues are
estimated to be insignificant to the overall operating expenses of the company
between 1998 and 2000. This estimate assumes that the Servicer will not incur
significant Year 2000 related costs on behalf of suppliers, service providers or
other third parties.
The Servicer's Year 2000 efforts are ongoing and its overall plan, as well
as the consideration of contingency plans, will continue to evolve as new
information becomes available. While the Servicer anticipates no major
interruption of its business activities, that will be dependent in part on the
ability of third parties to properly remediate their IT and non-IT systems in a
timely manner. Although the Servicer has implemented the actions described above
to address third party issues, it has no ability to influence the compliance
actions of those parties. Accordingly, while the Servicer believes its actions
in this regard should have the effect of reducing Year 2000 risks, it is unable
to eliminate them or estimate the ultimate effect Year 2000 risks will have on
its operating results.
Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses
The Servicer will be paid a monthly fee from interest collected with
respect to each Loan, as well as from any Liquidation Proceeds from a Liquidated
Loan that are applied to accrued and unpaid interest, equal to one-twelfth of
the Stated Principal Balance of the Loan multiplied by the Servicing Fee Rate
(such product, the "Servicing Fee"). The "Servicing Fee Rate" for each Loan will
equal 0.50% per annum.
The "Adjusted Net Mortgage Rate" of any Loan is its mortgage rate, less the
sum of the Servicing Fee Rate, the per annum rate on each Loan payable to the
Trustee and the rate at which the Insurer's Monthly Premium accrues (aggregating
0.695% per annum). The amount of the monthly Servicing Fee may also be adjusted
with respect to prepaid Loans, as described herein under "--Adjustment to
Servicing Fee in Connection with Certain Prepaid Loans."
The Servicer is also entitled to receive, as additional servicing
compensation, amounts in respect of interest paid on Principal Prepayments
received from the first day through the fifteenth day of a month ("Prepayment
Interest Excess"), all late payment fees, assumption fees, prepayment penalties
and other similar charges and all reinvestment income earned on amounts on
deposit in the Certificate Account and Distribution Account. The
S-27
<PAGE>
Servicer is obligated to pay certain ongoing expenses associated with the
Loans and incurred by the Trustee in connection with its responsibilities under
the Agreement.
Adjustment to Servicing Fee in Connection with Certain Prepaid Loans
When a borrower prepays a Loan between Due Dates, the borrower only has to
pay interest on the amount prepaid through the date of prepayment and not
thereafter. Except with respect to the initial Prepayment Period, principal
prepayments by borrowers on Loans received by the Servicer from the first day
through the fifteenth day of a calendar month will be distributed to
certificateholders on the Distribution Date in the same month in which such
prepayments are received. Accordingly, there will be no shortfall in the amount
of interest to be distributed to certificateholders with respect to those
prepaid Loans.
Conversely, principal prepayments by borrowers on Loans received by the
Servicer from the sixteenth day, or, in the case of the first Distribution Date,
from the Cut-off Date, through the last day of a calendar month will be
distributed to certificateholders on the Distribution Date in the month
following the month of receipt. Accordingly, there will be a shortfall in the
amount of interest to be distributed to certificateholders with respect to those
prepaid Loans.
Pursuant to the Agreement, the Servicing Fee for any month will be reduced,
up to the full amount of the Servicing Fee, in order to pass through to
certificateholders the interest to which they would be entitled in respect of
each prepaid Loan on the related Distribution Date. If the amount of shortfalls
in interest resulting from prepayments exceeds the amount of the Servicing Fee
otherwise payable on the related Distribution Date, the amount of interest to
which certificateholders will be entitled will be reduced by the amount of such
excess. See "Description of the Certificates--Interest."
Advances
Subject to the following limitations, the Servicer will be required to
advance (any such advance, an "Advance") prior to each Distribution Date, from
its own funds or funds in the Certificate Account that are not Available Funds
for that Distribution Date, an amount equal to
o the aggregate of payments of principal and interest on the Loans,
net of the Servicing Fee with respect to those Loans, which were
due on the Due Date in the calendar month preceding the month of
that Distribution Date and which were still delinquent on the
Determination Date in the month of such Distribution Date, plus
o interest on each Loan as to which the trust fund has acquired the
related mortgaged property through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of
foreclosure ("REO Property").
Advances are intended to maintain a regular flow of scheduled interest and
principal payments on the Class A Certificates rather than to guarantee or
insure against losses. The Servicer only has to make Advances with respect to
delinquent payments of principal of or interest on each Loan to the extent that
the Advances are, in its reasonable judgment, recoverable from future payments
and collections or insurance payments or proceeds of liquidation of the related
Loan.
If the Servicer decides on any Determination Date to make an Advance on a
Loan, that Advance will be included with the distribution on the related
Distribution Date to holders of the Class A Certificates. Failure by the
Servicer to make an Advance required under the Agreement with respect to the
Class A Certificates will be an Event of Default thereunder, in which case the
Trustee or the successor servicer will be obligated to make that Advance, in
accordance with the terms of the Agreement.
S-28
<PAGE>
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
General
The trust fund will issue the Certificates pursuant to the Agreement. Set
forth below are descriptions of the material terms and provisions pertaining to
the issuance of the Certificates. When this document refers to particular
provisions or terms used in the Agreement, the actual provisions, including
definitions of terms, are incorporated in this document by reference.
The Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1999-1, will consist of the
Class A Certificates and the Class R Certificates (together with the Class A
Certificates, the "Certificates"). This document only offers the Class A
Certificates. The Class A Certificates will have the initial Class Certificate
Balance and will bear interest at the fixed rate per annum set forth or
described on the cover page hereof, subject to the Net WAC Cap. Interest on the
Class A Certificates will be subject to adjustment as described under
"--Interest." The Class R Certificates, which are not being offered hereby, may
be sold at any time on or after the Closing Date in accordance with the
Agreement.
The "Class Certificate Balance" of any class of Certificates as of any
Distribution Date is the initial aggregate principal balance thereof reduced by
all amounts previously distributed to holders of Certificates of that class as
payments of principal.
The Class A Certificates will have an initial aggregate principal balance
of approximately $195,015,906 and will initially evidence in the aggregate a
beneficial ownership interest of approximately 100% in the principal of the
trust fund. The trust fund will initially issue the Class A Certificates in
book-entry form.
Book-Entry Certificates
The trust fund will issue the Class A Certificates in one or more
certificates that equal the aggregate initial Class Certificate Balance of that
class of Certificates and which will be held by a nominee of The Depository
Trust Company ("DTC"). Persons acquiring beneficial ownership interests in the
Class A Certificates ("Beneficial Owners") will hold their Certificates
indirectly through the book-entry facilities of DTC in the United States or
Cedelbank or the Euroclear System in Europe, if they are Participants of such
systems, or indirectly through Participants of such systems. Investors may hold
their beneficial interests in the Class A Certificates in minimum denominations
representing an original principal amount of $25,000 and integral multiples of
$1 in excess thereof. One investor of each class of Class A Certificates may
hold a beneficial interest therein that is not an integral multiple of $1. DTC
has informed the Depositor that its nominee will be Cede & Co. ("Cede").
Accordingly, Cede is expected to be the holder of record of the Class A
Certificates. Except as described in the Prospectus under "Description of the
Certificates--Book-Entry Certificates," no Beneficial Owner of a Class A
Certificate will be entitled to receive a physical certificate representing that
Certificate (a "Definitive Certificate").
Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued, it is anticipated that
the only certificateholder of the Class A Certificates will be Cede, as nominee
of DTC. Beneficial Owners of the Class A Certificates will not be
"Certificateholders," as that term is used in the Agreement. Beneficial Owners
are only permitted to exercise the rights of certificateholders directly through
DTC and DTC Participants. Monthly and annual reports on the trust fund provided
to Cede, as nominee of DTC, may be made available to Beneficial Owners upon
request, in accordance with the rules, regulations and procedures creating and
affecting DTC, and to the DTC Participants to whose accounts the Class A
Certificates of those Beneficial Owners are credited.
For a description of the book-entry procedures generally applicable to the
Class A Certificates, see "Description of the Securities--Book-Entry
Registration of Securities" in the Prospectus. For information with respect to
tax documentation procedures relating to the Certificates, see "Federal Income
Tax Consequences" herein and "Global Clearance, Settlement and Tax Documentation
Procedures--Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements" in Annex
I hereto.
Impact of the Year 2000 on DTC. DTC management is aware that some of its
computer applications, systems and the like for processing data ("DTC Systems")
that are dependent on calendar dates, including dates
S-29
<PAGE>
before, on and after January 1, 2000, may encounter "Year 2000 problems."
DTC has informed DTC Participants and other members of the financial community
(the "Industry") that it has developed and is implementing a program so that the
DTC Systems, as the same may relate to the timely payment of distributions
(including principal and income payments) to securityholders, book-entry
deliveries and settlement of trades within DTC ("DTC Services") continue to
function appropriately. This program includes a technical assessment and a
remediation plan, each of which is complete. Additionally, DTC's plan includes a
testing phase, which is expected to be completed within appropriate time frames.
However, DTC's ability to perform properly its services is also dependent
upon other parties, including but not limited to issuers and their agents, as
well as third party vendors from whom DTC licenses software and hardware, and
third party vendors on whom DTC relies for information and the provision of
services, including telecommunication and electrical service utility providers,
among others. DTC has informed the Industry that it is contacting (and will
continue to contact) third party vendors from whom DTC acquires services to: (i)
impress upon them the importance of such services being Year 2000 compliant and
(ii) determine the extent of their efforts for Year 2000 remediation (and, as
appropriate, testing) of their services. In addition, DTC is in the process of
developing such contingency plans as it deems appropriate.
According to DTC, the foregoing information with respect to DTC has been
provided to the Industry for informational purposes only and is not intended to
serve as a representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind.
If the DTC Systems are not Year 2000 compliant by the Year 2000, DTC's
ability to provide DTC Services, including payments on the Certificates, may be
materially and adversely affected. If this were to occur, certificateholders
could experience delays in payments due or may not ultimately receive all
interest and principal due to them.
Payments on Loans; Certificate and Distribution Accounts
On or prior to the Closing Date, the Servicer will establish an account
(the "Certificate Account") that will be maintained for the benefit of the
Trustee on behalf of the certificateholders and the Insurer. Funds credited to
the Certificate Account may be invested for the benefit and at the risk of the
Servicer in Permitted Investments that are scheduled to mature on or prior to
the business day preceding the next Distribution Date. "Permitted Investments"
will be specified in the Agreement and will be limited to the types of
investments described in the Prospectus under "Credit Enhancement--Reserve
Accounts."
All payments in respect of principal and interest, net of the related
Servicing Fee, on the Loans received by the Servicer subsequent to the Cut-off
Date, other than principal and interest due on the Loans on or before the
Cut-off Date, including Insurance Proceeds and Liquidation Proceeds, net of
Liquidation Expenses, are required to be paid into the Certificate Account not
later than the next Business Day following receipt thereof. The Servicer may
retain as additional servicing compensation Prepayment Interest Excess, all late
payment fees, assumption fees, prepayment penalties and other similar charges
and all reinvestment income earned on amounts on deposit in the Certificate
Account.
On or prior to the business day immediately preceding each Distribution
Date, the Servicer will withdraw from the Certificate Account the amount of
Distributable Funds with respect to the Class A Certificates, and will deposit
this amount in an account established and maintained by the Trustee for the
benefit of the certificateholders and the Insurer (the "Distribution Account").
Distributions
A. On each Distribution Date, the Trustee will distribute the following
amounts from Distributable Funds (provided that the Trustee may only use any
Spread Account Draw and Insured Amounts for the items listed in clauses (4) and
(5) below), to the extent available, to the parties and in the priorities
indicated:
(1) first, to the Insurer, the Insurer's Monthly Premium;
S-30
<PAGE>
(2) second, to the Trustee, any amounts then due and owing representing
fees of the Trustee;
(3) third, to the Servicer, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the
Servicing Fee, except to the extent previously paid with permitted
withdrawals from the Certificate Account, and (b) any other amounts expended by
the Servicer in connection with the Loans and reimbursable thereto under the
Agreement but not previously reimbursed;
(4) fourth, to the Class A Certificates, the related Interest
Distribution Amount;
(5) fifth, to the Class A Certificates, an amount equal to the lesser of
(a) the Certificate Formula Principal Amount or (b) the amount necessary to
reduce the Class Certificate Balance of the Class A Certificates to zero;
(6) sixth, to the Insurer, any I&I Payments then due and owing; and
(7) seventh, for deposit into the Spread Account, all remaining
Available Funds.
B. On each Distribution Date, following all distributions made pursuant to
clause (A) above, the Trustee will distribute any Spread Account Excess in the
Spread Account in the following order or priority:
(1) first, for deposit into the Net WAC Cap Account of an amount equal
to (a) the Net WAC Cap Carryover for such Distribution Date plus (b) the
amount, if any, sufficient to increase the aggregate amount on deposit in the
Net WAC Cap Account to $10,000 after giving effect to any payments pursuant to
clause (C) below; and
(2) second, any remaining Spread Account Excess to the Class R
Certificateholders.
C. On each Distribution Date, following all distributions made pursuant to
clause (A) and deposits made pursuant to clause (B) above, the Trustee will
distribute the Net WAC Cap Carryover for such Distribution Date, if any, from
the Net WAC Cap Account to the Class A Certificateholders.
The Trustee will make Distributions on the Certificates on the 25th day of
each month, or if such day is not a business day, on the first business day
thereafter, commencing in September, 1999 (each, a "Distribution Date"), to the
persons in whose names the Certificates are registered at the close of business
(1) on the business day immediately preceding that Distribution Date unless and
until any of the Certificates are issued as Definitive Certificates and (2)
while any Definitive Certificates are outstanding, on the last business day of
the calendar month immediately preceding that Distribution Date (the "Record
Date").
Distributions on each Distribution Date will be made by check mailed to the
address of the person entitled thereto as it appears on the applicable
certificate register or, in the case of a certificateholder who holds 100% of a
class of Certificates or who holds Certificates with an aggregate initial
Certificate Balance of $1,000,000 or more and who has so notified the Trustee in
writing in accordance with the Agreement, by wire transfer in immediately
available funds to the account of that certificateholder at a bank or other
depository institution having appropriate wire transfer facilities. However, the
final distribution in retirement of the Certificates will be made only upon
presentment and surrender of the Certificates at the Corporate Trust Office of
the Trustee.
On any Distribution Date, the amount available for distribution to the
Class A Certificates generally will equal the sum of
o Available Funds,
o any amount (the "Spread Account Draw") available from the Spread
Account and
o any Insured Amounts (collectively, "Distributable Funds").
"Available Funds" with respect to any Distribution Date will be equal to
the sum of
S-31
<PAGE>
o all scheduled installments of interest and principal on the Loans due
on the Due Date in the calendar month preceding the month in which
that Distribution Date occurs and received prior to the related
Determination Date, together with any Advances in respect thereof;
o all proceeds of any primary mortgage guaranty insurance policies and
any other insurance policies with respect to the Loans, to the extent
those proceeds are not applied to the restoration of the related
mortgaged property or released to the borrower in accordance with the
Servicer's normal servicing procedures (collectively, "Insurance
Proceeds") and all other cash amounts received and retained in
connection with the liquidation of defaulted Loans, by foreclosure or
otherwise (together with Insurance Proceeds, "Liquidation Proceeds")
during the calendar month preceding the month of that Distribution
Date (in each case, net of unreimbursed expenses incurred in
connection with a liquidation or foreclosure and unreimbursed
Advances, if any);
o all partial or full prepayments received on Loans during the period
from the sixteenth day of the calendar month preceding the month of
that Distribution Date, or, in the case of the first Distribution
Date, from the Cut-off Date, through the fifteenth day of the month of
that Distribution Date (the "Prepayment Period"); and
o amounts received with respect to that Distribution Date as the
Substitution Adjustment Amount or purchase price in respect of a
Deleted Loan or a Loan repurchased by a Seller or the Servicer as of
that Distribution Date, reduced by amounts in reimbursement for
Advances previously made and other amounts as to which the Servicer is
entitled to be reimbursed from the Certificate Account pursuant to the
Agreement.
Interest
The "Pass-Through Rate" for the Class A Certificates is the lesser of (1)
the fixed rate per annum set forth on the cover page hereof (the "Formula Rate")
and (2) the Net WAC Cap. The "Net WAC Cap" with respect to each Distribution
Date is the weighted average Adjusted Net Mortgage Rate of the Loans as of the
first day of the Interest Accrual Period relating to such Distribution Date.
On each Distribution Date, to the extent of funds available therefor, the
Class A Certificates will be entitled to receive interest in an amount equal to
the Interest Distribution Amount with respect to the related Interest Accrual
Period. The "Interest Distribution Amount" for the Class A Certificates will be
equal to the sum of:
(1) the amount of interest accrued at the Pass-Through Rate for that class
on the related Class Certificate Balance, less the amount of Net
Interest Shortfalls applicable to that class, as described below, and
(2) the sum of the amounts, if any, by which the amount described in
clause (1) above on each prior Distribution Date exceeded the amount
actually distributed to that class as interest on that Distribution
Date and not subsequently distributed, together with interest accrued
thereon at the Pass-Through Rate ("Class Unpaid Interest Amounts").
The Class A Certificates will also be entitled to receive any Net WAC Cap
Carryover for each Distribution Date from the Net WAC Cap Account to the extent
of the available funds therein. The "Net WAC Cap Carryover" with respect to each
Distribution Date is the sum of:
(1) the excess, if any, of the Interest Distribution Amount for the Class
A Certificates for such Distribution Date, calculated at the Formula
Rate, over the actual Interest Distribution Amount for the Class A
Certificates for such Distribution Date, and
(2) any Net WAC Cap Carryover remaining unpaid from prior Distribution
Dates, together with interest accrued thereon at the Formula Rate.
S-32
<PAGE>
With respect to each Distribution Date, the "Interest Accrual Period"
will be the calendar month preceding the month of that Distribution Date.
The interest entitlement described above for the Class A Certificates for
any Distribution Date will be reduced by the amount of Net Interest Shortfalls.
With respect to any Distribution Date, "Net Interest Shortfalls" is an amount
equal to the sum of (1) the aggregate amount of interest that would otherwise
have been received with respect to each Loan that was the subject of a Relief
Act Reduction during the calendar month preceding the month of that Distribution
Date and (2) any Net Prepayment Interest Shortfalls with respect to such
Distribution Date.
A "Relief Act Reduction" is a reduction in the amount of monthly interest
payment on a Loan pursuant to the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of
1940. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans--Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil
Relief Act" in the Prospectus. With respect to any Distribution Date, a "Net
Prepayment Interest Shortfall" is the amount by which the aggregate of
Prepayment Interest Shortfalls during the calendar month preceding the month of
that Distribution Date exceeds the aggregate amount payable on that Distribution
Date by the Servicer with respect to the Loans as described under "Servicing of
Loans--Adjustment to Servicing Fee in Connection with Certain Prepaid Loans." A
"Prepayment Interest Shortfall" is the amount by which interest paid by a
borrower in connection with a prepayment of principal on a Loan is less than one
month's interest at the related mortgage rate, net of the Servicing Fee Rate, on
the Stated Principal Balance of that Loan.
Subject to the terms of the Policy, any unpaid Interest Distribution Amount
allocable to the Class A Certificates will be covered under the Policy.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if payments are not made as required under the
Policy, any such interest losses may be allocated to the Class A Certificates.
The Policy does not cover interest losses due to Net Interest Shortfalls or
non-payment of the Net WAC Cap Carryover.
Accrued interest to be distributed on any Distribution Date will be
calculated, in the case of the Class A Certificates, on the basis of the related
Class Certificate Balance immediately prior to that Distribution Date. Interest
will be calculated and payable on the basis of a 360-day year divided into
twelve 30-day months.
Any Class Unpaid Interest Amount will be carried forward and added to the
amount holders of the Class A Certificates will be entitled to receive on the
next Distribution Date. Such a shortfall could occur, for example, if losses
realized on the Loans were exceptionally high or were concentrated in a
particular month and the Insurer defaulted on its obligations under the Policy.
Principal
Class A Certificates. On each Distribution Date, the Trustee will
distribute the Certificate Formula Principal Amount as a payment of principal on
the Class A Certificates to the extent of the amount of funds available for the
distribution of principal on such class.
The "Certificate Formula Principal Amount" for any Distribution Date and
with respect to the Class A Certificates will equal the sum of
o the principal portion of each Scheduled Payment due on each Loan on
that Loan's Due Date in the calendar month preceding the month of that
Distribution Date,
o the Stated Principal Balance of each Loan that was repurchased by a
Seller or another person pursuant to the Agreement as of that
Distribution Date,
o the Substitution Adjustment Amount in connection with any Deleted Loan
received with respect to that Distribution Date,
o any Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds allocable to recoveries
of principal of Loans that are not yet Liquidated Loans received
during the calendar month preceding the month of that Distribution
Date,
S-33
<PAGE>
o with respect to each Loan that became a Liquidated Loan during the
calendar month preceding the month of that Distribution Date, the
amount of Liquidation Proceeds allocable to principal received during
the month preceding the month of that Distribution Date with respect
to that Loan,
o all partial and full principal prepayments by borrowers on Loans
received during the related Prepayment Period, and
o the principal portion of any Loan Losses on Loans incurred during the
calendar month preceding the month of that Distribution Date.
"Liquidated Loan" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, a defaulted
Loan, including any REO Property, which was liquidated in the calendar month
preceding the month of that Distribution Date and as to which the Servicer has
determined, in accordance with the Agreement, that it has received all amounts
it expects to receive in connection with the liquidation of that Loan, including
the final disposition of an REO Property.
"Loan Losses" means the aggregate amount, if any, by which (1) the
outstanding principal balance of each Loan that became a Liquidated Loan during
the calendar month preceding the month of the related Distribution Date (that
principal balance determined immediately before that Loan became a Liquidated
Loan) exceeds (2) the Liquidation Proceeds allocable to principal received
during the calendar month preceding the month of the related Distribution Date
in connection with the liquidation of that Loan which have not theretofore been
used to reduce the Stated Principal Balances of that Loan.
Residual Certificates. The Class R Certificates will remain outstanding for
so long as the trust fund exists, whether or not they are receiving current
distributions. On each Distribution Date, the holders of the Class R
Certificates will be entitled to receive any remaining Spread Account Excess
from the Spread Account after payment of the other distributions described in
"--Distributions," including the deposit into the Net WAC Cap Account of any Net
WAC Cap Carryover for such Distribution Date.
Example of Distributions
The first collection period will begin on August 1, 1999 and will continue
through August 31, 1999. The first Distribution Date will occur on September 27,
1999. Each Interest Accrual Period will consist of the calendar month
immediately preceding the related Distribution Date. The following sets forth an
example of a hypothetical monthly distribution:
August 1 - August 31................ Interest Accrual Period. The Servicer
and any sub-servicers remit for deposit
into the Certificate Account all amounts
received on account of the Loans, other
than amounts of interest and principal
due prior to the Cut-off Date but
received on or after the Cut-off Date.
August 1(1) - September 15.......... Prepayment Period. The Servicer and any
sub-servicers remit for deposit into the
Certificate Account all amounts received
on account of prepayments of principal
on the Loans.
September 21........................ Determination Date. The Trustee
determines, based on information
provided by the Servicer, the amount of
principal and interest that will be
distributed to certificateholders on
September 27, 1999.
Not later than 9:00 a.m. on The Servicer transfers funds, including
September 24........................ any Advances, in the Certificate Account
to the Distribution Account.
Not later than 12:00 p.m. on The Trustee will notify the Servicer and
September 24........................ the Insurer of the Insured Amounts, if
any, required to be distributed to the
holders of Class A certificates of
record at the close of business on
S-34
<PAGE>
September 24, 1999.
September 24........................ Record Date. Distributions on September
27, 1999 will be made to
certificateholders of record at the
close of business on September 24, 1999.
September 27........................ Distribution Date. The Trustee or its
designee will transfer funds from the
Distribution Account into the Spread
Account, as required, will transfer to
certificateholders the amounts required
to be distributed pursuant to the
Agreement and will distribute the Spread
Account Excess as a deposit to the Net
WAC Cap Account of any Net WAC Cap
Carryover and any remaining Spread
Account Excess to the holders of Class R
Certificates.
- --------------
(1) After the first Distribution Date, this period will commence on the 16th
day of the month preceding the month in which the Distribution Date occurs.
Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policy
The following summary of the terms of the Certificate Guaranty Insurance
Policy to be issued by the Insurer (the "Policy") does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Policy. You may
obtain a form of the Policy, upon request, from the Depositor.
Simultaneously with the issuance of the Class A Certificates, the Insurer
will deliver the Policy to the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the
Class A Certificates. Under the Policy, the Insurer will irrevocably and
unconditionally guarantee payment on each Distribution Date to the Trustee for
the benefit of the holders of the Class A Certificates the full and complete
payment of Insured Amounts with respect to the Class A Certificates, calculated
in accordance with the original terms of the Class A Certificates when issued
and without regard to any amendment or modification of the Class A Certificates
or the Agreement except amendments or modifications to which the Insurer has
given its prior written consent.
The "Insured Amount" for any Distribution date shall equal the sum of
o any shortfall in amounts available in the Distribution Account to pay
the Interest Distribution Amounts for the related Interest Accrual
Period, plus
o the Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount, plus
o without duplication of the amount specified in the immediately
preceding bullet, the aggregate Class Certificate Balance of the Class
A Certificates to the extent unpaid on the Last Scheduled Distribution
Date or earlier termination of the trust fund pursuant to the terms of
the Agreement.
The "Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount" for any Distribution Date
shall equal the amount, if any, by which the Class Certificate Balance of the
Class A Certificates exceeds the Pool Principal Balance of the Loans as of that
Distribution Date.
An Insured Amount with respect to any Distribution Date will also include
any Preference Amount which occurs prior to the related Determination Date. A
"Preference Amount" means any amount previously distributed to a
certificateholder that is recoverable and sought to be recovered as a voidable
preference by a trustee in bankruptcy pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code in
accordance with a final nonappealable order of a court having competent
jurisdiction. The Policy does not cover any Net Interest Shortfalls or any Net
WAC Cap Carryover.
The Insurer will pay claims under the Policy following Receipt by the
Insurer of the appropriate notice for payment on the later to occur of (1) 12:00
noon, New York City time, on the Business Day following Receipt of such notice
for payment, and (2) 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the relevant
Distribution Date.
S-35
<PAGE>
The terms "Receipt" and "Received," with respect to the Policy, mean actual
delivery to the Insurer prior to 12:00 p.m., New York City time, on a Business
Day; delivery either on a day that is not a Business Day or after 12:00 p.m.,
New York City time, shall be deemed to be Received on the next succeeding
Business Day. If any notice or certificate given under the Policy by the Trustee
is not in proper form or is not properly completed, executed or delivered, it
shall be deemed not to have been Received, and the Insurer shall promptly so
advise the Trustee and the Trustee may submit an amended notice.
Under the Policy, "Business Day" means any day other than (1) a Saturday or
Sunday or (2) a day on which banking institutions in the City of New York, New
York, the State of New York or in the city in which the corporate trust office
of the Trustee or the Insurer is located, are authorized or obligated by law or
executive order to be closed. The Insurer's obligations under the Policy to pay
Insured Amounts will be deemed to be discharged to the extent funds are
transferred to the Trustee as provided in the Policy, whether or not such funds
are properly applied by the Trustee.
The Insurer will be subrogated to the rights of the holders of the Class A
Certificates to receive payments of principal and interest, as applicable, with
respect to distributions on the Class A Certificates to the extent of any
payment by the Insurer under the Policy. To the extent the Insurer pays Insured
Amounts, either directly or indirectly, as by paying through the Trustee, to the
holders of the Class A Certificates, the Insurer will be subrogated to the
rights of the holders of the Class A Certificates, as applicable, with respect
to those Insured Amounts and shall be deemed to the extent of the payments so
made to be a registered holder of Class A Certificates for purposes of payment.
Claims under the Policy are direct unsecured and unsubordinated obligations
of the Insurer, and will rank equally with any other unsecured and
unsubordinated obligations of the Insurer except for certain obligations in
respect of tax and other payments to which preference is or may become afforded
by statute. The terms of the Policy cannot be modified, altered or affected by
any other agreement or instrument, or by the merger, consolidation or
dissolution of the Depositor. The Policy by its terms may not be canceled or
revoked prior to distribution in full of all Insured Amounts payable under the
Policy. The Policy is governed by the laws of the State of New York.
THE POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND
SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Insurer agrees under
the Policy not to assert, and waives, for the benefit of each holder of Class A
Certificates, all its rights whether acquired by subrogation, assignment or
otherwise, to the extent that those rights and defenses may be available to the
Insurer to avoid payment of its obligations under the Policy in accordance with
the express provisions of the Policy.
Pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, unless an Insurer Default exists,
the Insurer will be entitled to exercise the rights of the holders of the Class
A Certificates, without the consent of those certificateholders, and the holders
of the Class A Certificates may exercise those rights only with the prior
written consent of the Insurer. Either a continuance of any failure by the
Insurer to make a required payment under the Policy or the existence of a
proceeding in bankruptcy by or against the Insurer will constitute an "Insurer
Default." See "--Voting Rights."
The Agreement requires, on each Distribution Date, the Trustee, on behalf
of the Depositor, to pay to the Insurer a premium with respect to the Policy
(the "Insurer's Monthly Premium") out of Distributable Funds. In addition, under
the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement to be executed by the Depositor, Equity
One (as both a Seller and Servicer), the Insurer and the Trustee, the Insurer is
entitled to receive payments out of Distributable Funds pursuant to the priority
of payments set forth under "--Priority of Distributions Among Certificates"
(or, in certain instances, directly from the Depositor or Equity One) in
reimbursement for any Insured Amounts, together with interest thereon if not
repaid immediately, paid by the Insurer under the Policy as well as certain of
the expenses of the Insurer and its counsel, and in satisfaction of any
indemnification obligations owed to the Insurer (collectively, any "I&I
Payments").
S-36
<PAGE>
Spread Account
The Trustee will establish a trust account (the "Spread Account") with an
initial deposit of $5,850,477 on the Closing Date for the benefit of the
certificateholders and the Insurer into which it will deposit, on each
Distribution Date, funds, to the extent available, in an aggregate amount equal
to the Spread Account Deposit Amount.
The "Spread Account Deposit Amount" with respect to any Distribution Date
is an amount equal to any excess of (1) Available Funds over (2) the sum of
o the Insurer's Monthly Premium,
o any fees due and owing to the Trustee,
o any fees due and owing to or Advances or servicing costs or expenses
to be reimbursed to the Servicer,
o the Interest Distribution Amount for the Class A Certificates,
o the Certificate Formula Principal Amount, and
o any I&I Payments paid to the Insurer on that Distribution Date.
On each Distribution Date, amounts, if any, on deposit in the Spread
Account will be available to fund any shortfall between Available Funds with
respect to the Class A Certificates and the Interest Distribution Amount and
Certificate Formula Principal Amount due on those Certificates prior to any
draws being made on the Policy in respect of Insured Amounts. On each
Distribution Date, the Trustee will distribute any amounts in the Spread Account
in excess of the maximum amount required to be maintained in the Spread Account
(the "Specified Spread Account Requirement") (any such amount, a "Spread Account
Excess") first, as a deposit to the Net WAC Cap Account of any Net WAC Cap
Carryover for such Distribution Date plus the amount, if any, sufficient to
increase the amount on deposit in the Net WAC Cap Account (after giving effect
to any payments to be made to the Class A Certificateholders from such account
on that date) to $10,000, and second, any remaining Spread Account Excess to the
Class R Certificates. The Insurer may, in its sole discretion, reduce or
eliminate the Specified Spread Account Requirement without the consent of any
certificateholder as specified in the Agreement, provided that such reduction or
elimination does not result in the reduction of the rating of the Class A
Certificates without taking into account the Policy. The holders of the Class R
Certificates will not be required to refund any amounts previously distributed
to them properly, regardless of whether there are sufficient funds on a
subsequent Distribution Date to make full distributions to the holders of the
Class A Certificates.
The funding and maintenance of the Spread Account is intended to enhance
the likelihood of timely payment of principal and interest to the holders of
Class A Certificates and to afford limited protection against losses in respect
of the Loans. However, in certain circumstances, the Spread Account could be
depleted and shortfalls could result. Notwithstanding the depletion of the
Spread Account, the Insurer will be obligated to pay Insured Amounts to the
Class A Certificates on each Distribution Date.
S-37
<PAGE>
Net WAC Cap Account
The Agreement provides for a reserve fund (the "Net WAC Cap Account") which
will be established with an initial deposit of $10,000 on the Closing Date and
held by the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the Class A Certificates.
To the extent of amounts on deposit therein, on each Distribution Date holders
of the Class A Certificates will be entitled to receive payments from the Net
WAC Cap Account equal to any Net WAC Cap Carryover. The amount required to be
deposited in the Net WAC Cap Account on each Distribution Date will equal any
Net WAC Cap Carryover for such Distribution Date plus the amount, if any,
sufficient to increase the amount on deposit in the Net WAC Cap Account (after
giving effect to any payments to be made to the Class A Certificateholders from
such account on that date) to $10,000, to the extent of funds available after
giving effect to any required deposits to the Spread Account. Any investment
earnings on amounts on deposit in the Net WAC Cap Account will be paid to (and
for the benefit of) the holders of the Class R Certificates and will not be
available to pay any Net WAC Cap Carryover. The Net WAC Cap Account will not be
included as an asset of the REMIC.
Optional Purchase of Defaulted Loans
The Servicer may, at its option, purchase from the trust fund any Loan that
is delinquent in payment by 91 days or more. Any purchase shall be at a price
equal to 100% of the Stated Principal Balance of the Loan plus accrued interest
thereon at the applicable mortgage rate, less the Servicing Fee Rate, from the
date through which interest was last paid by the related borrower or advanced,
and not reimbursed, to the first day of the month in which that amount is to be
distributed.
Optional Termination
On any Distribution Date on which the Pool Principal Balance is less than
5.00% of the Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance (each, an "Optional Termination
Date"), the Servicer will have the option to purchase, in whole, the Loans and
the REO Property, if any, remaining in the trust fund and, thereby, effect early
retirement of the Certificates. In the event the Servicer exercises this option,
the purchase price distributed with respect to each Certificate will be 100% of
its then outstanding principal balance plus (1) any accrued and unpaid interest
thereon at the Pass-Through Rate (including any Class Unpaid Interest Amounts)
and (2) any accrued and unpaid Net WAC Cap Carryover as of such Distribution
Date. Distributions on the Certificates in respect of any such optional
termination will be paid to the Certificates as described in "--Principal" and
"--Interest."
The Trustee
The Chase Manhattan Bank will be the Trustee under the Agreement. The
Depositor, the Servicer and the Sellers may maintain other banking relationships
in the ordinary course of business with The Chase Manhattan Bank. Class A
Certificates may be surrendered at the corporate rust office of the Trustee
located at 450 West 33rd Street, New York, New York 10001, Attention: Capital
Markets Fiduciary Services, or at any other addresses that the Trustee may
designate from time to time.
Voting Rights
With respect to any date of determination, the percentage of all the
"Voting Rights" allocated to each class of Certificates shall be the fraction,
expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the Class Certificate
Balance of such class then outstanding and the denominator of which is the
aggregate Stated Principal Balance of the Loans then outstanding. The Voting
Rights allocated to each class of Certificates shall be allocated among all
holders of the class in proportion to the outstanding principal balance of such
Certificates. Unless an Insurer Default exists, the Insurer will be entitled to
exercise the rights of the holders of the Class A Certificates.
S-38
<PAGE>
YIELD, PREPAYMENT AND MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS
General
The effective yield to the holders of the Class A Certificates will be
lower than the yield otherwise produced by the applicable rate at which interest
is passed through to those holders and the purchase price of those Certificates
because monthly distributions will not be payable to those holders until the
25th day, or, if that day is not a business day, the following business day, of
the month following the month in which interest accrues on the Loans, without
any additional distribution of interest or earnings thereon in respect of that
delay.
Delinquencies on the Loans that are not advanced by or on behalf of the
Servicer, because those advances would be nonrecoverable, may adversely affect
the yield on the Class A Certificates. If the Insurer fails to make payments
required under the Policy, shortfalls resulting from delinquencies not so
advanced may be borne by the Class A Certificates. In addition, Net Interest
Shortfalls are not covered by the Policy and, therefore, will adversely affect
the yields on the Class A Certificates.
Prepayment Considerations and Risks
The rate of principal payments and the aggregate amount of distributions
on, and the yield to maturity of, the Class A Certificates will be related to
the rate and timing of payments of principal on the Loans. The rate of principal
payments on the Loans will in turn be affected by the amortization schedules of
the Loans and by the rate of principal prepayments, including for this purpose
prepayments resulting from refinancing, liquidations of the Loans due to
defaults, casualties, condemnations and repurchases by a Seller or the Servicer.
The Loans may be prepaid by the borrowers at any time, most without a prepayment
penalty. The Loans are subject to the due-on-sale provisions included therein.
In addition, the Servicer and its affiliates periodically conduct mass mailings
to their existing customers with respect to the refinancing of existing mortgage
loans. Although these marketing efforts are not specifically directed to
customers who have mortgage loans included in a trust fund, these customers may
receive the marketing materials as part of a broader mailing, which may result
in an increase in the rate of prepayments of mortgage loans included in a trust
fund through refinancings. See "The Mortgage Pool."
Prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Loans, including any
optional purchase by the Servicer of a defaulted Loan and any optional
repurchase of the remaining Loans in connection with the termination of the
trust fund, in each case as described under "Description of the
Certificates--Optional Purchase of Defaulted Loans" and "--Optional
Termination," will result in distributions on the Class A Certificates of
principal amounts that would otherwise be distributed over the remaining terms
of the Loans. Since the rate of payment of principal of the Loans will depend on
future events and a variety of factors, no assurance can be given as to such
rate or the rate of principal prepayments. The extent to which the yield to
maturity of a class of Class A Certificates may vary from the anticipated yield
will depend upon the degree to which that Class A Certificate is purchased at a
discount or premium, and the degree to which the timing of payments thereon is
sensitive to prepayments, liquidations and purchases of the Loans. Further, you
should consider the risk that, in the case of a Class A Certificate purchased at
a discount, a slower than anticipated rate of principal payments, including
prepayments, on Loans could result in you receiving an actual yield that is
lower than your anticipated yield. In the case of a Class A Certificate
purchased at a premium, a faster than anticipated rate of principal payments
could result in you receiving an actual yield that is lower than your
anticipated yield.
The rate of principal payments, including prepayments, on pools of mortgage
loans may vary significantly over time and may be influenced by a variety of
economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in borrowers'
housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, borrowers' net equity in the
mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. In general, if prevailing interest
rates were to fall significantly below the mortgage rates on the Loans, the
Loans could be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest
rates were to remain at or above the mortgage rates on the Loans. Conversely, if
prevailing interest rates were to rise significantly, the rate of prepayments on
the Loans would generally be expected to decrease. No assurances can be given as
to the rate of prepayments on the Loans in stable or changing interest rate
environments.
The timing of changes in the rate of prepayments on Loans may significantly
affect your actual yield to maturity, even if the average rate of principal
payments is consistent with your expectation. In general, the earlier a
S-39
<PAGE>
prepayment of principal on the Loans occurs, the greater the effect on your
yield to maturity. The effect on your yield as a result of principal payments
occurring at a rate higher or lower than the rate that you anticipated during
the period immediately following the issuance of the Class A Certificates may
not be offset by a subsequent like decrease or increase in the rate of principal
payments.
Weighted Average Lives of the Class A Certificates
The weighted average life of a Class A Certificate is determined by (1)
multiplying the amount of the net reduction, if any, of the Class Certificate
Balance of that Certificate on each Distribution Date by the number of years
from the date of issuance to that Distribution Date, (2) summing the results and
(3) dividing the sum by the aggregate amount of the net reductions in Class
Certificate Balance of that Certificate referred to in clause (1).
For a discussion of the factors that may influence the rate of payments,
including prepayments, of the Loans, see "--Prepayment Considerations and Risks"
herein and "Prepayment and Yield Considerations" in the Prospectus.
In general, the weighted average lives of the Class A Certificates will be
shortened if the level of prepayments of principal of the Loans increases.
However, the weighted average lives of the Class A Certificates will depend upon
a variety of other factors, including, without limitation, the timing of changes
in the rate of principal payments, changes in the interest rate environment and
delays in realizing on REO Properties.
The interaction of the foregoing factors may have different effects on the
Class A Certificates at different times during the life of that class.
Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the weighted average life of the
Class A Certificates. Further, to the extent the price of the Class A
Certificates represents a discount or premium to its original Class Certificate
Balance, variability in the weighted average life of the Class A Certificates
will result in variability in its yield to maturity. For an example of how the
weighted average life of the Class A Certificates may be affected at various
constant percentages of SPA, see "--Decrement Tables" below.
Structuring Assumptions
Unless otherwise specified, the information in the tables in this
prospectus supplement has been prepared on the basis of the following assumed
characteristics of the Loans and the following additional assumptions
(collectively, the "Structuring Assumptions"):
o the Loans consist of thirteen loans with initial payments
commencing during the first Interest Accrual Period with the
following characteristics:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Remaining Term Remaining Amortized
to Maturity Original Amortized Term
Principal Balance Mortgage Rate (in months) Term (in months) (in months)
- --------------------- ---------------- ------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 423,945.85 9.8962% 8 339 334
12,227,301.03 8.8412 34 353 351
8,600,882.30 9.7752 56 322 318
266,557.79 10.3730 78 240 234
17,466,067.40 10.4195 117 301 298
186,302.19 10.4071 135 325 320
78,699,788.11 9.1737 177 359 356
256,786.84 7.7968 77 81 77
2,583,533.94 8.6565 116 120 116
15,826,992.78 8.8766 176 180 176
17,114,361.41 8.7332 236 240 236
489,369.91 8.4623 298 300 298
34,992,817.34 8.5882 356 360 356
</TABLE>
S-40
<PAGE>
o the Loans consist of an additional two loans with initial
payments commencing during the second Interest Accrual Period
with the following characteristics:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Remaining Term Remaining Amortized
to Maturity Original Amortized Term
Principal Balance Mortgage Rate (in months) Term (in months) (in months)
- --------------------- ---------------- ------------------- ---------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$ 4,340,330.00 9.1917% 111 357 357
1,540,870.00 8.8072 278 278 278
</TABLE>
o the Loans prepay at the specified constant percentages of SPA,
o no Loan is ever delinquent and no Loan ever defaults,
o there are no Net Interest Shortfalls and all prepayments are
prepays in full and include 30 days interest thereon,
o a deposit in the amount of $44,554.80 is applied as interest
received on those Loans without a payment due during the first
Due Period following the Cut-off Date,
o the initial Class Certificate Balance of the Class A Certificates
is as set forth on the cover page hereof,
o interest accrues on the Class A Certificates at the Formula Rate
set forth on the cover page hereof and as described under
"Description of the Certificates--Interest,"
o distributions in respect of the Class A Certificates are received
in cash on the 25th day of each month commencing in the calendar
month following the Closing Date,
o the Closing Date of the sale of the Class A Certificates is the
date set forth under "Summary of Terms--Closing Date," and
o where indicated, the Servicer exercises the option to repurchase
the Loans described herein under "Description of the
Certificates--Optional Termination" at the earliest possible
date.
While it is assumed that each of the Loans prepays at the specified constant
percentages of SPA, this is not likely to be the case. Moreover, discrepancies
may exist between the characteristics of the actual Loans which will be
delivered to the Trustee and characteristics of the Loans used in preparing the
tables herein.
Prepayments of mortgage loans commonly are measured relative to a
prepayment standard or model. The model used in this prospectus supplement is
the Standard Prepayment Assumption ("SPA"), which represents an assumed rate of
prepayment each month of the then outstanding principal balance of a pool of new
mortgage loans. SPA does not purport to be either a historical description of
the prepayment experience of any pool of mortgage loans or a prediction of the
anticipated rate of prepayment of any pool of mortgage loans, including the
Loans. 100% SPA assumes prepayment rates of 4% per annum of the then unpaid
principal balance of the pool of mortgage loans in the first month of the life
of the mortgage loans and an additional 1.4545% (precisely 16%/11) per annum in
each month thereafter (for example, 5.4545% per annum in the second month) until
the 12th month. Beginning in the 12th month and in each month thereafter during
the life of such mortgage loans, 100% SPA assumes a constant prepayment rate of
20% per annum. 0% SPA assumes no prepayments. Correspondingly, 125% SPA assumes
prepayment rates equal to 125% of SPA, and so forth. There is no assurance that
prepayments will occur at any SPA rate or at any other constant rate.
S-41
<PAGE>
Decrement Tables
The following table indicates the percentages of the initial Class
Certificate Balance of the Class A Certificates that would be outstanding after
each of the dates shown at various constant percentages of SPA and the
corresponding weighted average lives of the Class A Certificates. The tables
have been prepared on the basis of the Structuring Assumptions. It is not likely
that (1) the Loans will have the precise characteristics described herein or (2)
all of the Loans will prepay at a constant percentage of SPA. Moreover, the
diverse remaining terms to maturity of the Loans could produce slower or faster
principal distributions than indicated in the tables, which have been prepared
using the specified constant percentages of SPA, even if the remaining term to
maturity of the Loans is consistent with the remaining term to maturity of the
Loans specified in the Structuring Assumptions.
S-42
<PAGE>
CLASS A CERTIFICATES
Percent of Initial Class Certificate
Balance Outstanding*
Various Constant Percentages of SPA
-----------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Date 0% 50% 75% 100% 125% 150%
- ----------------- ----------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
August 1999 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%
August 2000 99 91 87 83 79 75
August 2001 97 81 73 65 58 52
August 2002 90 67 57 48 40 33
August 2003 88 59 48 38 30 23
August 2004 83 50 38 28 21 15
August 2005 81 44 32 22 15 10
August 2006 79 39 26 17 11 7
August 2007 77 34 22 14 8 5
August 2008 75 30 18 11 6 3
August 2009 63 22 13 7 4 2
August 2010 61 19 10 5 3 1
August 2011 58 17 9 4 2 1
August 2012 56 14 7 3 1 1
August 2013 53 12 6 2 1 0
August 2014 18 4 2 1 0 0
August 2015 17 3 1 0 0 0
August 2016 16 3 1 0 0 0
August 2017 14 2 1 0 0 0
August 2018 13 2 1 0 0 0
August 2019 11 1 0 0 0 0
August 2020 10 1 0 0 0 0
August 2021 10 1 0 0 0 0
August 2022 9 1 0 0 0 0
August 2023 8 1 0 0 0 0
August 2024 6 0 0 0 0 0
August 2025 5 0 0 0 0 0
August 2026 4 0 0 0 0 0
August 2027 3 0 0 0 0 0
August 2028 1 0 0 0 0 0
August 2029 0 0 0 0 0 0
Weighted Average 12.675 6.575 5.091 4.085 3.373 2.849
Life to Maturity
(in years)**
Weighted Average 12.584 6.386 5.015 3.948 3.251 2.734
Life to Call
(in years)**
</TABLE>
- --------------
* Rounded to the nearest whole percentage.
** Determined as specified under "--Weighted Average Lives of the
Class A Certificates."
S-43
<PAGE>
Last Scheduled Distribution Date
The "Last Scheduled Distribution Date" for the Class A Certificates is the
Distribution Date in August of 2030. The Last Scheduled Distribution Date is the
Distribution Date in the 12th month following the latest scheduled maturity date
for any of the Loans. Since the rate of distributions in reduction of the Class
Certificate Balance of the Class A Certificates will depend on the rate of
payment, including prepayments, of the Loans, the Class Certificate Balance of
the Class A Certificates could be reduced to zero significantly earlier or later
than the Last Scheduled Distribution Date. The rate of payments on the Loans
will depend on their particular characteristics, as well as on prevailing
interest rates from time to time and other economic factors, and no assurance
can be given as to the actual payment experience of the Loans. See "Yield,
Prepayment and Maturity Considerations--Prepayment Considerations and Risks" and
"--Weighted Average Lives of the Class A Certificates" herein and "Prepayment
and Yield Considerations" in the Prospectus.
THE INSURER
The following information has been supplied by Ambac Assurance Corporation
(the "Insurer") for inclusion in this prospectus supplement. Accordingly, none
of the Depositor, the Servicer, the Sellers, the Trustee or the Underwriter
makes any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this information.
The Insurer is a Wisconsin-domiciled stock insurance corporation regulated
by the Office of the Commissioner of Insurance of the State of Wisconsin and
licensed to do business in 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth
of Puerto Rico, and the Territory of Guam. The Insurer primarily insures newly
issued municipal and structured finance obligations. The Insurer is a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Ambac Financial Group, Inc. (formerly AMBAC, Inc.), a
100% publicly-held company. Moody's Investors Services, Inc., Standard & Poor's
Ratings Services, a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Fitch IBCA,
Inc. have each assigned a triple-A claims paying ability rating to the Insurer.
The consolidated financial statements of the Insurer and subsidiaries as of
December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997, and for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 1998, prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of
Ambac Financial Group, Inc. (which was filed with the Commission on March 30,
1999; Commission File Number 1-10777) and the consolidated financial statements
of the Insurer and subsidiaries as of March 31, 1999 and for the periods ending
March 31, 1999 and March 31, 1998 included in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
of Ambac Financial Group, Inc. for the period ended March 31, 1999 (which was
filed with the Commission on May 12, 1999), are hereby incorporated by reference
into this prospectus supplement and shall be deemed to be part hereof. Any
statement contained in a document incorporated herein by reference shall be
modified or superseded for the purposes of this prospectus supplement to the
extent that a statement contained herein by reference herein also modifies or
supersedes that statement. Any statement so modified or superseded shall not be
deemed, except as so modified or superseded, to constitute a part of this
prospectus supplement.
All financial statements of the Insurer and subsidiaries included in
documents filed by Ambac Financial Group, Inc. with the Commission pursuant to
section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, subsequent to the date of
this prospectus supplement and prior to the termination of the offering of the
Class A Certificates shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this
prospectus supplement and to be a part hereof from the respective dates of
filing of those documents.
The following table sets forth the Insurer's capitalization as of December
31, 1996, December 31, 1997 and December 31, 1998, and March 31, 1999,
respectively, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
S-44
<PAGE>
Ambac Assurance Corporation
Consolidated Capitalization Table
(Dollars in Millions)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
December 31, December 31, December 31, March 31,
1996 1997 1998 1999
---- ---- ---- ----
(unaudited)
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Unearned premiums .......................... $ 995 $1,184 $1,303 $1,324
Other liabilities .......................... 259 562 548 544
------ ------ ------ ------
Total liabilities .......................... $1,254 $1,746 $1,851 $1,868
------ ------ ------ ------
Stockholder's equity:(1)
Common stock .......................... $ 82 $ 82 $ 82 $ 82
Additional paid-in capital ............ 515 521 541 541
Accumulated other comprehensive
income............................. 66 118 138 112
Retained earnings ..................... 992 1,180 1,405 1,467
------ ------ ------ ------
Total stockholder's equity ................. $1,655 $1,901 $2,166 $2,202
------ ------ ------ ------
Total liabilities and stockholder's equity . $2,909 $3,647 $4,017 $4,070
====== ====== ====== ======
</TABLE>
- --------------
(1) Components of stockholder's equity have been restated for all periods
presented to reflect "Accumulated other comprehensive income" in accordance
with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130 "Reporting
Comprehensive Income" adopted by the Insurer effective January 1, 1998. As
this new standard only requires additional information in the financial
statements, it does not affect the Insurer's financial position or results
of operations.
For additional financial information concerning the Insurer, see the
audited and unaudited financial statements for the Insurer incorporated by
reference herein. Copies of the financial statements of the Insurer incorporated
herein by reference and copies of the Insurer's annual statement for the year
ended December 31, 1998 prepared in accordance with statutory accounting
standards are available, without charge, from the Insurer. The address of the
Insurer's administrative offices and its telephone number are One State Street
Plaza, 17th Floor, New York, New York 10004 and (212) 668-0340.
The Insurer makes no representation regarding the Class A Certificates or
the advisability of investing in the Class A Certificates and makes no
representation regarding, nor has it participated in the preparation of, this
prospectus supplement other than the information supplied by the Insurer and
presented under the headings "The Insurer," "Description of the
Certificates--Certificate Guaranty Insurance Policy" and "Experts," and its
financial statements incorporated herein by reference.
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Depositor will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the
Class A Certificates to pay the purchase price of the Loans and for general
corporate purposes.
S-45
<PAGE>
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
For federal income tax purposes, an election will be made to treat certain
assets of the trust fund (exclusive of the Net WAC Cap Account) as a REMIC.
Assuming such an election is timely made and the terms of the Agreement are
complied with, Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP, special tax counsel to the
Depositor ("Tax Counsel") is of the opinion that the trust fund will qualify as
a REMIC within the meaning of the Code. The Class A Certificates (excluding any
associated rights to receive any Net WAC Cap Carryover) will constitute the
"regular interests" in the REMIC. The Class R Certificates will constitute the
sole class of "residual interest" in the REMIC. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences" in the Prospectus.
The Class A Certificates generally will be treated as debt instruments
issued by the REMIC for federal income tax purposes. Income on the Class A
Certificates must be reported under an accrual method of accounting.
The Class A Certificates, depending on their issue prices, as described in
the Prospectus under "Federal Income Tax Consequences," may be treated as having
been issued with Original Issue Discount ("OID") for federal income tax
purposes. For purposes of determining the amount and rate of accrual of OID and
market discount, the trust fund intends to assume that there will be prepayments
on the Loans at a rate equal to 100% SPA (the "Prepayment Assumption"). No
representation is made as to whether the Loans will prepay at the foregoing rate
or any other rate. See "Yield, Prepayment and Maturity Considerations" herein
and "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the Prospectus.
If the holders of the Class A Certificates are treated as holding such
Certificates at a premium, such holders should consult their tax advisors
regarding the election to amortize bond premium and the method to be employed.
The beneficial owners of the Class A Certificates and the related rights to
receive any Net WAC Cap Carryover will be treated for federal tax purposes as
owning two separate assets: (a) the Class A Certificates without the right to
receive any Net WAC Cap Carryover (the "REMIC Certificates" which constitute
regular interests in a REMIC) and (b) the related right to receive any Net WAC
Cap Carryover. Accordingly, a purchaser of a Class A Certificate must allocate
its purchase price between the two assets comprising the Class A Certificate. In
general, such an allocation would be based on the relative fair market values of
such assets on the date of purchase of the Class A Certificate. No
representation is or will be made as to the relative fair market values. Holders
of Class A Certificates should consult their tax advisors regarding the taxation
any Net WAC Cap Carryover, which is generally governed by the provisions of the
Code and related Treasury regulations relating to notional principal contracts
and possibly those relating to straddles.
As is described more fully under "Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the
Prospectus, the REMIC Certificates will represent qualifying assets under
Sections 856(c)(4)(A) and 7701(a)(19)(C) of the Code, and net interest income
attributable to the REMIC Certificates will be "interest on obligations secured
by mortgages on real property" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the
Code, to the extent the assets of the trust fund are assets described in such
sections. Mixed Use Loans may not qualify under Section 7701(a)(19) of the Code
to the extent of the portion of such Mixed Use Loans allocable to commercial
use. The REMIC Certificates will represent qualifying assets under Section
860G(a)(3) if acquired by a REMIC within the prescribed time periods of the
Code.
The right to receive any Net WAC Cap Carryover will not constitute a
qualifying asset under Sections 856(c)(4)(A), 7701(a)(19)(C), 860G(a)(3) or
860G(a)(5) of the Code. Further, any Net WAC Carryover will not constitute
income described in Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code. Moreover, other special
rules may apply to certain investors, including dealers in securities and
dealers in notional principal contracts.
The owners of the Net WAC Cap Account are the Class R Certificateholders.
The Net WAC Cap Account is an outside reserve fund and is not an asset of the
REMIC. Amounts transferred by the REMIC to the Net WAC Cap Account are treated
as amounts distributed by the REMIC to the Class R Certificateholders or
transferees of the Class R Certificateholders for all federal tax purposes.
S-46
<PAGE>
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Any Plan fiduciary who proposes to cause a Plan (as defined below) to
acquire the Class A Certificates should consult with its counsel with respect to
the potential consequences under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, as amended ("ERISA") and/or the Code, of the Plan's acquisition and
ownership of those Certificates. See "ERISA Considerations" in the Prospectus.
Section 406 of ERISA prohibits "parties in interest" with respect to an employee
benefit plan subject to ERISA and/or the excise tax provisions set forth under
Section 4975 of the Code (a "Plan") from engaging in certain transactions
involving that Plan and its assets unless a statutory or administrative
exemption applies to the transaction. Section 4975 of the Code imposes certain
excise taxes on prohibited transactions involving Plans and other arrangements,
including, but not limited to, individual retirement accounts, described under
that Section; ERISA authorizes the imposition of civil penalties for prohibited
transactions involving Plans not subject to the requirements of Section 4975 of
the Code.
Certain employee benefit plans, including governmental plans and certain
church plans, are not subject to ERISA's requirements. Accordingly, assets of
those plans may be invested in the Class A Certificates without regard to the
ERISA considerations described herein and in the Prospectus, subject to the
provisions of other applicable federal and state law. Any such plan that is
qualified and exempt from taxation under Sections 401(a) and 501(a) of the Code
may nonetheless be subject to the prohibited transaction rules set forth in
Section 503 of the Code.
Except as noted above, investments by Plans are subject to ERISA's general
fiduciary requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and
diversification and the requirement that a Plan's investments be made in
accordance with the documents governing the Plan. A fiduciary who decides to
invest the assets of a Plan in the Class A Certificates should consider, among
other factors, the extreme sensitivity of the investment to the rate of
principal payments, including prepayments, on the Loans.
The United States Department of Labor has granted an individual
administrative exemption to the Underwriter. (Prohibited Transaction Exemption
90-83, Exemption Application No. D-8346, 55 Fed. Reg. 50250 (1990) (the
"Underwriter Exemption") from certain of the prohibited transaction rules of
ERISA and the related excise tax provisions of Section 4975 of the Code with
respect to the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent resale by Plans
of certificates in pass-through trusts that consist of certain receivables,
loans and other obligations that meet the conditions and requirements of the
Underwriter Exemption. The Underwriter Exemption applies to the Loans in the
trust fund.
For a general description of the Underwriter Exemption and the conditions
that must be satisfied for the Underwriter Exemption to apply, see "ERISA
Considerations" in the Prospectus.
It is expected that the Underwriter Exemption will apply to the acquisition
and holding by Plans of Class A Certificates and that all conditions of the
Underwriter Exemption other than those within the control of the investors will
be met. In addition, as of the date hereof, there is no single borrower that is
the obligor on five percent (5%) of the Loans included in the trust fund by
aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets of the trust fund.
Prospective Plan investors should consult with their legal advisors
concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the applicability of PTE 83-1
described in the Prospectus and the Underwriter Exemption, and the potential
consequences in their specific circumstances, prior to making an investment in
any of the Class A Certificates. Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine
whether under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and
diversification, an investment in any of the Class A Certificates is appropriate
for the Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and
the composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.
S-47
<PAGE>
LEGAL INVESTMENT
The Class A Certificates will not constitute "mortgage related
securities" for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Enhancement Act of 1984
because certain of the Loans serving as collateral for the Class A Certificates
will be secured by second liens on the related mortgaged properties.
Accordingly, many institutions with legal authority to invest in "mortgage
related securities" may not be legally authorized to invest in the Class A
Certificates.
The appropriate characterization of the Class A Certificates under various
legal investment restrictions, and thus the ability of investors subject to
those restrictions to purchase Class A Certificates, may be subject to
significant interpretive uncertainties. Accordingly, institutions whose
investment activities are subject to review by federal or state regulatory
authorities should consult with their counsel or the applicable authorities to
determine whether an investment in the Class A Certificates complies with
applicable guidelines, policy statements or restrictions. See "Legal Investment"
in the Prospectus.
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement
dated August 12, 1999 (the "Underwriting Agreement") among the Depositor, Equity
One and Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (the "Underwriter"),
the Depositor has agreed to sell to the Underwriter and the Underwriter has
agreed to purchase from the Depositor all of the Class A Certificates. The Class
A Certificates will be offered by the Underwriter when, as and if issued and
sold by the Depositor to the Underwriter, subject to the Underwriter's right to
reject any subscription in whole or in part.
The Underwriter has informed the Depositor that it proposes to offer the
Class A Certificates for sale from time to time in one or more negotiated
transactions, or otherwise, at varying prices to be determined, in each case, at
the time of the related sale. The Underwriter may effect such transactions by
selling the Class A Certificates to or through dealers, and such dealers may
receive compensation in the form of underwriting discounts, concessions or
commissions from the Underwriter. In connection with the sale of the Class A
Certificates, the Underwriter may be deemed to have received compensation from
the Depositor in the form of underwriting compensation. The Underwriter and any
dealers that participate with the Underwriter in the distribution of the Class A
Certificates may be deemed to be underwriters and any commissions received by
them and any profit on the resale of the Class A Certificates by them may be
deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act").
No Class A Certificate will have an established trading market when issued.
The Underwriter may, from time to time, act as a broker or purchase and sell
Class A Certificates in the secondary market, but the Underwriter is under no
obligation to do so and there can be no assurance that there will be a secondary
market for the Class A Certificates or liquidity in the secondary market if one
does develop.
Neither the Depositor nor the Underwriter makes any representation or
prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions
described above, if engaged in, may have on the prices of the Class A
Certificates. In addition, neither the Depositor nor the Underwriter makes any
representation that the Underwriter will engage in such transactions or that
such transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Equity One and the Depositor have agreed to indemnify the Underwriter
against, or make contributions to the Underwriter with respect to certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the Certificates, including certain federal income tax
consequences with respect thereto, will be passed upon for the Depositor by
Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. Stroock &
Stroock & Lavan LLP, will pass upon certain legal matters on behalf of the
Underwriter.
S-48
<PAGE>
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Ambac Assurance Corporation and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1998 and 1997 and for each of the years in the
three year period ended December 31, 1998 are incorporated by reference herein
and in the Registration Statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP,
independent certified public accountants, incorporated by reference herein, and
upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
RATINGS
It is a condition to the issuance of the Class A Certificates that they be
rated "AAA" by Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. ("Standard & Poor's") and "Aaa" by Moody's Investors Service,
Inc. ("Moody's" and, together with Standard & Poor's, the "Rating Agencies").
The ratings of Standard & Poor's and Moody's assigned to mortgage
pass-through certificates address the likelihood of the receipt by
certificateholders of all distributions to which they are entitled. The rating
process addresses structural and legal aspects associated with the Class A
Certificates, including the nature of the underlying mortgage loans. The ratings
assigned to mortgage pass-through certificates do not represent any assessment
of the likelihood that principal prepayments will be made by the borrowers or
the degree to which the prepayments will differ from that originally
anticipated. The rating of the Class A Certificates will depend primarily on an
assessment by the Rating Agencies of the Loans and upon the claims-paying
ability of the Insurer. Any change in the ratings of the Insurer by Standard &
Poor's or Moody's may result in a change in the ratings on the Class A
Certificates. The ratings do not address the possibility that certificate
holders might suffer a lower than anticipated yield due to non-credit events,
and do not address the likelihood that holders of the Class A Certificates will
receive the Net WAC Cap Carryover.
A security rating is not a recommendation to buy, sell or hold securities
and may be subject to revision or withdrawal at any time by the assigning rating
organization. Each security rating should be evaluated independently of any
other security rating. In the event that the ratings initially assigned to the
Class A Certificates are subsequently lowered for any reason, no person or
entity is obligated to provide any additional credit support or credit
enhancement with respect to the Class A Certificates.
The Depositor has not requested that any rating agency rate the Class A
Certificates other than as stated above. However, there can be no assurance as
to whether any other rating agency will rate the Class A Certificates, or, if it
does, what rating would be assigned by that rating agency. A rating on the Class
A Certificates by another rating agency, if assigned at all, may be lower than
the ratings assigned to the Class A Certificates as stated above.
S-49
<PAGE>
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Adjusted Net Mortgage Rate.......................S-27 Mortgage File....................................S-22
Advance..........................................S-28 Mortgage Note....................................S-22
Agreement........................................S-15 Net Interest Shortfalls..........................S-33
Available Funds..................................S-31 Net Prepayment Interest Shortfall................S-33
Balloon Loans....................................S-16 Net WAC Cap......................................S-32
Beneficial Owners................................S-29 Net WAC Cap Account..............................S-38
Business Day.....................................S-36 Net WAC Cap Carryover............................S-32
Cede.............................................S-29 OID..............................................S-46
Certificate Account..............................S-30 Optional Termination Date........................S-38
Certificate Formula Principal Amount.............S-33 Pass-Through Rate................................S-32
Certificates.....................................S-15 Permitted Investments............................S-30
Class A Certificates.............................S-15 Plan.............................................S-47
Class Certificate Balance........................S-29 Policy...........................................S-35
Class Unpaid Interest Amounts....................S-32 Pool Principal Balance...........................S-16
Closing Date.....................................S-16 Preference Amount................................S-35
Code.............................................S-22 Prepayment Assumption............................S-46
Collateral Value.................................S-17 Prepayment Interest Excess.......................S-27
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio.....................S-17 Prepayment Interest Shortfall....................S-33
Cut-off Date.....................................S-15 Prepayment Period................................S-32
Cut-off Date Pool Principal Balance..............S-16 Rating Agencies..................................S-49
Definitive Certificate...........................S-29 Receipt..........................................S-36
Deleted Loan.....................................S-22 Record Date......................................S-31
Depositor........................................S-15 Refinance Loan...................................S-17
Distributable Funds..............................S-31 Relief Act Reduction.............................S-33
Distribution Account.............................S-30 REO Property.....................................S-28
Distribution Date................................S-31 Replacement Loan.................................S-22
DTC..............................................S-29 Residential Loan.................................S-15
Due Date.........................................S-16 Scheduled Payments...............................S-16
Equity One.......................................S-24 Securities Act...................................S-48
Equity One Standards.............................S-23 Seller and Sellers...............................S-15
ERISA............................................S-47 Servicer.........................................S-15
Formula Rate.....................................S-32 Servicing Fee....................................S-27
Guaranteed Principal Distribution Amount.........S-35 Servicing Fee Rate...............................S-27
I&I Payments.....................................S-36 SPA..............................................S-41
Insurance Proceeds...............................S-32 Specified Spread Account Requirement.............S-37
Insured Amount...................................S-35 Spread Account...................................S-37
Insurer..........................................S-16 Special Account Deposit Amount...................S-37
Insurer's Monthly Premium........................S-36 Spread Account Draw..............................S-31
Interest Accrual Period..........................S-33 Spread Account Excess............................S-37
Interest Distribution Amount.....................S-32 Stated Principal Balance.........................S-16
IT...............................................S-27 Structuring Assumptions..........................S-40
Last Scheduled Distribution Date.................S-44 Substitution Adjustment Amount...................S-22
Liquidated Loan..................................S-34 Tax Counsel......................................S-46
Liquidation Proceeds.............................S-32 Trustee..........................................S-15
Loan Losses......................................S-34 Underwriter......................................S-48
Loans............................................S-15 Underwriter Exemption............................S-47
Mixed Use Loan...................................S-15 Voting Rights....................................S-38
Mortgage.........................................S-22
</TABLE>
S-50
<PAGE>
ANNEX I
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered Mortgage
Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1999-1 (the "Global Securities") will be
available only in book-entry form. Investors in the Global Securities may hold
such Global Securities through any of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"),
Cedelbank ("Cedel") or the Euroclear System ("Euroclear"). The Global Securities
will be tradable as home market instruments in both the European and U.S.
domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle in
same-day funds.
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through Cedel and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in accordance
with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance with
conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior mortgage pass-through certificates
issues.
Secondary cross-market trading between Cedel or Euroclear and DTC
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis through the respective depositaries of Cedel and Euroclear (in such
capacity) and as DTC Participants.
Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their Participants.
Initial Settlement
All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form by DTC in the name of
Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the Global Securities will
be represented through financial institutions acting on their behalf as direct
and indirect Participants in DTC. As a result, Cedel and Euroclear will hold
positions on behalf of their Participants through their respective depositaries,
which in turn will hold such positions in accounts as DTC Participants.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to prior mortgage pass-through certificates
issues. Investor securities custody accounts will be credited with their
holdings against payment in same-day funds on the settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Cedel or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.
Secondary Market Trading
Since the purchaser determines the place of delivery, it is important to
establish at the time of the trade where both the purchaser's and seller's
accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be made on the desired value
date.
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior mortgage
pass-through certificates issues in same-day funds.
A-1
<PAGE>
Trading between Cedel and/or Euroclear Participants. Secondary market
trading between Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants will be settled
using the procedures applicable to conventional eurobonds in same-day funds.
Trading between DTC seller and Cedel or Euroclear purchaser. When Global
Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to the
account of a Cedel Participant or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser will
send instructions to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. Cedel or Euroclear
will instruct the respective depositary, as the case may be, to receive the
Global Securities against payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the
Global Securities from and including the last coupon payment date to and
excluding the settlement date, on the basis of either the actual number of days
in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of 360 days or a 360-day
year of twelve 30-day months as applicable to the related class of Global
Securities. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month, payment will
include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the following month.
Payment will then be made by the respective depositary of the DTC Participant's
account against delivery of the Global Securities. After settlement has been
completed, the Global Securities will be credited to the respective clearing
system and by the clearing system, in accordance with its usual procedures, to
the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account. The securities
credit will appear the next day (European time) and the cash debt will be
back-valued to, and the interest on the Global Securities will accrue from, the
value date (which would be the preceding day when settlement occurred in New
York). If settlement is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the
trade fails), the Cedel or Euroclear cash debt will be valued instead as of the
actual settlement date.
Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to preposition funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement occurring within Cedel or Euroclear. Under this approach,
they may take on credit exposure to Cedel or Euroclear until the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
As an alternative, if Cedel or Euroclear has extended a line of credit to
them, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants can elect not to preposition
funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance settlement. Under
this procedure, Cedel Participants or Euroclear Participants purchasing Global
Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming they cleared the
overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their accounts. However,
interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value date. Therefore,
in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities earned during that
one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount of such overdraft
charges, although this result will depend on each Cedel Participant's or
Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.
Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective European depositary for the benefit of Cedel Participants or
Euroclear Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on
the settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-market transaction
will settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
Trading between Cedel or Euroclear Seller and DTC Purchaser. Due to time
zone differences in their favor, Cedel Participants and Euroclear Participants
may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which Global
Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system, through the
respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send instructions
to Cedel or Euroclear through a Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant at
least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases Cedel or Euroclear
will instruct the respective Depositary, as appropriate, to deliver the Global
Securities to the DTC Participant's account against payment. Payment will
include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last
coupon payment to and excluding the settlement date on the basis of either the
actual number of days in such accrual period and a year assumed to consist of
360 days or a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months as applicable to the related
class of Global Securities. For transactions settling on the 31st of the month,
payment will include interest accrued to and excluding the first day of the
following month. The payment will then be reflected in the account of the Cedel
Participant or Euroclear Participant the following day, and receipt of the cash
proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account would be
back-valued to the value date (which would be the preceding day, when settlement
occurred in New York). Should the Cedel Participant or Euroclear Participant
have
A-2
<PAGE>
a line of credit with its respective clearing system and elect to be in debt in
anticipation of receipt of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation
will extinguish any overdraft incurred over that one-day period. If settlement
is not completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of
the cash proceeds in the Cedel Participant's or Euroclear Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
Finally, day traders that use Cedel or Euroclear and that purchase Global
Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedel Participants or Euroclear
Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on the sale
side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques should be
readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
(a) borrowing through Cedel or Euroclear for one day (until the
purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear
accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
(b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global
Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedel or Euroclear
account in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
(c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the DTC Participant is at
least one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedel Participant
or Euroclear Participant.
Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Documentation Requirements
A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through Cedel or
Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the U.S.) will be
subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to payments of
interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt issued by U.S.
Persons (as defined below) (or the 31% U.S. backup withholding tax), unless (i)
each clearing system, bank or other financial institution that holds customers'
securities in the ordinary course of its trade or business in the chain of
intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the U.S. entity required to
withhold tax complies with applicable certification requirements and (ii) such
beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to obtain an exemption or
reduced tax rate:
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (as defined below) (Form W-8). Beneficial
owners of Global Securities that are non-U.S. Persons may be able to obtain a
complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8
(Certificate of Foreign Status). If the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a
new Form W-8 must be filed within 30 days of such change.
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United States, may be able to obtain an exemption
from the withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax
on Income Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the
United States).
Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Beneficial Owners residing in a country
that has a tax treaty with the United States may be able to obtain an exemption
or reduced tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 1001
(Ownership, Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only
for a reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate unless the
filer alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Certificate
Owners or his agent.
Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons may be able to obtain a
complete exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request
for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Beneficial Owner of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,
files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds
(the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of
the clearing agency). Form W-8
A-3
<PAGE>
and Form 1001 are generally effective for three calendar years (however, under
transition rules that apply to payments made after December 31, 2000, Forms W-8
and 1001 will expire sooner) and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.
The term "U.S. Person" means:
(a) a citizen or resident of the United States;
(b) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the
United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (other than a
partnership that is not treated as a United States person under any
applicable Treasury regulations);
(c) an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for
United States tax purposes, regardless of its source; or
(d) a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise
primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more
United States persons have authority to control all substantial decisions
of the trust.
This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal income tax
withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global Securities or
with the application of Treasury regulations relating to tax documentation
requirements that are generally effective with respect to payments made after
December 31, 2000. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for
specific tax advice concerning their holding and disposing of the Global
Securities, the right to receive any Net WAC Cap Carryover and the U.S. federal
income tax documentation requirements (described above) related to the same.
A-4
<PAGE>
Prospectus Dated July 23, 1999
EQUITY ONE ABS, INC.
Depositor
Asset Backed Certificates
Asset Backed Notes
(Issuable in Series)
-------------------------------
Equity One ABS, Inc., as depositor, may offer from time to time under this
prospectus and related prospectus supplements securities that are asset-backed
certificates or asset-backed notes. The depositor will sell these securities
from time to time in one or more series, each of which series will be issued in
one or more classes.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
- ------------------------------------
The related prospectus supplement will set forth the specific assets of the
Before buying securities, trust fund and the seller or sellers from whom the assets are acquired.
consider carefully the risk
factors beginning on page 5 of Each trust fund's assets may include--
this prospectus.
o one or more pools of
Neither the securities of
any series nor the underlying o mortgage loans secured by first and/or subordinate mortgages on
loans will be insured or
guaranteed by any governmental o one- to four-family residential properties and
agency or instrumentality, or
by any other entity. o mixed commercial/residential use properties and other
multi-family residential properties,
The securities of each
series will represent o revolving home equity loans or balances thereof secured by first
interests in the related and/or subordinate mortgages on one- to four-family residential
trust fund only and will not properties,
represent interests in or be
obligations of any other o all monies due under the above assets, which may be net of some of the
entity. amounts payable to the servicer, and
This prospectus may be o other funds, credit enhancement and other assets.
used to offer and sell any
series of securities only if it The assets comprising the trust fund may be divided into one or more asset
is accompanied by the groups and each class of the related series will evidence beneficial
prospectus supplement for ownership of the corresponding asset group, as applicable.
that series.
The prospectus supplement will state if the trust fund will make a REMIC
election for federal income tax purposes.
- ------------------------------------
</TABLE>
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities
commission has approved the certificates or determined that this prospectus
supplement or the accompanying prospectus is accurate or complete. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
<PAGE>
Information about the securities is presented in two separate documents
that progressively provide more detail: (1) this prospectus, which provides
general information, some of which may not apply to your series of securities,
and (2) the accompanying prospectus supplement, which will describe the specific
terms of your series of securities, including:
o the principal balances and/or interest rates of each class;
o the timing and priority of interest and principal payments;
o statistical and other information about the loans;
o information about credit enhancement, if any, for each class;
o the ratings for each class; and
o the method for selling the securities.
We strongly encourage you to read both this prospectus and the accompanying
prospectus supplement in full. You should rely only on the information contained
or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus
supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different
information.
If the description of the terms of your securities varies between this
prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement, you should rely on the
information in the prospectus supplement.
We are not offering securities in any state where the offer is not
permitted.
We do not claim that the information in this prospectus and the
accompanying prospectus supplement is accurate as of any date other than the
dates stated on the cover of each document.
We have made cross-references to captions in this prospectus and the
accompanying prospectus supplement under which you can find further related
discussions. The following table of contents and the table of contents in the
related prospectus supplement indicate where these captions are located.
2
<PAGE>
TABLE OF CONTENTS
RISK FACTORS ................................................................ 5
Liquidation Value of Trust Fund Assets May be Insufficient to
Satisfy All Claims Against Trust Fund .................................. 5
Decreases in the Value of Mortgaged Property Will
Disproportionately Affect Junior Lienholders ........................... 5
Liquidations Could Result in Payment Delays and Losses ................... 5
Junior Liens May Result in Losses in Foreclosure Proceedings ............. 6
Proceeds of Liquidation of Mixed Use Loans May Take Longer to Recover .... 6
Balloon Loans May Bear Higher Risk of Loss ............................... 6
Pre-funding Accounts and Possibility of Prepayment ....................... 6
Limits On Credit Enhancement ............................................. 7
The Depositor has Limited Assets ......................................... 7
Limited Recourse to Sellers, Depositor or Servicer ....................... 8
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks; Reclassification of
Sale of Loans as Financing ............................................. 8
Prepayments of Loans and Other Factors May Result in Lower Yield ......... 9
Book-Entry Securities May Pose Limitations ............................... 9
Book-Entry Securities May Result in Delayed Receipt of Distributions ..... 9
Some Securities May be Issued With Original Issue Discount ............... 10
Limited Liquidity May Result in Delays in Liquidation or Lower Returns ... 10
Violations of Lending Laws Could Cause Losses ............................ 10
Mortgaged Properties May be Subject to Environmental Risks ............... 10
Ratings of the Securities Relate to Credit Risk Only ..................... 11
THE TRUST FUND .............................................................. 11
General .................................................................. 11
The Loans ................................................................ 12
Substitution of Trust Fund Assets ........................................ 15
USE OF PROCEEDS ............................................................. 15
THE DEPOSITOR ............................................................... 15
LOAN PROGRAM ................................................................ 15
Specific Underwriting Criteria; Underwriting Programs .................... 17
Summary of Underwriting Requirements by Program .......................... 17
Qualifications of Sellers and Servicer ................................... 20
Representations by Sellers; Repurchases .................................. 20
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES ............................................... 21
General .................................................................. 21
Distributions on Securities .............................................. 23
Advances ................................................................. 25
Reports to Securityholders ............................................... 25
Categories of Classes of Securities ...................................... 26
Indices Applicable to Floating Rate and Inverse Floating Rate Classes .... 29
Book-Entry Registration of Securities .................................... 31
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT .......................................................... 34
General .................................................................. 34
Subordination ............................................................ 35
Letter of Credit ......................................................... 35
Insurance Policies, Surety Bonds and Guaranties .......................... 36
Over-collateralization ................................................... 36
Reserve Accounts ......................................................... 36
Pool Insurance Policies .................................................. 37
Cross-Collateralization .................................................. 38
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS ......................................... 39
THE AGREEMENTS .............................................................. 41
Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets ...................................... 41
Payments On Loans; Deposits to Security Account .......................... 42
Pre-Funding Account ...................................................... 44
Sub-Servicing by Sellers ................................................. 44
Collection Procedures .................................................... 45
Hazard Insurance ......................................................... 45
3
<PAGE>
Realization Upon Defaulted Loans ......................................... 47
Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses ................. 47
Evidence as to Compliance ................................................ 48
Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Depositor ................. 48
Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default .......................... 49
Amendment ................................................................ 51
Termination; Optional Termination ........................................ 51
The Trustee .............................................................. 52
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS .................................................. 52
General .................................................................. 52
Foreclosure/Repossession ................................................. 53
Environmental Risks ...................................................... 54
Rights of Redemption ..................................................... 55
Anti-Deficiency Legislation; Bankruptcy Laws; Tax Liens .................. 55
Due-on-Sale Clauses ...................................................... 56
Enforceability of Prepayment and Late Payment Fees ....................... 56
Equitable Limitations On Remedies ........................................ 57
Applicability of Usury Laws .............................................. 57
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act .................................. 57
Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees ............................ 58
The Title I Program ...................................................... 58
Consumer Protection Laws ................................................. 61
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES ............................................. 61
General .................................................................. 61
Taxation of Debt Securities .............................................. 62
Taxation of the Remic and its Holders .................................... 66
Remic Expenses; Single Class Remics ...................................... 67
Taxation of the Remic .................................................... 67
Administrative Matters ................................................... 71
Tax Status as a Grantor Trust ............................................ 71
Sale or Exchange ......................................................... 73
Miscellaneous Tax Aspects ................................................ 73
Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors ....................................... 74
Tax Characterization of the Trust Fund as a Partnership .................. 75
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes ................................. 75
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates Issued by a Partnership .. 77
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS .................................................... 81
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................ 81
LEGAL INVESTMENT ............................................................ 84
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION ...................................................... 85
LEGAL MATTERS ............................................................... 86
RATING ...................................................................... 86
AVAILABLE INFORMATION ....................................................... 87
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE ............................. 87
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS ...................................................... 89
4
<PAGE>
RISK FACTORS
You should carefully consider the following risk factors prior to any
purchase of securities.
Liquidation Value of Trust Fund Assets May be Insufficient to Satisfy All Claims
Against Trust Fund.
There is no assurance that the market value of the primary assets or any
other assets for a series of securities will at any time be equal to or greater
than the aggregate principal amount of the securities of that series then
outstanding, plus accrued interest thereon. In addition, upon an event of
default under the indenture for a series of notes and a sale of the assets in
the trust fund or upon a sale of the assets of a trust fund for a series of
certificates, the trustee, the servicer, if any, the credit enhancer and any
other service provider specified in the related prospectus supplement generally
will be entitled to receive the proceeds of the sale to the extent of unpaid
fees and other amounts owing to those persons under the related agreement prior
to distributions to holders of securities. Upon any sale of trust fund assets,
the proceeds from the sale may be insufficient to pay in full the principal of
and interest on the securities of the related series.
Liquidation expenses for defaulted loans do not vary directly with the
outstanding principal balance of the loan at the time of default. Therefore,
assuming that a servicer took the same steps in realizing upon a defaulted loan
having a small remaining principal balance as it would in the case of a
defaulted loan having a larger principal balance, the amount realized after
expenses of liquidation would be smaller as a percentage of the outstanding
principal balance of the smaller loan than would be the case with a larger loan.
Because the average outstanding principal balances of the loans are small
relative to the size of the loans in a typical pool of first mortgages,
realizations net of liquidation expenses on defaulted loans may also be smaller
as a percentage of the principal amount of the loans than in the case of a
typical pool of first mortgage loans. The payment of these expenses will reduce
the portion of the amount realized that will be available to make payments on
the securities and may result in the related securityholders suffering a loss.
We refer you to "Yield and Prepayment Considerations."
Decreases in the Value of Mortgaged Property will Disproportionately Affect
Junior Lienholders.
There are several factors that could adversely affect the value of a
mortgaged property by causing the outstanding balance of the related loan,
together with any senior financing on the mortgaged property, to equal or exceed
the value of the mortgaged property. Among the factors that could adversely
affect the value of mortgaged properties are an overall decline in the
residential real estate market in the areas in which the mortgaged properties
are located or a decline in the general condition of the mortgaged properties as
a result of the failure of borrowers to maintain them adequately or natural
disasters that are not covered by insurance, including earthquakes and floods.
Any decline of this type could extinguish the value of a junior interest in a
mortgaged property before having any effect on the related senior interest
therein. If a decline of this type occurs, the actual rates of delinquencies,
foreclosure and losses on the junior loans could be higher than those currently
experienced in the mortgage lending industry in general.
We refer you to "The Trust Fund--The Loans--Additional Information."
Liquidations Could Result in Payment Delays and Losses.
Even if the mortgaged properties provide adequate security for the loans,
substantial delays could be encountered in connection with the liquidation of
loans that are delinquent and resulting shortfalls in distributions on your
securities could occur. Corresponding delays in your receipt of related proceeds
could occur if the credit enhancement for your series, as described in the
accompanying prospectus supplement, does not cover these shortfalls. Also,
liquidation expenses (such as legal fees, real estate taxes, and maintenance and
preservation
5
<PAGE>
expenses) will be paid first, thereby reducing the proceeds payable on your
securities and the security for the loans. Loans secured by junior liens on the
related properties will also generally be subject to the prior payment of loans
secured by senior liens on those properties. If any of the mortgaged properties
fail to provide adequate security for the related loans, you could experience a
loss if the credit enhancement for your series does not cover these shortfalls.
We refer you to "Yield and Prepayment Considerations."
Junior Liens May Result in Losses in Foreclosure Proceedings.
Some of the mortgages serving as collateral for your series may be junior
liens subordinate to the rights of the mortgagee under the related senior
mortgage or mortgages. The proceeds from any liquidation, insurance or
condemnation proceedings in connection with a mortgage will be available to
satisfy the outstanding balance of the junior mortgage only after the claims of
all senior mortgagees have been satisfied in full, including any related
foreclosure costs. In addition, a junior mortgagee may not foreclose on the
property securing a junior mortgage unless it forecloses subject to the senior
mortgages, in which case it must either pay the entire amount due on the senior
mortgages to the senior mortgagees at or prior to the foreclosure sale or
undertake the obligation to make payments on the senior mortgages in the event
the mortgagor is in default thereunder. The trust fund will not have any source
of funds to satisfy any senior mortgages or make payments due to any senior
mortgagees and may therefore be prevented from foreclosing on the related
mortgaged property.
We refer you to "Legal Aspects of the Loans--Junior Mortgages; Rights of
Senior Mortgagees."
Proceeds of Liquidation of Mixed Use Loans May Take Longer to Recover.
Mixed use loans are mortgage loans secured by multi-family properties and
structures that include both residential dwelling units and/or space used for
retail, professional or other commercial uses. Due to the limited market for the
type of properties securing mixed use loans, in the event of a foreclosure we
expect that it will take longer to recover proceeds from the liquidation of a
mixed use loan than it would for a mortgage loan secured by a one- to
four-family dwelling.
We refer you to "The Trust Fund--The Loans--General."
Balloon Loans May Bear Higher Risk of Loss.
Some of the loans underlying the securities may be balloon loans, which
generally provide for equal monthly payments and a final monthly payment
substantially greater than the preceding monthly payments. Balloon loans may
have a greater risk of loss at their final maturity date because of the
substantially greater monthly payment to be made by the mortgagor on that date.
The mortgagor on a balloon loan will generally attempt to refinance a balloon
loan or sell the underlying mortgaged property on or prior to the stated
maturity date in order to avoid payment of the final balloon payment. A
mortgagor's ability to accomplish either of these goals may be adversely
affected by a number of factors, however, including the level of available
mortgage rates at the time of sale or refinancing, the mortgagor's equity in the
related mortgaged property, the financial condition of the mortgagor, tax laws
and prevailing general economic conditions. You may bear a portion of losses on
balloon loans that are not otherwise covered by the credit enhancement for your
series of securities.
Pre-Funding Accounts and Possibility of Prepayment.
If the prospectus supplement relating to your series of securities provides
for pre-funding, on the closing date the depositor will deposit a specified
amount of cash into a pre-funding account. The amount of cash deposited will not
exceed 25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the related series of
securities. The deposited cash will be used to purchase loans from the depositor
(which, in turn, will acquire these loans from the seller or sellers
6
<PAGE>
specified in the related prospectus supplement), during the funding period,
which is a period from the earliest to occur of:
o the date the amount on deposit in the pre-funding account is less than
the amount specified in the agreement(s) relating to that series;
o the date an event of default occurs under the related agreement(s); or
o the date which is the later of three months or 90 days after the
related closing date.
These subsequently purchased loans will be required to conform to the
requirements set forth in the related agreement(s) and described in the related
prospectus supplement. The Trustee will maintain the pre-funding account for the
related series of securities for the sole purpose of holding funds to be paid by
the trustee during the above-described funding period to the depositor the
purchase price of these loans. Monies on deposit in the pre-funding account will
not be available to cover losses on or in respect of the related loans. To the
extent that the entire amount of cash in the pre-funding account has not been
used to purchase loans by the end of the related funding period, any amounts
remaining in the pre-funding account will be distributed as a prepayment of
principal to holders of securities on the distribution date immediately
following the end of the funding period, in the amounts and pursuant to the
priorities set forth in the related prospectus supplement. The holders of the
related class of securities will bear any reinvestment risk resulting from this
prepayment.
Limits on Credit Enhancement.
Although credit enhancement for the securities is intended to reduce the
risk of delinquent payments or losses to holders of securities entitled to the
benefit thereof, the amount of the enhancement will be limited as set forth in
the related prospectus supplement. The amount of credit enhancement available
will decline and could be depleted under certain circumstances prior to the
payment in full of the related series of securities, and as a result you may
suffer losses. In addition, credit enhancement for your series of securities
will not cover all potential losses or risks.
We refer you to "Credit Enhancement."
The Depositor has Limited Assets.
The depositor does not have, nor is it expected to have, any significant
assets. The securities of a series will be payable solely from the assets of the
trust fund for those securities. There will be no recourse to the depositor or
any other person for any default on the notes or any failure to receive
distributions on the certificates.
Further, unless otherwise stated in the related prospectus supplement, at
the times set forth in the related prospectus supplement, some of the primary
assets and/or any balance remaining in the security account or distribution
account immediately after making all payments due on the securities of the
related series and other payments specified in the related prospectus
supplement, may be promptly released or remitted to the depositor, the servicer,
the provider of any credit enhancement or any other person entitled thereto and
will no longer be available for making payments to holders of securities.
Consequently, holders of securities of each series must rely solely upon
payments from the primary assets and the other assets constituting the trust
fund for a series of securities, including, if applicable, any amounts available
pursuant to any credit enhancement for that series, for the payment of principal
of and interest on the securities of that series.
Holders of notes will be required under the indenture for their series to
proceed only against the primary assets and other assets constituting the
related trust fund in the case of a default on the notes and may not proceed
against any assets of the depositor. If payments from the assets securing a
series of notes, including any credit enhancement, were to become insufficient
to make payments on those notes, no other assets would be available for payment
of the deficiency and you may experience a loss.
7
<PAGE>
Limited Recourse to Sellers, Depositor or Servicer.
The only obligations, if any, of the depositor to the securities of any
series will be pursuant to representations and warranties made by the depositor.
The depositor does not have, and is not expected in the future to have, any
significant assets with which to meet any obligation to repurchase primary
assets with respect to which there has been a breach of any representation or
warranty. If, for example, the depositor were required to repurchase a primary
asset, its only sources of funds to make the repurchase would be from funds
obtained from the enforcement of a corresponding obligation, if any, on the part
of the originator of the primary assets, the servicer or a seller, as the case
may be, or from a reserve fund established to provide funds for these
repurchases.
The only obligations of the servicer, other than its servicing obligations,
to the assets of the trust fund or the securities of any series will be pursuant
to representations and warranties made by the servicer. The servicer may be
required to repurchase or substitute for any loan with respect to which its
representations and warranties are breached. There is no assurance, however,
that the servicer will have the financial ability to effect any repurchase or
substitution of loans.
The only obligations of any seller of loans (and Equity One, Inc., where
the seller is a subsidiary of Equity One, Inc.) to assets of the trust fund or
the securities of any series will be pursuant to representations and warranties
made by the relevant entity and document delivery requirements. A seller (and
Equity One, Inc., where the seller is a subsidiary of Equity One, Inc.) may be
required to repurchase or substitute for any loan with respect to which its
representations and warranties or document delivery requirements are breached.
There is no assurance, however, that a seller (and Equity One, Inc., where the
seller is a subsidiary of Equity One, Inc.) will have the financial ability to
effect a repurchase or substitution.
We refer you to "Loan Program--Representations by Sellers; Repurchases."
Bankruptcy and Insolvency Risks; Reclassification of Sale of Loans as Financing.
The servicer, the sellers and the depositor will treat each conveyance of
loans by the sellers to the depositor as a sale of those loans. The depositor
will treat each conveyance of loans from the depositor to the trust fund as a
sale of those loans. If the conveyance of the loans by the sellers to the
depositor is treated as a sale, those loans would not be part of the related
seller's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to that seller's
creditors. If a seller becomes bankrupt or insolvent, however, the bankruptcy
trustee, a conservator or a receiver of the seller or another person may attempt
to recharacterize the sale of the loans as a borrowing by the seller, secured by
a pledge of the loans. Similarly, if the conveyance of the loans by the
depositor to the trust fund is treated as a sale, those loans would not be part
of the depositor's bankruptcy estate and would not be available to the
depositor's creditors. In the event of the bankruptcy or insolvency of the
depositor, however, the bankruptcy trustee, a conservator or a receiver of the
depositor or another person may attempt to recharacterize the sale of the loans
as a borrowing by the depositor, secured by a pledge of the loans. In either
case, this position, if argued before or accepted by a court, could prevent
timely payments of amounts due on your securities and result in a reduction of
payments due on your securities.
In addition, we anticipate that the trustee will hold original promissory
notes for each of the loans, together with assignments of each of the mortgages,
and the assignments of mortgages will be filed of public record.
In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of the servicer, the bankruptcy
trustee or a conservator or receiver of the servicer may have the power to
prevent the trustee or the securityholders from appointing a successor servicer.
In addition, federal and state statutory provisions, including the
Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978 and state laws affording relief to debtors, may
interfere with or affect the ability of a secured mortgage lender to realize
upon its security. For example, in a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Reform Act
of 1978, a lender may not foreclose on a mortgaged property without the
permission of the bankruptcy court. If the mortgaged property is not the
debtor's principal residence and the court determines that the value of the
mortgaged property is less than the principal balance of the mortgage loan, the
debtor's proposed rehabilitation plan may provide for the reduction of the
secured
8
<PAGE>
indebtedness to the value of the mortgaged property as of the date of the
commencement of the bankruptcy, rendering the lender a general unsecured
creditor for the difference. The debtor's proposed plan may also reduce the
monthly payments due under the mortgage loan, change the rate of interest and/or
alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule. These proceedings under the
Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, including but not limited to any automatic stay,
could cause delays in receiving payments on the loans underlying a series of
securities and possible reductions in, or eliminations of, the aggregate amount
of these payments.
Prepayments of Loans and Other Factors May Result in Lower Yield.
The timing of principal payments of the securities of a series will be
affected by a number of factors, including: (1) the extent of prepayments of the
loans underlying that series of securities, which may be influenced by a variety
of factors (including prepayments resulting from refinancing or liquidations of
loans due to defaults, casualties, condemnations and repurchases by the
depositor, the servicer or a seller due to material breaches of their
representations and warranties regarding the loans), (2) the manner of
allocating principal payments among the classes of securities of a series as
specified in the related prospectus supplement, (3) the exercise by the party
entitled thereto of any right of optional termination of a series of securities
and (4) the rate and timing of payment defaults and losses incurred on the
assets underlying the series. The yields to maturity and weighted average lives
of a series of securities will be affected primarily by the rate and timing of
prepayment of the loans representing assets underlying a series. The yields to
maturity and weighted average lives of securities will also be affected by the
distribution of amounts remaining in any pre-funding account following the end
of the related funding period. Any reinvestment risks resulting from a faster or
slower incidence of prepayments of loans held by a trust fund will be borne
entirely by the holders of one or more classes of a related series of
securities.
We refer you to "Loan Program--Representations by Sellers; Repurchases,"
"Yield and Prepayment Considerations" and "The Agreements--Pre-Funding Account."
Interest payable on the securities of a series on each distribution date
will include all interest accrued during the period specified in the related
prospectus supplement. If interest accrues during the calendar month prior to a
distribution date, the effective yield to holders will be reduced from the yield
that would otherwise be obtainable if interest payable on the security were to
accrue through the day immediately preceding each distribution date, and the
effective yield (at par) to holders will be less than the indicated coupon rate.
We refer you to "Description of the Securities--Distributions on
Securities--Distributions of Interest."
Book-Entry Securities May Pose Limitations.
If the securities are issued in book-entry form, you may have difficulty
selling your securities in the secondary trading market since investors may be
unwilling to purchase securities for which they cannot obtain physical
certificates. In addition, since transactions in book-entry securities can be
effected only through the Depository Trust Company (which is referred to
hereafter as DTC) participating organizations, indirect participants and some
banks, your ability to pledge your securities to persons or entities that do not
participate in the DTC system may be limited due to lack of a physical
certificate representing your securities.
We refer you to "Description of the Securities--Book-Entry Registration of
Securities."
Book-Entry Securities May Result in Delayed Receipt of Distributions.
As a beneficial owner of book-entry securities, you may experience some
delay in receiving payments on your securities since these payments will be:
o forwarded by the trustee to DTC;
o credited by DTC to the accounts of DTC participants; and
9
<PAGE>
o ultimately credited to your account by a DTC participant.
We refer you to "Description of the Securities--Book-Entry Registration of
Securities."
Some Securities May be Issued With Original Issue Discount.
Some classes of securities will be issued with original issue discount for
federal income tax purposes. If you hold securities issued with original issue
discount, you will be required to include original issue discount in ordinary
gross income for federal income tax purposes as it accrues, in advance of
receipt of the cash attributable to that income. Accrued but unpaid interest on
securities that are accrual securities generally will be treated as original
issue discount for this purpose.
We refer you to "Federal Income Tax Consequences--Taxation of Debt
Securities--Interest and Acquisition Discount" and "--Market Discount."
Limited Liquidity May Result in Delays in Liquidation or Lower Returns.
There will be no market for the securities of any series prior to its
issuance, and there can be no assurance that a secondary market will develop or,
if it does develop, that it will provide holders with liquidity of investment or
that any market will continue for the life of the securities of any series. Any
underwriter(s) specified in the related prospectus supplement may make a
secondary market in the securities, but have no obligation to do so. Absent a
secondary market for the securities you may experience a delay if you choose to
sell your securities or the price you receive may be less than that which is
offered for a comparable liquid security.
Violations of Lending Laws Could Cause Losses.
Applicable state laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges
and require specific types of disclosures. In addition, other state laws, public
policy and general principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers,
unfair and deceptive practices and debt collection practices may apply to the
origination, servicing and collection of the loans. Depending on the provisions
of the applicable law and the specific facts and circumstances involved,
violations of these laws, policies and principles may limit the ability of the
servicer to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on the loans,
may entitle the borrower to a refund of amounts previously paid and, in
addition, could subject the related trust fund as the owner of the loan, to
damages and administrative enforcement.
The loans are also subject to federal laws, including laws that require
specific types of disclosures to borrowers, that prohibit discrimination and
that regulate the use and reporting of information relating to the borrower's
credit experience. Violations of some of the provisions of these federal laws
may limit the ability of the servicer to collect all or part of the principal of
or interest on the loans and in addition could subject the related trust fund to
damages and administrative enforcement. You may experience a loss if the credit
enhancement for your series of securities, as described in the accompanying
prospectus supplement, does not cover these types of losses on the loans.
We refer you to "Legal Aspects of the Loans."
Mortgaged Properties may be Subject to Environmental Risks.
Real property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to
environmental risks. Under the laws of some states, contamination of a property
may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the costs of clean-up. In
several states, this type of lien has priority over the lien of an existing
mortgage or owner interest against the property. In addition, under the laws of
some states and under the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, a lender may be liable, as an "owner"
or "operator," for costs of addressing releases or threatened releases of
hazardous substances that require remedy at a property, if agents or
10
<PAGE>
employees of the lender have become sufficiently involved in the operations of
the borrower, regardless of whether or not the environmental damage or threat
was caused by a prior owner. A lender also risks this liability on foreclosure
of the mortgaged property securing a mortgage.
We refer you to "Legal Aspects of the Loans--Environmental Risks."
Ratings of the Securities Relate to Credit Risk Only; Reduction of Withdrawal or
Ratings Will Adversely Effect Securities.
The issuance of a series of securities offered hereby may be conditioned on
their being rated in specific rating categories of the rating agency specified
in the related prospectus supplement. The rating of a series of securities will
be based on, among other things, the adequacy of the value of the primary assets
and any credit enhancement relating to the series. A securities rating should
not be deemed a recommendation to purchase, hold or sell securities, since it
does not address market price or suitability for a particular investor. There is
also no assurance that any rating will remain in effect for any given period of
time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency
based on its subjective assessment of the circumstances. A securities rating may
be lowered or withdrawn, among other reasons, due to a decrease in the value of
assets underlying the securities, because of an adverse change in the financial
or other condition of the credit enhancement for the securities or a change in
the rating of an enhancer's long term debt. Any reduction or withdrawal of a
rating will have an adverse effect on the value of the related securities.
We refer you to "Rating."
THE TRUST FUND
General
The certificates of each series will represent interests in the assets of a
related trust fund, and the notes of each series will be secured by the pledge
of the assets of a related trust fund. The entity named in the related
prospectus supplement as trustee (the "Trustee") will hold the trust fund for a
series of securities for the benefit of the related securityholders. Each trust
fund will consist of a group of assets (the "Trust Fund Assets"), including a
pool of loans (the "Loans") and payments in respect of these Loans, as specified
in the related prospectus supplement.* The pool of Loans will be created on the
first day of the month of the issuance of the related series of securities or
another date specified in the related prospectus supplement (the "Cut-off
Date"). The securities will be entitled to payment from the assets of the
related trust fund or funds or other assets pledged for the benefit of the
securityholders, as specified in the related prospectus supplement, and will not
be entitled to payments in respect of the assets of any other trust fund
established by Equity One ABS, Inc., as depositor (the "Depositor").
The Depositor will acquire the Trust Fund Assets, either directly or
through affiliates, from originators or sellers that may be affiliates of the
Depositor (collectively, the "Sellers") pursuant to a pooling and servicing
agreement (each, a "Pooling and Servicing Agreement") for a series consisting
solely of certificates, or a purchase agreement (each, a "Purchase Agreement")
for a series consisting of certificates and notes. The Depositor will then
convey the Trust Fund Assets without recourse to the related trust fund. The
Depositor will acquire loans that were either originated or acquired by
affiliates of the Depositor in accordance with the underwriting criteria
specified below under "Loan Program--Underwriting Standards," "--Specific
Underwriting Criteria; Underwriting Programs" and "--Summary of Underwriting
Requirements by Program." We refer you to "Loan Program--Underwriting
- ----------
* Whenever the terms "pool," "certificates," "notes" and "securities" are
used in this prospectus, they will be deemed to apply, unless the context
indicates otherwise, to one specific pool and the securities of one series
including the certificates representing certain undivided interests in, and/or
notes secured by the assets of, a single trust fund consisting primarily of the
loans in such pool. Similarly, the term "Pass-Through Rate" will refer to the
Pass-Through Rate borne by the certificates and the term "interest rate" will
refer to the interest rate borne by the notes of one specific series, as
applicable, and the term "trust fund" will refer to one specific trust fund.
11
<PAGE>
Standards," "--Specific Underwriting Criteria; Underwriting Programs" and
"--Summary of Underwriting Requirements by Program."
The Depositor will cause the Trust Fund Assets to be conveyed to the
Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the securities of the related series.
The entity named as servicer in the related prospectus supplement, which may be
an affiliate of the Depositor (the "Servicer"), will service the Trust Fund
Assets, either directly or through other servicing institutions (each, a
"Sub-Servicer"), pursuant to a Pooling and Servicing Agreement for a series
consisting solely of certificates, or a master servicing agreement (each, a
"Master Servicing Agreement") between the trust fund and the Servicer for a
series consisting of certificates and notes. The Servicer will receive a fee for
these services. We refer you to "Loan Program" and "The Agreements." If the
Servicer services Trust Fund Assets through a Sub-Servicer, the Servicer will
remain liable for its servicing obligations under the related Agreement as if
the Servicer alone were servicing the Trust Fund Assets.
As used herein, "Agreement" means, for a series consisting solely of
certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and for a series consisting
of certificates and notes, the Purchase Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the
Indenture and the Master Servicing Agreement, as the context requires.
If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, a trust fund relating
to a series of securities may be a business trust formed under the laws of the
state specified in the related prospectus supplement pursuant to a trust
agreement (each, a "Trust Agreement") between the Depositor and the Trustee of
the trust fund.
No trust fund will have any assets or liabilities prior to the initial
offering of the related series of securities. No trust fund is expected to
engage in any activities other than purchasing, managing and holding the related
Trust Fund Assets and other assets contemplated herein or specified in the
related prospectus supplement and the proceeds thereof, issuing securities,
making payments and distributions on securities and related activities. No trust
fund is expected to have any source of capital other than its assets and any
related credit enhancement.
The Depositor's only obligations to a series of securities will be to
obtain specific representations and warranties from Equity One, Inc. ("Equity
One") and the Sellers and to assign to the Trustee for that series of securities
the Depositor's rights attaching to those representations and warranties. We
refer you to "Loan Program--Representations by Sellers; Repurchases" and "The
Agreements--Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets." The Servicer's obligations to
the Trust Fund Assets will consist principally of its contractual servicing
obligations under the related Agreement (including its obligation to enforce the
obligations of the Sub-Servicers or Sellers, or both, as more fully described
herein under "Loan Program--Representations by Sellers; Repurchases" and "The
Agreements--Sub-Servicing By Sellers" and "--Assignment of the Trust Fund
Assets") and its obligation, if any, to make cash advances in the event of
delinquencies in payments on or with respect to the Loans in the amounts
described herein under "Description of the Securities--Advances." The Servicer's
obligation to make advances may be subject to limitations, to the extent
provided herein and in the related prospectus supplement.
The following is a brief description of the assets expected to be included
in the trust funds. If specific information respecting the Trust Fund Assets is
not known at the time the related series of securities initially is offered,
more general information of the nature described below will be provided in the
related prospectus supplement, and specific information will be set forth in a
report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
within fifteen days after the initial issuance of the securities. A copy of the
Agreement for each series of securities will be attached to the Form 8-K and
will be available for inspection at the corporate trust office of the Trustee
specified in the related prospectus supplement. A schedule of the Loans relating
to that series will be attached to the Agreement delivered to the Trustee upon
delivery of the securities.
The Loans
General. The Loans will consist of (1) fixed rate and variable rate
mortgage loans secured by first and/or subordinate liens on (A) one- to
four-family residential properties (each, a "Residential Loan") and (B) mixed
commercial/residential use properties and other multi-family residential
properties (each, a "Mixed Use Loan" and, together with the Residential Loans,
the "Mortgage Loans") and (2) revolving home equity loans or balances thereof
(the "Revolving Credit Line Loans") secured by first and/or subordinate liens on
one- to four-family residential properties. All Loans will be purchased by the
Depositor, either directly or through an affiliate, from one or more Sellers.
The Sellers will have either originated the Loans or purchased the Loans from
other lenders. As more fully
12
<PAGE>
described in the related prospectus supplement, the Loans may be "conventional"
loans or loans that are insured or guaranteed by a governmental agency like the
Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") or Department of Veterans Affairs ("VA").
All of the Loans will have monthly payments due on a set day, but not
necessarily the first day, of each month. The payment terms of the Loans to be
included in a trust fund will be described in the related prospectus supplement
and may include any of the following features (or a combination thereof), all as
described below or in the related prospectus supplement:
(a) Interest may be payable at a fixed rate, a rate adjustable from
time to time in relation to an index (which will be specified in the
related prospectus supplement), a rate that is fixed for a period of time
or under specific circumstances and is followed by an adjustable rate, a
rate that otherwise varies from time to time, or a rate that is convertible
from an adjustable rate to a fixed rate. Changes to an adjustable rate may
be subject to periodic limitations, maximum rates, minimum rates or a
combination of these limitations. Accrued interest may be deferred and
added to the principal of a Loan for the periods and under the
circumstances as may be specified in the related prospectus supplement.
Loans may provide for the payment of interest at a rate lower than the
specified interest rate of the Loan for a period of time or for the life of
the Loan, and the amount of any difference may be contributed from funds
supplied by the seller of the mortgaged property or another source.
(b) Principal may be payable in equal installments over the term of
the Loan, may be calculated on the basis of an assumed term to maturity
that is significantly longer than the actual term to maturity (resulting in
the need to make a larger "balloon" payment upon final maturity) or on an
interest rate that is different from the Loan's specified interest rate, or
may not be payable during all or a portion of the original term. Payment of
all or a substantial portion of the principal may be due on maturity (a
"Balloon Payment"). Principal may include interest that has been deferred
and added to the principal balance of the Loan.
(c) Monthly payments of principal and interest may be fixed for the
life of the Loan, may increase over a specified period of time or may
change from period to period. Loans may include limits on periodic
increases or decreases in the amount of monthly payments and may include
maximum or minimum amounts of monthly payments.
(d) Prepayments of principal may be subject to a prepayment fee, which
may be fixed for the life of the Loan or may decline over time, and may be
prohibited for the life of the Loan or for specific periods ("Lockout
Periods"). Some Loans may permit prepayments after expiration of the
applicable Lockout Period and may require the payment of a prepayment fee
in connection with any subsequent prepayment. Other Loans may permit
prepayments without payment of a fee unless the prepayment occurs during
specified time periods. The Loans may include "due on sale" clauses which
permit the mortgagee to demand payment of the entire Loan in connection
with the sale or certain transfers of the related mortgaged property. Other
Loans may be assumable by persons meeting the then applicable underwriting
standards of the related Seller.
The Loans will be secured by mortgages or deeds of trust or other similar
security instruments creating a lien on the related mortgaged property. In the
case of Revolving Credit Line Loans, these liens generally will be subordinated
to one or more senior liens on the related mortgaged properties as described in
the related prospectus supplement.
The mortgaged properties relating to Residential Loans and Revolving Credit
Line Loans will consist of detached or semi-detached one- to four-family
dwelling units, townhouses, rowhouses, individual condominium units, individual
units in planned unit developments, and some other dwelling units ("Single
Family Properties"). The mortgaged properties relating to Mixed Use Loans will
consist of other multi-family properties and structures which include
residential dwelling units and space used for retail, professional or other
commercial uses ("Mixed Use Properties"). Mortgaged properties may include
vacation and second homes and investment properties and may be located in any
one of the fifty states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico or any territory
of the United States.
13
<PAGE>
Loans with specified Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios and/or principal
balances may be covered wholly or partially by primary mortgage guaranty
insurance policies. The existence, extent and duration of any coverage will be
described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
The aggregate principal balance of Loans secured by mortgaged properties
that are owner-occupied will be disclosed in the related prospectus supplement.
The sole basis for a representation that a given percentage of the Loans is
secured by Single Family Properties that are owner-occupied will be the making
of a representation by the borrower at origination of the Loan either that the
underlying mortgaged property will be used by the borrower for a period of at
least six months every year or that the borrower intends to use the mortgaged
property as a primary residence.
Home Equity Loans. Some of the Loans are non-purchase money loans secured
by the borrower's equity in his or her home. The full amount of these Loans is
advanced at the inception of the Loan and generally is repayable in equal (or
substantially equal) installments of an amount to fully amortize the Loan by its
stated maturity. Except to the extent provided in the related prospectus
supplement, the original terms to stated maturity of these Loans will not exceed
360 months. Under some circumstances, a borrower under one of these Loans may
choose an interest-only payment option and is obligated to pay only the amount
of interest which accrues on the Loan during the billing cycle. An interest-only
payment option may be available for a specified period before the borrower must
begin paying at least the minimum monthly payment of a specified percentage of
the average outstanding balance of the Loan.
Additional Information. Each prospectus supplement will contain
information, as of the date of that prospectus supplement and to the extent then
specifically known to the Depositor, regarding the Loans constituting Trust Fund
Assets of the related trust fund, including (1) the aggregate outstanding
principal balance and the average outstanding principal balance of the Loans as
of the applicable Cut-off Date, (2) the type of property securing the Loan
(e.g., Single Family Properties, Mixed Use Properties, or other real property),
(3) the original terms to maturity of the Loans, (4) the largest principal
balance and the smallest principal balance of any of the Loans, (5) the earliest
origination date and latest maturity date of any of the Loans, (6) the Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratios of the Loans, (7) the stated interest rates or annual
percentage rates ("APR") or range of stated interest rates or APRs the Loans,
(8) the maximum and minimum per annum interest rates, and (9) the geographic
location of the mortgaged properties. If specific information respecting the
Loans is not known to the Depositor at the time the related securities are
initially offered, more general information of the nature described above will
be provided in the related prospectus supplement, and specific information will
be set forth in a report on Form 8-K to be filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission within fifteen days after the initial issuance of the
securities.
The "Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio" of a Loan at any given time is the
fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the sum of (1)
the principal balance of that Loan at the date of origination (or, in the case
of a Revolving Credit Line Loan, the maximum amount thereof available) plus (2)
the outstanding principal balance, at the date of origination of the Loan, of
any senior mortgage loan(s) or, in the case of any open-ended senior mortgage
loan, the maximum available line of credit for that mortgage loan, regardless of
any lesser amount actually outstanding at the date of origination of the Loan,
and the denominator of which is the Collateral Value of the related mortgaged
property. The "Collateral Value" of the mortgaged property, other than for some
Loans the proceeds of which were used to refinance an existing mortgage loan
(each, a "Refinance Loan"), is the lesser of (a) the appraised value of that
mortgaged property based on an appraisal obtained by the originator at
origination of that Loan and (b) if the Loan was originated either in connection
with the acquisition of the mortgaged property by the borrower or within one
year after acquisition of the mortgaged property by the borrower, the purchase
price paid by the borrower for the mortgaged property. In the case of Refinance
Loans, the "Collateral Value" of the related mortgaged property is the appraised
value thereof determined in an appraisal obtained at the time of refinancing.
No assurance can be given that values of the mortgaged properties have
remained or will remain at their levels on the dates of origination of the
related Loans. If the residential real estate market experiences an overall
decline in property values causing the sum of the outstanding principal balances
of the Loans and any primary or secondary financing on the mortgaged properties,
as applicable, in a particular trust fund to become equal to or greater than the
value of the mortgaged properties, the actual rates of delinquencies,
foreclosures and losses could be higher than those now generally experienced in
the mortgage lending industry. In addition, adverse economic conditions and
other factors (which may or may not affect real property values), including
without limitation, loss of
14
<PAGE>
employment, illness or other personal difficulties suffered by obligors on the
Loans, may affect the timely payment by borrowers of scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly, the actual rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses on any group of Loans. To the extent that
these losses are not covered by subordination provisions or alternative
arrangements, the losses will be borne, at least in part, by the holders of the
securities of the related series.
Substitution of Trust Fund Assets
Substitution of Trust Fund Assets will be permitted if the representations
and warranties regarding any original Trust Fund Asset are breached or if the
documentation regarding any Trust Fund Asset is determined by the Trustee to be
incomplete. The related prospectus supplement will generally set forth the
period during which substitution will be permitted. Substituted Trust Fund
Assets generally will comply with all of the representations and warranties and
satisfy he criteria set forth in the related Agreement and described in the
related prospectus supplement as of the date of substitution. We refer you to
"Loan Program-Representations by Sellers; Repurchases" and "The
Agreements--Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets."
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Depositor will use all or substantially all of the net proceeds from
the sale of each series of securities for one or more of the following purposes:
o to purchase the related Trust Fund Assets,
o to establish any Reserve Accounts described in the related prospectus
supplement,
o to pay costs of structuring and issuing the securities, including the
costs of obtaining credit enhancement, if any, and
o to serve any other corporate purpose specifically permitted by its
Certificate of Incorporation.
The Depositor expects to sell securities in series from time to time, but the
timing and amount of offerings of securities will depend on a number of factors,
including the volume of Trust Fund Assets acquired by the Depositor, prevailing
interest rates, availability of funds and general market conditions.
THE DEPOSITOR
Equity One ABS, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Depositor"), was
incorporated in March of 1997 for the limited purpose of acquiring, owning and
transferring Trust Fund Assets and selling interests therein or bonds secured
thereby. The Depositor is a limited purpose wholly-owned finance subsidiary of
Equity One, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Equity One"). Equity One is a
wholly-owned operating subsidiary of Popular North America, Inc., a Delaware
corporation ("PNA"). PNA is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Popular,
Inc., a diversified, publicly owned bank holding company incorporated under the
General Corporation Law of Puerto Rico ("Popular"). The Depositor and Equity One
are subject to comprehensive regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System ("Federal Reserve"). No obligations of the Depositor are insured
by any governmental agency. The Depositor maintains its principal office at 103
Springer Building, 3411 Silverside Road, Wilmington, Delaware. Its telephone
number is (302) 478-6160.
Neither the Depositor nor any of the Depositor's affiliates will insure or
guarantee distributions on the securities of any series.
LOAN PROGRAM
The Loans will be purchased by the Depositor, either directly or through
affiliates, from the Sellers. The Loans so purchased by the Depositor will have
been either originated or acquired by the Sellers in accordance with
15
<PAGE>
the underwriting criteria specified below under "Underwriting Standards,"
"Specific Underwriting Criteria; Underwriting Programs" and "Summary of
Underwriting Requirements by Program." All of the Loans will be underwritten by
Equity One's Central Credit office.
Underwriting Standards
Each Seller operates under underwriting standards that have been approved
by Equity One and are consistent with those utilized by mortgage lenders
generally during the period of origination for similar types of loans (the
"Equity One Standards"). Equity One and each Seller will represent and warrant
that all Loans conveyed by it to the Depositor or one of its affiliates have
been underwritten in accordance with the Equity One Standards. As to any Loan
insured by the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, each Seller will represent
that it has complied with underwriting policies of the FHA or the VA, as the
case may be.
Underwriting standards are applied by or on behalf of a lender to evaluate
the borrower's credit standing and repayment ability, and the value and adequacy
of the related mortgaged property as collateral. In general, a prospective
borrower applying for a loan is required to fill out a detailed application
designed to provide to the underwriting officer pertinent information regarding
the applicant's liabilities, income, credit history, including the principal
balance and payment history regarding any senior mortgage, and employment
history, as well as other personal information which, to the extent specified in
the related prospectus supplement, has been verified by the related Seller. In
addition, to the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement, each
Seller, as part of its quality control system, will have reverified information
regarding the foregoing matters that has been provided by a mortgage brokerage
company prior to funding a loan and periodically audit files based on a random
sample of closed loans. Each borrower is generally required to provide an
authorization to apply for a credit report which summarizes the borrower's
credit history with local and national merchants and lenders, installment debt
payments and any record of defaults, bankruptcies, repossessions, suits or
judgments. In most cases, an employment verification is obtained either in
writing or verbally from the borrower's employer, which verification reports,
among other things, the length of employment with that organization and the
borrower's current salary. If a prospective borrower is self-employed, the
borrower may be required to submit copies of signed tax returns.
In determining the adequacy of the property to be used as collateral, an
appraisal will generally be made of each property considered for financing in an
amount in excess of $15,000. The appraiser is generally required to inspect the
property, issue a report on its condition and, if applicable, verify
construction, if new, has been completed. The appraisal is based on the market
value of comparable homes, the estimated rental income (if considered applicable
by the appraiser) and the cost of replacing the home. The value of the property
being financed, as indicated by the appraisal, must be high enough to currently
support, and be anticipated to support in the future, the outstanding loan
balance.
Once all applicable employment, credit and property information is
received, a determination generally is made, with the assistance of a
Debt-to-Income Ratio, as to whether the prospective borrower has sufficient
monthly income available (1) to meet the borrower's monthly obligations on the
proposed mortgage loan (generally determined on the basis of the monthly
payments due in the year of origination) and other expenses related to the
property (such as property taxes and hazard insurance) and (2) to meet other
financial obligations and monthly living expenses. The "Debt-to-Income Ratio" is
the ratio of the borrower's total monthly payments to the borrower's gross
monthly income. The maximum monthly Debt-to-Income Ratio varies depending upon a
borrower's credit grade and loan documentation level (as described below) but
does not generally exceed 50%. Variations in the monthly Debt-to-Income Ratio
limit are permitted based on compensating factors. The underwriting standards
applied by Sellers, particularly regarding the level of loan documentation and
the borrower's income and credit history, may be varied in appropriate cases
where factors such as a low Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio or other favorable
credit factors exist.
Some of the types of Loans that may be included in a trust fund are
recently developed and may involve additional uncertainties not present in
traditional types of loans. For example, some Loans may provide for escalating
or variable payments by the borrower. These types of Loans are underwritten on
the basis of a judgment that the borrowers have the ability to make the monthly
payments required initially. In some instances, a borrower's income may not be
sufficient to permit continued loan payments as payment amounts increase. These
types of Loans may also be underwritten primarily upon the basis of low Combined
Loan-to-Value Ratios or other favorable
16
<PAGE>
credit factors. A trust fund may also include both first and second lien Loans
made to a borrower at the same time on the same mortgaged property, provided
that each such Loan must separately satisfy the Equity One Standards.
Specific Underwriting Criteria; Underwriting Programs
The Equity One Standards allow for the origination and purchase of loans
generally under three underwriting programs, known as Grade A Credits, Grade B
Credits and Grade C Credits, all of which are summarized below. These programs
and their underwriting criteria may change from time to time. Deviations from
the specific criteria of an underwriting program are permitted to reflect local
economic trends and real estate valuations, as well as other credit factors
specific to each loan application and/or each portfolio acquired. Some loans may
be to borrowers whose creditworthiness may not coincide with all program
criteria. Overall, the goal is to maintain the integrity of these programs and
simultaneously provide lending officers and correspondent networks with the
flexibility to consider the specific circumstances of each loan.
Under the Equity One Standards, the following three types of income
documentation programs are used
o full income documentation ("Full Doc"),
o no income verification ("NIV"), and
o alternative income verification ("AIV") .
Under the Full Doc program, income is verified by reviewing the borrower's
W-2s for the past two years and two of the borrower's current paystubs. Under
the NIV program, the borrower must submit bank statements for the past three
months, and a current profit and loss statement to review cash flow and verify
the validity of the business. Under the AIV program, the borrower must submit
bank statements for the past twenty-four months to verify the average monthly
income used to qualify the borrower. Tax returns are generally not required
under any income documentation program, however, each lender always has the
right to require tax returns if that is the only means of verifying income or
cash flow.
Underwriting with the NIV or AIV program is reserved for Grade A Credits
and Grade B Credits loans, and offers an alternative for self-employed and
employed applicants with supplemental income, who are either unable to or do not
wish to produce income documentation to substantiate all of their income. For
loans underwritten pursuant to the NIV program, the Debt-to-Income Ratio is
based on a maximum of 50% of stated income as disclosed on the loan application.
For loans underwritten pursuant to the AIV program, the Debt-to-Income Ratio is
based on a maximum of 50% of average monthly income over the past twenty-four
months, as verified through monthly bank statements.
Summary of Underwriting Requirements by Program
Grade A Credits. For Grade A Credits, the following criteria generally
apply:
1. An in-file credit report on the borrower by an independent credit
reporting agency reflecting the borrower's complete credit history is required.
Typically, a good to excellent credit history of at least one year is required,
and prior credit history may be rated on a case-by-case basis. The credit
history should reflect that existing and previous debts were paid in a timely
manner. A Chapter 7 bankruptcy that has been discharged for a minimum of five
years is acceptable if the borrower has since established a payment history,
notwithstanding the bankruptcy, consistent with this underwriting program. A
Chapter 13 bankruptcy that has been discharged for a minimum of two years is
acceptable if the borrower has since established a payment history,
notwithstanding the bankruptcy, consistent with this underwriting program.
Unpaid charge-offs, collections, liens or judgments may not exceed $500 in the
aggregate. During the most recent 12 month period, the borrower may not have
more than (1) one 30 day delinquency in his or her mortgage payment history
(consecutive 30 day delinquencies are treated as one 30 day account), (2) three
major credit cards with a maximum of one 30 day delinquency and (3) three retail
credit cards with a maximum of two 30 day delinquencies.
17
<PAGE>
2. Generally, the borrower must have (1) been employed for not less than
three years with the same employer or (2) established comparable stability in a
particular field of work.
3. Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios and Debt-to-Income Ratios must conform to
the following criteria (except that the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio may exceed
the maximum indicated below up to a maximum of 100% solely as a result of
including credit insurance premiums and discount points financed as part of the
loan in the calculation of such ratio):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximum Combined Maximum Debt-
Loan-to-Value-Ratio to-Income Ratio
------------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Property Type
- -------------
Owner occupied one- to four-family
dwellings, townhouses, condominiums,
true second homes 95% 50%
Non-owner occupied single family
dwellings, townhouses, condominiums 80% 50%
Non-owner occupied two- to
four-family dwellings 75% 50%
Mixed use: Purchase 75% Minimum Debt
Refinance 70% Service Coverage 1.15
</TABLE>
Grade B Credits. For Grade B Credits, the following criteria generally
apply:
1. An in-file credit report on the borrower by an independent credit
reporting agency reflecting the borrower's complete credit history is required.
Typically, a satisfactory to good credit history of at least one year is
required, and prior credit history may be rated on a case-by-case basis. The
credit history should reflect that existing and previous debts were paid in a
predominately timely manner. A Chapter 7 bankruptcy, if discharged for two
years, is acceptable if there are two years of re-established credit and a
satisfactory written explanation. A Chapter 13 bankruptcy with a minimum of a
two year satisfactory payment plan and one year of reestablished credit is
acceptable. All unpaid charge-offs, liens or judgments in the last two years
must be paid in full. During the most recent twelve month period, the borrower
may not have (1) more than two 30 day delinquencies in his or her mortgage
payment history (consecutive 30 day delinquencies are treated as one 30 day
account), (2) more than four major credit cards or installment debts with a
maximum of two 30 day delinquencies, (3) any retail credit cards with more than
three 30 day delinquencies and (4) more than two retail credit cards with a
maximum of one 60 day delinquency.
2. Generally, the borrower must have (1) been employed for not less than
three years with the same employer or (2) established comparable stability in a
particular field of work.
3. Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios and Debt-to-Income Ratios must conform to
the following criteria (except that the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio may exceed
the maximum indicated below up to a maximum of 100% solely as a result of
including credit insurance premiums and discount points financed as part of the
loan in the calculation of such ratio):
18
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Maximum Combined Maximum Debt-
Loan-to-Value-Ratio to-Income Ratio
------------------- ---------------
<S> <C> <C>
Property Type
- -------------
Owner occupied one- to four-family
dwellings, townhouses, condominiums 95% 50%
True Second Homes, condominiums 90% 50%
Non-owner occupied single family
dwellings, townhouses, condominiums 80% 50%
Non-owner occupied two- to
four-family dwellings 75% 50%
Mixed use: Purchase 70% Minimum Debt
Refinance 65% Service Coverage 1.15
</TABLE>
Grade C Credits. For Grade C Credits, the following criteria generally
apply:
1. An in-file credit report on the borrower by an independent credit
reporting agency reflecting the borrower's complete credit history is required.
Typically, a fair to satisfactory credit history of at least one year is
required. A discharged Chapter 7 bankruptcy is acceptable with one year of
re-established credit. A non-discharged Chapter 13 bankruptcy will be considered
with a minimum of a two year satisfactory payment plan, one year of
re-established credit and trustee permission. A written explanation of
derogatory credit is required. Mortgage payment history may not reflect any more
than three 30 day delinquencies and one 60 day delinquency during the most
recent 12 months (consecutive 30 day delinquencies are treated as one 30 day
account). In addition, all accounts that are delinquent for 60 days or longer
must be paid from proceeds.
2. Generally, the borrower must have (1) been employed for not less than
one year with the same employer or (2) established comparable stability in a
particular field of work.
3. Combined Loan-to-Value Ratios and Debt-to-Income Ratios must conform to
the following criteria (except that the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio may exceed
the maximum indicated below up to a maximum of 90% solely as a result of
including credit insurance premiums and discount points financed as part of the
loan in the calculation of such ratio):
19
<PAGE>
Maximum Combined Maximum Debt-
Loan-to-Value-Ratio to-Income Ratio
------------------- ---------------
Property Type
- -------------
Property Type
Owner occupied single family
dwellings, townhouses 80% 50%
Owner occupied two- to four-
family dwellings 75% 50%
Owner occupied condominiums 70% 50%
True Second Homes 75% 50%
Non-owner occupied one- to
four-family dwellings 70% 50%
If the Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio of a particular borrower's loan exceeds 85%,
in determining the credit grade of the borrower's loan each Seller will also
analyze standardized credit history data available from credit bureaus in the
form of a credit "score" of the borrower based on the borrower's past credit
history. Generally, a higher credit score signifies that a borrower has a better
credit history. Currently, the Sellers employ the credit scoring system of the
Fair Isaac Credit Bureau, known as FICO scores, in assessing borrowers under
these circumstances. If a borrower's credit score becomes relevant because the
borrower's loan has a high Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio, the borrower's loan may
receive a lower credit grade from a Seller if his or her credit score does not
meet a minimum threshold. The Sellers also periodically analyze the FICO scores
of borrowers after their loans have been underwritten together with the payment
history of such borrowers on their loans as part of the continuing assessment of
the accuracy and effectiveness of the Equity One Standards.
Qualifications of Sellers and Servicer
Each Seller is required to be an institution experienced in originating
loans of the type contained in the related trust fund in accordance with
accepted practices and prudent guidelines and must maintain satisfactory
facilities to originate those loans. The Servicer is required to be an
institution experienced in originating and servicing loans of the type contained
in the related trust fund in accordance with accepted practices and prudent
guidelines and must maintain satisfactory facilities to originate and service
those loans. Each Seller must maintain all of the licenses necessary for the
conduct of its business.
Representations by Sellers; Repurchases
Each Seller (and Equity One, where a Seller is a subsidiary of Equity One)
will make representations and warranties in respect of the Loans sold by the
Seller to a trust fund. These representations and warranties may include, among
other things: (1) that (except for Loans in amounts less than $15,000) title
insurance (or in the case of mortgaged properties located in areas where these
policies are generally not available, an attorney's certificate of title) and
any required hazard insurance policy were effective at origination of each Loan
and that the title insurance (or certificate of title as applicable) remained in
effect on the date of purchase of the Loan from Seller by or on behalf of the
Depositor; (2) that Seller had good title to each Loan and that each Loan was
subject to no offsets, defenses, counterclaims or rights of rescission except to
the extent that any buydown agreement may forgive some indebtedness of a
borrower; (3) that each Loan constituted a valid lien on, or a perfected
security interest attaching to the mortgaged property (subject only to
permissible liens disclosed, if applicable, title insurance exceptions, if
applicable, and other exceptions described in the Agreement) and that the
mortgaged property was free from damage and was in acceptable condition; (4)
that there were no delinquent tax or assessment liens against the mortgaged
property; (5) that no required payment on a Loan was delinquent more than the
number of days specified in the
20
<PAGE>
related prospectus supplement; and (6) that each Loan was made in compliance
with all applicable local, state and federal laws and regulations in all
material respects.
The Servicer or the Trustee, if the Servicer is the Seller, will promptly
notify the relevant Seller (and Equity One, if it is not the Servicer or the
Seller) of any breach of any representation or warranty made by it in respect of
a Loan which materially and adversely affects the interests of holders of the
securities secured by the Loan. If the Seller cannot cure a breach within 90
days following notice from the Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, then
the Seller will be obligated either to (1) repurchase the Loan from the trust
fund at a price (the "Purchase Price") equal to 100% of the unpaid principal
balance thereof as of the date of the repurchase plus accrued interest thereon
to the first day of the month following the month of repurchase at the Loan's
stated interest rate (less any Advances or amount payable as related servicing
compensation if the Seller is the Servicer) or (2) substitute for the Loan a
replacement loan that satisfies the criteria specified in the related Agreement
and described in the related prospectus supplement. If a REMIC election is to be
made for a trust fund, the Servicer or a holder of the related residual
certificate generally will be obligated to pay any prohibited transaction tax
which may arise in connection with any repurchase or substitution and the
Trustee must have received a satisfactory opinion of counsel that the repurchase
or substitution will not cause the trust fund to lose its status as a REMIC or
otherwise subject the trust fund to a prohibited transaction tax. The Servicer
may be entitled to reimbursement for any payment from the assets of the related
trust fund or from any holder of the related residual certificate. We refer you
to "Description of the Securities--General." Except in those cases in which the
Servicer is the Seller, the Servicer will be required under the applicable
Agreement to enforce this obligation for the benefit of the Trustee and the
holders of the securities, following the practices it would employ in its good
faith business judgment were it the owner of the Loan. This repurchase or
substitution obligation will constitute the sole remedy available to holders of
securities or the Trustee for a breach of representation by a Seller.
If Equity One makes a representation or warranty on behalf of a Seller,
Equity One will be obligated to purchase or substitute a Loan if a Seller
defaults on its obligation to do so, but no assurance can be given that Equity
One will carry out its purchase or substitution obligations for Loans. Neither
the Depositor nor the Servicer (unless the Servicer is a Seller) will be
obligated to purchase or substitute a Loan if a Seller defaults on its
obligation to do so, and no assurance can be given that Sellers will carry out
their respective repurchase or substitution obligations for Loans. However, to
the extent that a breach of a representation and warranty of a Seller may also
constitute a breach of a representation made by the Servicer, the Servicer may
have a repurchase or substitution obligation as described below under "The
Agreements--Assignment of Trust Fund Assets."
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
Each series of asset-backed certificates will be issued pursuant to either
(1) a Pooling and Servicing Agreement among the Depositor, the Servicer, the
Trustee and the Sellers or (2) a Trust Agreement between the Depositor and the
Trustee. A form of Pooling and Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement has been
filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms
a part. Each series of asset-backed notes will be issued pursuant to an
Indenture between the related trust fund established by the Depositor and the
Trustee, and the related Loans will be serviced by the Servicer pursuant to a
Master Servicing Agreement. A form of Indenture and Master Servicing Agreement
has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part. A series of securities may consist of both Notes and
Certificates. Each Agreement, dated as of the related Cut-off Date, will be
among various parties which may include, without limitation, the Depositor, the
Servicer, the Sellers and/or the Trustee for the benefit of the holders of the
securities of that series. The provisions of each Agreement will vary depending
upon the nature of the securities to be issued thereunder and the nature of the
related trust fund. The following are descriptions of the material provisions
which may appear in each Agreement. The descriptions are subject to, and are
qualified in their entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the
Agreement for each series of securities and the applicable prospectus
supplement.
General
The securities of each series will be issued in book-entry or fully
registered form as specified in the related prospectus supplement, in the
authorized denominations specified in the related prospectus supplement, and
will, in the case of asset-backed certificates, evidence specified beneficial
ownership interests in, and in the case of asset-backed notes, be secured by the
assets of the related trust fund created pursuant to each Agreement and will not
be
21
<PAGE>
entitled to payments in respect of the assets included in any other trust fund
established by the Depositor. The securities will not represent obligations of
the Depositor or any affiliate of the Depositor. Some of the Loans may be
guaranteed or insured as set forth in the related prospectus supplement. Each
trust fund will consist of, to the extent provided in the related Agreement:
o the Trust Fund Assets, as from time to time are subject to the related
Agreement (exclusive of any amounts specified in the related
prospectus supplement (each, a "Retained Interest")), including all
payments of interest and principal received on the Loans after the
Cut-off Date (to the extent not applied in computing the principal
balance of the Loans as of the Cut-off Date (the "Cut-off Date
Principal Balance")),
o assets that from time to time are required to be deposited in the
related Security Account, as described below under "The
Agreements--Payments on Loans; Deposits to Security Account,"
o property which secured a Loan and which is acquired on behalf of the
holders of securities of the related series by foreclosure or deed in
lieu of foreclosure, and
o any insurance policies or other forms of credit enhancement required
to be maintained pursuant to the related Agreement.
If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, a trust fund may also
include one or more of the following: reinvestment income on payments received
on the Trust Fund Assets, a Reserve Account, a mortgage pool insurance policy, a
special hazard insurance policy, a bankruptcy bond, one or more letters of
credit, a surety bond, guaranties or similar instruments.
Each series of securities will be issued in one or more classes. Each class
of asset-backed certificates of a series will evidence beneficial ownership of a
specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future interest payments
and a specified percentage (which may be 0%) or portion of future principal
payments on, and each class of asset-backed notes of a series will be secured
by, the related Trust Fund Assets. A series of securities may include one or
more classes that are senior in right to payment to one or more other classes of
securities of that series. Some series or classes of securities may be covered
by insurance policies, surety bonds or other forms of credit enhancement, in
each case as described under "Credit Enhancement" herein and in the related
prospectus supplement. One or more classes of securities of a series may be
entitled to receive distributions of principal, interest or any combination
thereof. Distributions on one or more classes of a series of securities may be
made prior to one or more other classes, after the occurrence of specified
events, in accordance with a schedule or formula or on the basis of collections
from designated portions of the related Trust Fund Assets, in each case as
specified in the related prospectus supplement. The timing and amounts of
distributions may vary among classes or over time as specified in the related
prospectus supplement.
Distributions of principal and interest (or, where applicable, of principal
only or interest only) on the related securities will be made by the Trustee on
each Distribution Date (i.e., monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or at other
intervals and on other dates as specified in the related prospectus supplement)
in proportion to the percentages specified in the related prospectus supplement.
Distributions will be made to the persons in whose names the securities are
registered at the close of business on the dates specified in the related
prospectus supplement (each, a "Record Date"). Distributions will be made in the
manner specified in the related prospectus supplement to the persons entitled
thereto at the address appearing in the register maintained for holders of
securities; provided, however, that the final distribution in retirement of the
securities will be made only upon presentation and surrender of the securities
at the office or agency of the Trustee or other person specified in the notice
to securityholders of the final distribution.
The securities will be freely transferable and exchangeable at the
corporate trust office of the Trustee as set forth in the related prospectus
supplement. No service charge will be made for any registration of exchange or
transfer of securities of any series, but the Trustee may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any related tax or other governmental charge.
Under current law the purchase and holding of a class of securities
entitled only to a specified percentage of payments of either interest or
principal or a notional amount of either interest or principal on the related
Loans or a
22
<PAGE>
class of securities entitled to receive payments of interest and principal on
the Loans only after payments to other classes or after the occurrence of
specified events by or on behalf of any employee benefit plan or other
retirement arrangement (including individual retirement accounts and annuities,
Keogh plans and collective investment funds in which plans, accounts or
arrangements are invested) subject to provisions of ERISA or the Code, may
result in prohibited transactions, within the meaning of ERISA and the Code. We
refer you to "ERISA Considerations." The transfer of securities of this type of
class will not be registered unless the transferee (1) represents that it is
not, and is not purchasing on behalf of, any plan, account or arrangement or (2)
provides an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Trustee and the Depositor
that the purchase of securities of that class by or on behalf of the plan,
account or arrangement is permissible under applicable law and will not subject
the Trustee, the Servicer, the Sellers or the Depositor to any obligation or
liability in addition to those undertaken in the Agreements.
An election may be made to treat the trust fund related to each series or
designated portions thereof as a "real estate mortgage investment conduit" or
"REMIC" as defined in the Code. The related prospectus supplement will specify
whether a REMIC election is to be made. Alternatively, the Agreement for a
series may provide that a REMIC election may be made at the discretion of the
Depositor or the Servicer and may only be made if specific conditions are
satisfied. The terms and provisions applicable to the making of a REMIC election
for a particular series will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.
If a REMIC election is made for a series, one of the classes will be designated
as evidencing the sole class of "residual interests" in the related REMIC, as
defined in the Code. All other classes of securities in that series will
constitute "regular interests" in the related REMIC, as defined in the Code. If
a REMIC election is made for a particular series, the Servicer or a holder of
the related residual certificate will be obligated to take all actions required
in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations and will be obligated to
pay any prohibited transaction taxes. The Servicer, unless otherwise provided in
the related prospectus supplement, will be entitled to reimbursement for any
payment from the assets of the trust fund or from any holder of the related
residual certificate.
Distributions on Securities
General. In general, the method of determining the amount of distributions
on a particular series of securities will depend on the type of credit
enhancement, if any, that is used for that series. We refer you to "Credit
Enhancement." Set forth below are descriptions of various methods that may be
used to determine the amount of distributions on the securities of a particular
series. The prospectus supplement for each series of securities will describe
the method to be used in determining the amount of distributions on the
securities of that series.
Distributions allocable to principal and interest on the securities will be
made by the Trustee out of, and only to the extent of, funds in the related
Security Account, including any funds transferred from any reserve account or
other cash account established and available therefor (a "Reserve Account"). The
related prospectus supplement will describe the method for allocating
distributions made on any Distribution Date among securities of different
classes and between distributions of principal (and, if applicable, between
distributions of Principal Prepayments, as defined below, and scheduled payments
of principal) and interest. The prospectus supplement will also describe the
method for allocating distributions among securities of a particular class.
Available Funds. All distributions on the securities of each series on each
Distribution Date will be made from the Available Funds described below, in
accordance with the terms described in the related prospectus supplement and
specified in the Agreement. "Available Funds" for each Distribution Date will
generally equal the amount on deposit in the related Security Account on that
Distribution Date (net of related fees and expenses payable by the related trust
fund) other than amounts to be held therein for distribution on future
Distribution Dates.
Distributions of Interest. Interest will accrue on the aggregate principal
balance (or, in the case of securities entitled only to distributions allocable
to interest, the aggregate notional amount) of each class of securities entitled
to interest from the date, at the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as
applicable (which in either case may be a fixed rate or rate adjustable as
specified in the related prospectus supplement), and for the periods specified
in the related prospectus supplement. "Pass-Through Rate" means a rate equal to
the interest rate borne by the underlying Loans net of the aggregate servicing
fees and any other amounts specified in the related prospectus supplement. To
the extent funds are available therefor, interest accrued during each specified
period on each class of securities entitled to interest (other than a class of
securities that provides for interest that accrues, but is not currently
payable, referred to hereafter as "Accrual Securities") will be distributable on
the Distribution Dates specified in the related prospectus supplement until the
aggregate principal balance of that class of securities has
23
<PAGE>
been distributed in full or, in the case of securities entitled only to
distributions allocable to interest, until the aggregate notional amount of
those securities is reduced to zero or for the period of time designated in the
related prospectus supplement. The original aggregate principal balance of each
class of securities will equal the aggregate distributions allocable to
principal to which that security is entitled. Distributions allocable to
interest on each security that is not entitled to distributions allocable to
principal will be calculated based on the notional amount of that security. The
notional amount of a security will not evidence an interest in or entitlement to
distributions allocable to principal but will be used solely for convenience in
expressing the calculation of interest and for other specified purposes.
Interest payable on the securities of a series on a Distribution Date will
include all interest accrued during the period specified in the related
prospectus supplement. In the event interest accrues over a period ending two or
more days prior to a Distribution Date, the effective yield to securityholders
will be reduced from the yield that would otherwise be obtainable if interest
payable on the security were to accrue through the day immediately preceding
that Distribution Date, and the effective yield (at par) to securityholders will
be less than the indicated coupon rate.
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, any interest that has
accrued on a class of Accrual Securities but is not paid on a given Distribution
Date will be added to the aggregate principal balance of that class of Accrual
Securities on that Distribution Date. Distributions of interest on any class of
Accrual Securities will commence only after the occurrence of the events
specified in the related prospectus supplement. Until distribution of interest
commences, the beneficial ownership interest in the trust fund or the principal
balance, as applicable, of that class of Accrual Securities, will increase on
each Distribution Date by the amount of interest that accrued on that class of
securities during the preceding interest accrual period but was not distributed
to that class on that Distribution Date. Each class of Accrual Securities will
thereafter accrue interest on its outstanding aggregate principal balance as so
adjusted.
Distributions of Principal. The related prospectus supplement will specify
the method by which the amount of principal to be distributed on the securities
on each Distribution Date will be calculated and the manner in which principal
will be allocated among the classes of securities entitled to distributions of
principal. The aggregate principal balance of any class of securities entitled
to distributions of principal generally will be the initial aggregate principal
balance of that class of securities specified in the related prospectus
supplement, reduced by all distributions reported to the holders of those
securities as allocable to principal and, (1) in the case of Accrual Securities,
increased by all interest accrued but not then distributable on the Accrual
Securities and (2) in the case of adjustable rate securities, subject to the
effect of negative amortization, if applicable.
If so provided in the related prospectus supplement, one or more classes of
securities will be entitled to receive all or a disproportionate percentage of
the payments of principal which are received from borrowers in advance of their
scheduled due dates and are not accompanied by amounts representing scheduled
interest due after the month of these payments ("Principal Prepayments") in the
percentages and under the circumstances or for the periods specified in the
related prospectus supplement. Any allocation of Principal Prepayments to a
class or classes of securities will have the effect of accelerating the
amortization of those securities while increasing the interests evidenced by one
or more other classes of securities in the trust fund. Increasing the interests
of the other classes of securities relative to that of specific securities is
intended to preserve the availability of the subordination provided by the other
securities. See "Credit Enhancement--Subordination."
Unscheduled Distributions. If specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the securities will be subject to receipt of distributions before
the next scheduled Distribution Date under the circumstances and in the manner
described below and in the prospectus supplement. If applicable, the Trustee
will be required to make unscheduled distributions on the day and in the amount
specified in the related prospectus supplement if, due to substantial payments
of principal (including Principal Prepayments) on the Trust Fund Assets, the
Trustee or the Servicer determines that the funds available or anticipated to be
available from the Security Account and, if applicable, any Reserve Account, may
be insufficient to make required distributions on the securities on that
Distribution Date. The amount of any unscheduled distribution that is allocable
to principal will not exceed the amount that would otherwise have been required
to be distributed as principal on the securities on the next Distribution Date.
The unscheduled distributions will include interest at the applicable
Pass-Through Rate (if any) or interest rate (if any) on the amount of the
unscheduled distribution allocable to principal for the period and to the date
specified in the related prospectus supplement.
24
<PAGE>
Advances
To the extent provided in the related prospectus supplement, the Servicer
will be required to advance on or before each Distribution Date (from its own
funds, funds advanced by Sub-Servicers or funds held in the Security Account for
future distributions to the holders of securities of the related series), an
amount equal to the aggregate of payments of interest and/or principal that were
delinquent on the related Determination Date (as that term is defined in the
related prospectus supplement), subject to the Servicer's determination that the
advances may be recoverable out of late payments by borrowers, Liquidation
Proceeds, Insurance Proceeds or otherwise ("Advances").
In making Advances, the Servicer will endeavor to maintain a regular flow
of scheduled interest and principal payments to holders of the securities,
rather than to guarantee or insure against losses. If Advances are made by the
Servicer from cash being held for future distribution to securityholders, the
Servicer will replace these funds on or before any future Distribution Date to
the extent that funds in the applicable Security Account on that Distribution
Date would be less than the amount required to be available for distributions to
securityholders on that date. Each Advance will be reimbursable to the Servicer
out of recoveries on the specific Loans with respect to which the Advances were
made (e.g., late payments made by the related borrower, any related Insurance
Proceeds, Liquidation Proceeds or proceeds of any Loan purchased by the
Depositor, a Sub-Servicer or a Seller pursuant to the related Agreement).
Advances also will be reimbursable to the Servicer from cash otherwise
distributable to securityholders (including the holders of Senior Securities) to
the extent that the Servicer determines that any Advances previously made are
not ultimately recoverable as described above. To the extent provided in the
related prospectus supplement, the Servicer also will be obligated to make
Advances, to the extent recoverable out of Insurance Proceeds, Liquidation
Proceeds or otherwise, for some taxes and insurance premiums not paid by
borrowers on a timely basis. These Advances are reimbursable to the Servicer to
the extent permitted by the related Agreement. The obligations of the Servicer
to make Advances may be supported by a cash advance reserve fund, a surety bond
or other arrangement of the type described herein under "Credit Enhancement," in
each case as described in the related prospectus supplement.
In the event the Servicer fails to make a required Advance, the Trustee
will be obligated to make the Advance in its capacity as successor servicer. If
the Trustee makes an Advance, it will be entitled to be reimbursed for the
Advance to the same extent and degree as the Servicer is entitled to be
reimbursed for Advances. We refer you to "Description of the
Securities--Distributions on Securities."
Reports to Securityholders
Before distributing funds on a Distribution Date, the Servicer or the
Trustee will furnish to each securityholder of record of the related series (if
applicable to that series of securities) a statement setting forth the following
information as well as other specified information:
o the amount of the distribution allocable to principal, separately
identifying the aggregate amount of any Principal Prepayments and if
so specified in the related prospectus supplement, any applicable
prepayment penalties included therein,
o the amount of the distribution allocable to interest,
o the amount of any Advance,
o the aggregate amount (1) otherwise allocable to Subordinated
Securities on that Distribution Date, and (2) withdrawn from the
Reserve Account, if any, that is included in the amounts distributed
to the Senior Securities,
o the outstanding principal balance or notional amount of each class of
the related series after giving effect to the distribution of
principal on that Distribution Date,
o the percentage of principal payments on the Loans (excluding Principal
Prepayments), if any, which each class will be entitled to receive on
the following Distribution Date,
o the percentage of Principal Prepayments on the Loans, if any, which
each class will be entitled to receive on the following Distribution
Date,
25
<PAGE>
o the related amount of the servicing compensation retained or withdrawn
from the Security Account by the Servicer, and the amount of
additional servicing compensation received by the Servicer
attributable to penalties, fees, excess Liquidation Proceeds and other
similar charges and items,
o the number and aggregate principal balances of Loans (1) delinquent
(exclusive of Loans in foreclosure) (a) 1 to 30 days, (b) 31 to 60
days, (c) 61 to 90 days and (d) 91 or more days and (2) in foreclosure
and delinquent (a) 1 to 30 days, (b) 31 to 60 days, (c) 61 to 90 days
and (d) 91 or more days, as of the close of business on the last day
of the calendar month preceding that Distribution Date,
o the book value of any real estate acquired through foreclosure or
grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure,
o the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable, if adjusted
from the date of the last statement, of any class expected to be
applicable to the next distribution to that class,
o if applicable, the amount remaining in any Reserve Account at the
close of business on the Distribution Date,
o the Pass-Through Rate or interest rate, as applicable, as of the day
prior to the immediately preceding Distribution Date, and
o any amounts remaining under letters of credit, pool policies or other
forms of credit enhancement.
Where applicable, any amount set forth above may be expressed as a dollar
amount per single security of the relevant class having the Percentage Interest
specified in the related prospectus supplement. The report to securityholders
for any series of securities may include additional or other information of a
similar nature to that specified above.
In addition, within a reasonable period of time after the end of each
calendar year, the Servicer or the Trustee will mail to each securityholder of
record at any time during that calendar year a report (a) as to the aggregate of
amounts reported pursuant to the first two items above for that calendar year
or, in the event that person was a securityholder of record during a portion of
that calendar year, for the applicable portion of that year and (b) other
customary information deemed necessary or desirable for securityholders to
prepare their tax returns.
Categories of Classes of Securities
The securities of any series may be comprised of one or more classes. The
different classes of securities in a series, in general, will fall into
different categories. The following chart identifies and generally defines some
of the more typical categories. The prospectus supplement for a series of
securities may identify the classes which comprise that series by reference to
the following categories.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Categories of Classes Definition
- --------------------- ----------
PRINCIPAL TYPES
<S> <C>
Accretion Directed Class.................. A class that receives principal payments from the accreted interest from
specified Accrual Classes. An Accretion Directed Class also may receive
principal payments from principal paid on the underlying Trust Fund Assets
for the related series.
Component Class........................... A class consisting of "components." The components of a Component Class may
have different principal and/or interest payment characteristics but
together constitute a single class. Each component of a Component Class may
be identified as falling into one or more of the categories in this chart.
</TABLE>
26
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Notional Amount Class.................... A class having no principal balance and bearing interest on the related
notional amount. The notional amount is used for purposes of the
determination of interest distributions.
Planned Principal Class
(also sometimes referred to as a "PAC")... A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a predetermined
principal balance schedule derived by assuming two constant prepayment rates
for the underlying Trust Fund Assets. These two rates are the endpoints for
the "structuring range" for the Planned Principal Class. The Planned
Principal Classes in any series of securities may be subdivided into
different categories (e.g., Primary Planned Principal Classes, Secondary
Planned Principal Classes and so forth) having different effective
structuring ranges and different principal payment priorities. The
structuring range for the Secondary Planned Principal Class of a series of
securities will be narrower than that for the Primary Planned Principal
Class of that series. The prospectus supplement relating to each Planned
Principal Class will disclose the principal balance schedule pertaining to
that class and the pricing and prepayment assumptions based upon which the
schedule will have been prepared, including the actual characteristics of
the underlying Loans, the assumptions regarding original terms to maturity,
the remaining terms to maturity, and interest rates of the underlying Loans,
and the assumptions some the rate of prepayment on the underlying Loans.
Scheduled
Principal Class........................... A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a predetermined
principal balance schedule but is not designated as a Planned Principal
Class or Targeted Principal Class. In many cases, the schedule is derived by
assuming two constant prepayment rates for the underlying Trust Fund Assets.
These two rates are the endpoints for the "structuring range" for the
Scheduled Principal Class.
Sequential Pay Class...................... Classes that receive principal payments in a prescribed sequence, that do
not have predetermined principal balance schedules and that under all
circumstances receive payments of principal continuously from the first
Distribution Date on which they receive principal until they are retired. A
single class that receives principal payments before or after all other
classes in the same series of securities may be identified as a Sequential
Pay Class.
</TABLE>
27
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Strip Class............................... A class that receives a constant proportion, or "strip," of the principal
payments on the underlying Trust Fund Assets.
Support Class (also
sometimes referred to
as a "Companion Class")................... A class that receives principal payments on any Distribution Date only if
scheduled payments have been made on specified Planned Principal Classes,
Targeted Principal Classes and/or Scheduled Principal Classes.
Targeted Principal Class
(also sometimes
referred to as a "TAC")................... A class that is designed to receive principal payments using a predetermined
principal balance schedule derived by assuming a single constant prepayment
rate for the underlying Trust Fund Assets. The prospectus supplement
relating to each Targeted Principal Class will disclose the principal
balance schedule pertaining to that class and the pricing and prepayment
assumptions based upon which the schedule will have been prepared, including
the actual characteristics of the underlying Loans, the assumptions
regarding original terms to maturity, the remaining terms to maturity, and
interest rates of the underlying Loans, and the assumptions regarding the
rate of prepayment on the underlying Loans.
Non-amortizing Sequential Class........... A class that generally receives no principal payments for a designated
number of Distribution Dates and then receives a disproportionately small or
large portion of the funds available for principal payments on subsequent
Distribution Dates.
INTEREST TYPES
Fixed Rate Class.......................... A class with an interest rate that is fixed throughout the life of the
class.
Floating Rate Class....................... A class with an interest rate that resets periodically based upon a
designated index and that varies with changes in that index.
Inverse Floating Rate Class............... A class with an interest rate that resets periodically based upon a
designated index and that varies inversely with changes in that index.
Variable Rate Class....................... A class with an interest rate that resets periodically and is calculated by
reference to the rate or rates of interest applicable to specified assets or
instruments (e.g., the interest rates borne by the underlying Loans).
</TABLE>
28
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
Interest Only Class....................... A class that receives some or all of the interest payments made on the
underlying Trust Fund Assets and little or no principal. Interest Only
Classes have either a nominal principal balance or a notional amount. A
nominal principal balance represents actual principal that will be paid on
the class. It is referred to as nominal since it is extremely small compared
to other classes. A notional amount is the amount used as a reference to
calculate the amount of interest due on an Interest Only Class that is not
entitled to any distributions in respect of principal.
Principal Only Class...................... A class that does not bear interest and is entitled to receive only
distributions in respect of principal.
Partial Accrual Class..................... A class that accretes a portion of the amount of accrued interest thereon,
which amount will be added to the principal balance of that class on each
applicable Distribution Date, with the remainder of accrued interest to be
distributed currently as interest to that class. This accretion may continue
until a specified event has occurred or until the Partial Accrual Class is
retired.
Accrual Class............................. A class that accretes the amount of accrued interest otherwise distributable
on the class, which amount will be added as principal to the principal
balance of the class on each applicable Distribution Date. This accretion
may continue until some specified event has occurred or until the Accrual
Class is retired.
</TABLE>
Indices Applicable to Floating Rate and Inverse Floating Rate Classes
General. Except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the indices applicable to Floating Rate and Inverse Floating Rate
Classes will be limited to the indices described below.
LIBOR. On the LIBOR Determination Date (as this term is defined in the
related prospectus supplement) for each class of securities of a series as to
which the applicable interest rate or Pass-Through Rate is determined by
reference to an index denominated as LIBOR, the person designated in the related
Agreement (the "Calculation Agent") will determine LIBOR in accordance with one
of the two methods described below (which method will be specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement):
LIBO Method. If using this method to calculate LIBOR, the Calculation Agent
will determine LIBOR by reference to the quotations, as set forth on the Reuters
Screen LIBO Page (as defined in the International Swaps and Derivatives
Association, Inc. Code of Standard Wording, Assumptions and Provisions for
Swaps, 1986 Edition), offered by the principal London office of each of the
designated reference banks meeting the criteria set forth herein (the "Reference
Banks") for making United States dollar deposits of the applicable duration in
leading banks in the London Interbank market, as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on
such LIBOR Determination Date. In lieu of relying on the quotations for those
Reference Banks that appear at such time on the Reuters Screen LIBO Page, the
Calculation Agent will request each of the Reference Banks to provide such
offered quotations at such time.
LIBOR will be established by the Calculation Agent on each LIBOR
Determination Date as follows:
(a) If on any LIBOR Determination Date two or more Reference Banks
provide offered quotations, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual Period, as
this term is defined in the related prospectus supplement, shall be the
arithmetic mean of the offered quotations (rounded upwards if necessary to
the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%).
29
<PAGE>
(b) If on any LIBOR Determination Date only one or none of the
Reference Banks provides offered quotations, LIBOR for the next Interest
Accrual Period (as this term is defined in the related prospectus
supplement) shall be whichever is the higher of (1) LIBOR as determined on
the previous LIBOR Determination Date or (2) the Reserve Interest Rate. The
"Reserve Interest Rate" shall be the rate per annum which the Calculation
Agent determines to be either (1) the arithmetic mean (rounded upwards if
necessary to the nearest whole multiple of 1/32%) of the one-month United
States dollar lending rates that New York City banks selected by the
Calculation Agent are quoting, on the relevant LIBOR Determination Date, to
the principal London offices of at least two of the Reference Banks to
which these quotations are, in the opinion of the Calculation Agent, being
so made, or (2) in the event that the Calculation Agent can not determine
the arithmetic mean, the lowest one-month United States dollar lending rate
which New York City banks selected by the Calculation Agent are quoting on
that LIBOR Determination Date to leading European banks.
(c) If on any LIBOR Determination Date for a class specified in the
related prospectus supplement, the Calculation Agent is required but is
unable to determine the Reserve Interest Rate in the manner provided in
paragraph (b) above, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual Period shall be
LIBOR as determined on the preceding LIBOR Determination Date, or, in the
case of the first LIBOR Determination Date, LIBOR shall be deemed to be the
per annum rate specified in the related prospectus supplement.
Each Reference Bank (1) must be a leading bank engaged in transactions in
Eurodollar deposits in the international Eurocurrency market; (2) may not
control, be controlled by, or be under common control with the Calculation
Agent, and (3) must have an established place of business in London. If any
Reference Bank is unwilling or unable to act in that capacity or if appointment
of any Reference Bank is terminated, another leading bank meeting the criteria
specified above will be appointed.
BBA Method. If using this method of determining LIBOR, the Calculation
Agent will determine LIBOR on the basis of the British Bankers' Association
("BBA") "Interest Supplement Rate" for one-month deposits in United States
dollars as found on Telerate page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m. London time on each
LIBOR Determination Date. Interest Settlement Rates currently are based on rates
quoted by eight BBA designated banks as being, in the view of such banks, the
offered rate at which deposits are being quoted to prime banks in the London
interbank market. Such Interest Settlement Rates are calculated by eliminating
the two highest rates and the two lowest rates, averaging the four remaining
rates, carrying the result (expressed as a percentage) out to six decimal
places, and rounding to five decimal places.
If on any LIBOR Determination Date, the Calculation Agent is unable to
calculate LIBOR in accordance with the method set forth in the immediately
preceding paragraph, LIBOR for the next Interest Accrual Period shall be
calculated in accordance with the LIBOR method described above under "--LIBO
Method."
The establishment of LIBOR on each LIBOR Determination Date by the
Calculation Agent and its calculation of the rate of interest for the applicable
classes for the related Interest Accrual Period shall (in the absence of
manifest error) be final and binding.
Treasury Index. On the Treasury Index Determination Date (as this term is
defined in the related prospectus supplement) for each class of securities of a
series as to which the applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an
index denominated as a "Treasury Index," the Calculation Agent will ascertain
the Treasury Index for Treasury securities of the maturity and for the period
(or, if applicable, date) specified in the related prospectus supplement. The
Treasury Index for any period means the average of the yield for each business
day during the period specified therein (and for any date means the yield for
that date), expressed as a per annum percentage rate, on (1) U.S. Treasury
securities adjusted to the "constant maturity" (as further described below)
specified in the related prospectus supplement or (2) if no "constant maturity"
is so specified, United States Treasury securities trading on the secondary
market having the maturity specified in the related prospectus supplement, in
each case as published by the Federal Reserve Board in its Statistical Release
No. H.15(519). Statistical Release No. H.15(519) is published on Monday or
Tuesday of each week and may be obtained by writing or calling the Publications
Department at the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 21st and C
Streets, Washington, D.C. 20551 (202) 452-3244. If the Calculation Agent has not
yet received Statistical Release No. H.15(519) for that week, then it will use
the Statistical Release from the immediately preceding week.
30
<PAGE>
Yields on United States Treasury securities at "constant maturity" are
derived from the United States Treasury's daily yield curve. This curve, which
relates the yield on a security to its time to maturity, is based on the closing
market bid yields on actively traded Treasury securities in the over-the-counter
market. These market yields are calculated from composites of quotations
reported by five leading United States government securities dealers to the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York. This method provides a yield for a given
maturity even if no security with that exact maturity is outstanding. If the
Treasury Index is no longer published, a new index based upon comparable data
and methodology will be designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to
the particular series of securities. The Calculation Agent's determination of
the Treasury Index, and its calculation of the rates of interest for the
applicable classes for the related Interest Accrual Period shall (in the absence
of manifest error) be final and binding.
Prime Rate. On the Prime Rate Determination Date (as this term is defined
in the related prospectus supplement) for each class of securities of a series
as to which the applicable interest rate is determined by reference to an index
denominated as the Prime Rate, the Calculation Agent will ascertain the Prime
Rate for the related Interest Accrual Period. The Prime Rate for an Interest
Accrual Period will be the "Prime Rate" as published in the "Money Rates"
section of The Wall Street Journal (or if not so published, the "Prime Rate" as
published in a newspaper of general circulation selected by the Calculation
Agent in its sole discretion) on the related Prime Rate Determination Date. If a
prime rate range is given, then the average of the range will be used. If the
Prime Rate is no longer published, a new index based upon comparable data and
methodology will be designated in accordance with the Agreement relating to the
particular series of securities. The Calculation Agent's determination of the
Prime Rate and its calculation of the rates of interest for the related Interest
Accrual Period shall (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding.
The interest rate index or indices applicable to floating rate and inverse
floating rate classes of any series (the "Securities Index") may not be equal to
the actual index or indices employed under applicable Loan documents in
calculating the interest rates on Loans in the relevant class or classes of
securities (the "Loan Indices"). If this type of interest rate mismatch occurs,
the amounts available for payment of interest on the relevant class or classes
of securities may increase or decrease depending upon the divergence between
performance of the applicable Securities Index and the composite performance of
the applicable Loan Indices. While it might be possible, through the use of a
reserve account, interest rate swaps, financial derivative contracts or other
means, to hedge against the risk that divergences between the Securities Index
and the Loan Indices might result in insufficient interest payments being
generated from Loans backing the relevant class or classes of securities to pay
the interest accruing on those class or classes of securities, the availability
of interest rate hedging protection, if any, will only be as disclosed in the
related prospectus supplement.
Book-Entry Registration of Securities
As described in the related prospectus supplement, if not issued in fully
registered form, each class of securities will be registered as book-entry
securities (the "Book-Entry Securities"). Persons acquiring beneficial ownership
interests in Book-Entry Securities ("Beneficial Owners") will hold their
Book-Entry Securities through DTC in the United States, or Cedel ("CEDEL") or
Euroclear System ("Euroclear") in Europe, if they are participants of those
systems, or indirectly through organizations which are participants in those
systems. The Book-Entry Securities will be issued in one or more certificates
which equal the aggregate principal balance of the relevant class of securities
and will initially be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC.
CEDEL and Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of their participants
through customers' securities accounts in CEDEL's and Euroclear's names on the
books of their respective depositories which in turn will hold omnibus positions
in customers' securities accounts in the depositories' names on the books of
DTC. Citibank, N.A., will act as depository for CEDEL and The Chase Manhattan
Bank will act as depository for Euroclear (in these capacities, individually the
"Relevant Depository" and collectively the "European Depositories"). Except as
described below, no Beneficial Owner will be entitled to receive a physical
certificate representing his or her security (a "Definitive Security"). Unless
and until Definitive Securities are issued, it is anticipated that the only
record holder of Book-Entry Securities will be Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC.
Beneficial Owners are only permitted to exercise their rights in Book-Entry
Securities indirectly through DTC Participants and DTC.
Each Beneficial Owner's ownership of a Book-Entry Security will be recorded
on the records of the brokerage firm, bank, Thrift Institution or other
financial intermediary (each, a "Financial Intermediary") that maintains the
Beneficial Owner's account for that purpose. In turn, the Financial
Intermediary's ownership of a
31
<PAGE>
Book-Entry Security will be recorded on the records of DTC (or of a
participating firm that acts as agent for the Financial Intermediary, whose
interest will in turn be recorded on the records of DTC, if the Beneficial
Owner's Financial Intermediary is not a DTC Participant, and on the records of
CEDEL or Euroclear, as appropriate).
Beneficial Owners will receive all distributions of principal of, and
interest on, Book-Entry Securities from the Trustee through DTC and DTC
Participants. While the securities are outstanding (except under the
circumstances described below), under the rules, regulations and procedures
creating and affecting DTC and its operations (the "Rules"), DTC is required to
make book-entry transfers among DTC Participants on whose behalf it acts for the
Book-Entry Securities and is required to receive and transmit distributions of
principal of, and interest on, Book-Entry Securities. DTC Participants and
indirect participants with whom Beneficial Owners have accounts for their
Book-Entry Securities are similarly required to make book-entry transfers and
receive and transmit distributions on behalf of their respective Beneficial
Owners. Accordingly, although Beneficial Owners will not possess physical
certificates, the Rules provide a mechanism by which Beneficial Owners will
receive distributions and will be able to transfer their interest.
Beneficial Owners will not receive or be entitled to receive physical
certificates representing their respective interests in the securities, except
under the limited circumstances described below. Unless and until Definitive
Securities are issued, Beneficial Owners who are not DTC Participants may
transfer ownership of securities only through DTC Participants and indirect
participants by instructing DTC Participants and indirect participants to
transfer securities, by book-entry transfer, through DTC for the account of the
purchasers of the securities, which account is maintained with their respective
DTC Participants. Under the Rules and in accordance with DTC's normal
procedures, transfers of ownership of securities will be executed through DTC
and the accounts of the respective DTC Participants will be debited and
credited. Similarly, the DTC Participants and indirect participants will make
debits or credits, as the case may be, on their records on behalf of the selling
and purchasing Beneficial Owners.
Because of time zone differences, credits of securities received in CEDEL
or Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC Participant will be made
during subsequent securities settlement processing and dated the business day
following the DTC settlement date. These credits or any transactions in the
securities settled during processing will be reported to the relevant Euroclear
Participants or CEDEL Participants on that business day. Cash received in CEDEL
or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a CEDEL
Participant or Euroclear Participant to a DTC Participant will be received with
value on the DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant CEDEL or
Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.
Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with the Rules.
Transfers between CEDEL Participants and Euroclear Participants will occur in
accordance with their respective rules and operating procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly through CEDEL
Participants or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be effected by DTC in
accordance with the Rules on behalf of CEDEL or Euroclear, as the case may be,
by the Relevant Depository. However, these cross-market transactions will
require delivery of instructions to CEDEL or Euroclear, as the case may be, by
the counterparty in that system in accordance with its rules and procedures and
within its established deadlines (European time). If the transaction meets its
settlement requirements, CEDEL or Euroclear, as the case may be, will deliver
instructions to the Relevant Depository to take action to effect final
settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and
making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same day
funds settlement applicable to DTC. CEDEL Participants and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the European Depositories.
DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the
State of New York, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing
corporation" within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a
"clearing agency" registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the
Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities for its participating
organizations and facilitate the clearance and the settlement of securities
transactions between DTC Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
DTC Participants' accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement
of certificates. DTC Participants include securities brokers and dealers (who
may include the underwriters of any series), banks, trust companies and clearing
corporations and may in the future include some other organizations. Indirect
access to the DTC system is also
32
<PAGE>
available to others such as Financial Intermediaries that clear through or
maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or
indirectly. The Rules are on file with the Commission.
CEDEL is incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg as a professional
depository. CEDEL holds securities for its participating organizations ("CEDEL
Participants") and facilitates the clearance and settlement of securities
transactions between CEDEL Participants through electronic book-entry changes in
accounts of CEDEL Participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical
movement of certificates. Transactions may be settled in CEDEL in any of 28
currencies, including United States dollars. CEDEL provides to its CEDEL
Participants, among other things, services for safekeeping, administration,
clearance and settlement of internationally traded securities and securities
lending and borrowing. CEDEL interfaces with domestic markets in several
countries. As a professional depository, CEDEL is subject to regulation by the
Luxembourg Monetary Institute. CEDEL Participants are recognized financial
institutions around the world, including underwriters, securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and some other
organizations and may include the underwriters of any series. Indirect access to
CEDEL is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust
companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a CEDEL
Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Euroclear was created in 1968 to hold securities for its participants
("Euroclear Participants") and to clear and settle transactions between
Euroclear Participants through simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery
against payment, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of
certificates and any risk from lack of simultaneous transfers of securities and
cash. Transactions may be settled in any of 27 currencies, including United
States dollars. Euroclear includes various other services, including securities
lending and borrowing and interfaces with domestic markets in several countries
generally similar to the arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC
described above. Euroclear is operated by the Brussels, Belgium office of Morgan
Guaranty Trust Company of New York ("Morgan" and, in this capacity, the
"Euroclear Operator"), under contract with Euroclear Clearance Systems S.C., a
Belgian cooperative corporation (the "Belgian Cooperative"). All operations are
conducted by Morgan, and all Euroclear securities clearance accounts and
Euroclear cash accounts are accounts with the Euroclear Operator, not the
Belgian Cooperative. The Belgian Cooperative establishes policy for Euroclear on
behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear Participants include banks
(including central banks), securities brokers and dealers and other professional
financial intermediaries. Indirect access to Euroclear is also available to
other firms that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a
Euroclear Participant, either directly or indirectly.
Morgan is the Belgian branch of a New York banking corporation which is a
member bank of the Federal Reserve System. It is regulated and examined by the
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve and the New York State Banking
Department, as well as the Belgian Banking Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with Morgan are governed by
the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the related Operating
Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law (collectively, the
"Terms and Conditions"). The Terms and Conditions govern transfers of securities
and cash within Euroclear, withdrawals of securities and cash from Euroclear,
and receipts of payments on securities in Euroclear. All securities in Euroclear
are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates to
specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants, and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
Under a book-entry format, Beneficial Owners of the Book-Entry Securities
may experience some delay in their receipt of payments, since these payments
will be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Distributions
on securities held through CEDEL or Euroclear will be credited to the cash
accounts of CEDEL Participants or Euroclear Participants in accordance with the
relevant system's rules and procedures, to the extent received by the Relevant
Depository. These distributions will be subject to tax reporting in accordance
with relevant United States tax laws and regulations. See "Federal Income Tax
Consequences--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors" and "--Tax Consequences to
holders of the Notes--Backup Withholding." Because DTC can only act on behalf of
Financial Intermediaries, the ability of a Beneficial Owner to pledge Book-Entry
Securities to persons or entities that do not participate in the Depository
system may be limited due to the lack of physical certificates for Book-Entry
Securities. In addition, issuance of the Book-Entry Securities in book-entry
form may reduce the liquidity of these securities in the secondary market since
some potential investors may be unwilling to purchase securities for which they
cannot obtain physical certificates.
33
<PAGE>
Monthly and annual reports on the trust fund will be provided to Cede &
Co., as nominee of DTC, and may be made available by Cede & Co. to Beneficial
Owners upon request, in accordance with the Rules, and to the Financial
Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry Securities of the Beneficial
Owners are credited.
DTC has advised the Trustee that, unless and until Definitive Securities
are issued, DTC will take any action permitted to be taken by the holders of the
Book-Entry Securities under the applicable Agreement only at the direction of
one or more Financial Intermediaries to whose DTC accounts the Book-Entry
Securities are credited, to the extent that these actions are taken on behalf of
Financial Intermediaries whose holdings include Book-Entry Securities. CEDEL or
the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted
to be taken by a securityholder under the Agreement on behalf of a CEDEL
Participant or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with its relevant rules
and procedures and subject to the ability of the Relevant Depository to effect
these actions on its behalf through DTC. DTC may take actions, at the direction
of the related DTC Participants, for some securities which conflict with actions
taken for other securities.
Definitive Securities will be issued to securityholders only if (1) the
Servicer advises the applicable Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing
or able to discharge properly its responsibilities as depository for the
securities and the Trustee is unable to locate a qualified successor, (2) the
Servicer at its option, elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC or
(3) after the occurrence of an Event of Default or the resignation or removal of
the Servicer for these securities, holders representing at least a majority of
the outstanding principal amount of the related securities of that series advise
DTC, either directly or through DTC Participants, in writing (with instructions
to notify the applicable Trustee in writing) that the continuation of a
book-entry system through DTC (or a successor thereto) for those securities is
no longer in the best interest of the holders of the securities.
Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, the Trustee will be required to notify all Beneficial
Owners of the occurrence of the event and the availability through DTC of
Definitive Securities. Upon surrender by DTC of the global certificate or
certificates representing the Book-Entry Securities and instructions for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue Definitive Securities, and thereafter
the Trustee will recognize the holders of the Definitive Securities as
securityholders under the applicable Agreement.
Although DTC, CEDEL and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing procedures
in order to facilitate transfers of securities among participants of DTC, CEDEL
and Euroclear, they are under no obligation to perform or continue to perform
these procedures and they may be discontinued at any time.
None of the Servicer, the Depositor or the Trustee will have any
responsibility for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on
account of beneficial ownership interests of the Book-Entry Securities held by
Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to beneficial ownership interests.
CREDIT ENHANCEMENT
General
Credit enhancement may be provided for one or more classes of a series of
securities or for the related Trust Fund Assets. Credit enhancement may be in
the form of a limited financial guaranty policy issued by an entity named in the
related prospectus supplement, the subordination of one or more classes of the
securities of that series, the establishment of one or more Reserve Accounts,
the use of a cross-collateralization feature, use of a mortgage pool insurance
policy, FHA insurance, VA guaranty, bankruptcy bond, special hazard insurance
policy, surety bond, letter of credit, guaranteed investment contract,
over-collateralization, or another method of credit enhancement contemplated
herein and described in the related prospectus supplement, or any combination of
the foregoing. To the extent described in the related prospectus supplement,
credit enhancement will not provide protection against all risks of loss and
will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance of the securities
and interest thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount covered by credit
enhancement or which are not covered by the credit enhancement, securityholders
will bear their allocable share of any deficiencies.
34
<PAGE>
Subordination
If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, one or more classes
of a series of securities (the "Senior Securities") may be credit enhanced by
granting Senior Securities the preferential right to receive distributions of
scheduled principal, Principal Prepayments, interest or any combination thereof
prior to holders of one or more other classes of that series ("Subordinated
Securities") as specified in the related prospectus supplement. Protection may
also be afforded to the holders of Senior Securities of a series by: (1)
reducing the ownership interest (if applicable) of the related Subordinated
Securities; (2) a combination of the immediately preceding sentence and clause
(1) above; or (3) as further described in the related prospectus supplement. If
so specified in the related prospectus supplement, delays in receipt of
scheduled payments on the Loans and losses on defaulted Loans may be borne first
by the various classes of Subordinated Securities and thereafter by the various
classes of Senior Securities, in each case under the circumstances and subject
to the limitations specified in the related prospectus supplement. The aggregate
distributions in respect of delinquent payments on the Loans over the lives of
the securities or at any time, the aggregate losses in respect of defaulted
Loans which must be home by the Subordinated Securities by virtue of
subordination and the amount of the distributions otherwise distributable to the
holders of Subordinated Securities that will be distributable to holders of
Senior Securities on any Distribution Date may be limited as specified in the
related prospectus supplement. If aggregate distributions in respect of
delinquent payments on the Loans or aggregate losses in respect of the Loans
were to exceed an amount specified in the related prospectus supplement, holders
of Senior Securities would experience losses on the securities.
In addition to or in lieu of the foregoing, if so specified in the related
prospectus supplement, all or any portion of distributions otherwise payable to
holders of Subordinated Securities on any Distribution Date may instead be
deposited into one or more Reserve Accounts established with the Trustee or
distributed to holders of Senior Securities. These deposits may be made on each
Distribution Date, for specified periods or until the balance in the Reserve
Account has reached a specified amount and, following payments from the Reserve
Account to holders of Senior Securities or otherwise, thereafter to the extent
necessary to restore the balance in the Reserve Account to required levels, in
each case as specified in the related prospectus supplement. Amounts on deposit
in the Reserve Account may be released to the holders of some classes of
securities at the times and under the circumstances specified in the related
prospectus supplement.
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, various classes of
Senior Securities and Subordinated Securities may themselves be subordinate in
their right to receive some distributions to other classes of Senior and
Subordinated Securities, respectively, through a cross-collateralization
mechanism or otherwise.
Distributions may be allocated among classes of Senior Securities and among
classes of Subordinated Securities (1) in the order of their scheduled final
distribution dates, (2) in accordance with a schedule or formula, (3) in
relation to the occurrence of events, or (4) otherwise, in each case as
specified in the related prospectus supplement.
Letter of Credit
The letter of credit, if any, for a series of securities will be issued by
the bank or financial institution specified in the related prospectus supplement
(the "L/C Bank"). Under the letter of credit, the L/C Bank will be obligated to
honor drawings thereunder in an aggregate fixed dollar amount, net of
unreimbursed payments thereunder, equal to the percentage specified in the
related prospectus supplement of the aggregate principal balance of the Loans on
the related Cut-off Date or of one or more classes of securities (the "L/C
Percentage"). If so specified in the related prospectus supplement, the letter
of credit may permit drawings in the event of losses not covered by insurance
policies or other credit support, such as losses arising from damage not covered
by standard hazard insurance policies, losses resulting from the bankruptcy of a
borrower and the application of some provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, or
losses resulting from denial of insurance coverage due to misrepresentations in
connection with the origination of a Loan. The amount available under the letter
of credit will, in all cases, be reduced to the extent of the unreimbursed
payments thereunder. The obligations of the L/C Bank under the letter of credit
for each series of securities will expire at the earlier of the date specified
in the related prospectus supplement or the termination of the related trust
fund. We refer you to "The Agreements--Termination; Optional Termination." A
copy of the letter of credit for a series, if any, will be filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") as an exhibit to a Current
Report on Form 8-K to be filed within 15 days of issuance of the securities of
the related series.
35
<PAGE>
Insurance Policies, Surety Bonds and Guaranties
If so provided in the prospectus supplement for a series of securities,
deficiencies in amounts otherwise payable on those securities or some classes
thereof will be covered by insurance policies and/or surety bonds provided by
one or more insurance companies or sureties. These instruments may cover timely
distributions of interest and/or full distributions of principal for one or more
classes of securities of the related series on the basis of a schedule of
principal distributions set forth in or determined in the manner specified in
the related prospectus supplement. In addition, if specified in the related
prospectus supplement, a trust fund may also include bankruptcy bonds, special
hazard insurance policies, other insurance or guaranties for the purpose of (1)
maintaining timely payments or providing additional protection against losses on
the assets included in the trust fund, (2) paying administrative expenses or (3)
establishing a minimum reinvestment rate on the payments made in respect of
those assets or principal payment rate on those assets. These arrangements may
include agreements under which securityholders are entitled to receive amounts
deposited in various accounts held by the Trustee upon the terms specified in
the related prospectus supplement. A copy of any instrument for a series will be
filed with the Commission as an exhibit to a Current Report on Form 8-K to be
filed with the Commission within 15 days of issuance of the securities of the
related series.
Over-Collateralization
If so provided in the prospectus supplement for a series of securities, a
portion of the interest payment on each Loan may be applied as an additional
distribution in respect of principal to reduce the principal balance of a
specific class or classes of securities and, thus, accelerate the rate of
payment of principal on those securities.
Reserve Accounts
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, credit enhancement for a
series of securities will be provided by the establishment and maintenance with
the Trustee for that series of securities, in trust, of one or more Reserve
Accounts for that series. The related prospectus supplement will specify whether
or not any Reserve Accounts will be included in the trust fund for that series.
The Reserve Account for a series will be funded (1) by the deposit therein
of cash, United States Treasury securities, instruments evidencing ownership of
principal or interest payments thereon, letters of credit, demand notes,
certificates of deposit or a combination thereof in the aggregate amount
specified in the related prospectus supplement, (2) by the deposit therein from
time to time of amounts, as specified in the related prospectus supplement to
which the holders of Subordinated Securities, if any, would otherwise be
entitled or (3) in another manner specified in the related prospectus
supplement.
Any amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account and the proceeds of any other
instrument upon maturity will be held in cash or will be invested in "Permitted
Investments" which may include (1) obligations of the United States or any
agency thereof, provided these obligations are backed by the full faith and
credit of the United States; (2) general obligations of or obligations
guaranteed by any state of the United States or the District of Columbia
receiving the highest long-term debt rating of each rating agency rating the
related series of securities (each, a "Rating Agency"), or a lower rating that
will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to
that securities by each Rating Agency; (3) commercial or finance company paper
which is then receiving the highest commercial or finance company paper rating
of each Rating Agency, or a lower rating that will not result in the downgrading
or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to that securities by each Rating
Agency; (4) certificates of deposit, demand or time deposits, or bankers'
acceptances issued by any depository institution or trust company incorporated
under the laws of the United States or of any state thereof and subject to
supervision and examination by federal and/or state banking authorities,
provided that the commercial paper and/or long term unsecured debt obligations
of that depository institution or trust company (or in the case of the principal
depository institution in a holding company system, the commercial paper or
long-term unsecured debt obligations of that holding company, but only if
Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's") is not a Rating Agency for that
series of securities) are then rated one of the two highest long-term and the
highest short-term ratings of each Rating Agency for those securities, or any
lower ratings that will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the
rating then assigned to those securities by any Rating Agency, (5) demand or
time deposits or certificates of deposit issued by any bank or trust company or
savings institution to the extent that the deposits are fully insured by the
FDIC;
36
<PAGE>
(6) guaranteed reinvestment agreements issued by any bank, insurance company or
other corporation containing, at the time of the issuance of the agreements,
terms and conditions that will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of
the rating then assigned to those securities by any Rating Agency; (7)
repurchase obligations for any security described in clauses (1) and (2) above,
in either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company
(acting as principal) described in clause (4) above; (8) securities (other than
stripped bonds, stripped coupons or instruments sold at a purchase price in
excess of 115% of the face amount thereof) bearing interest or sold at a
discount issued by any corporation incorporated under the laws of the United
States or any state thereof which, at the time of that investment, have one of
the two highest ratings of each Rating Agency (except if the Rating Agency is
Moody's, the rating shall be the highest commercial paper rating of Moody's for
those securities), or a lower rating that will not result in the downgrading or
withdrawal of the rating then assigned to those securities by any Rating Agency,
as evidenced by a signed writing delivered by each Rating Agency; (9) interests
in any money market fund which at the date of acquisition of the interests in
the fund and throughout the time those interests are held in the fund has the
highest applicable rating by each Rating Agency or a lower rating that will not
result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the ratings then assigned to those
securities by each Rating Agency; (10) short term investment funds sponsored by
any trust company or national banking association incorporated under the laws of
the United States or any state thereof which on the date of acquisition has been
rated by each Rating Agency in their respective highest applicable rating
category or a lower rating that will not result in the downgrading or withdrawal
of the ratings then assigned to those securities by each Rating Agency; and (11)
other investments having a specified stated maturity and bearing interest or
sold at a discount acceptable to each Rating Agency as will not result in the
downgrading or withdrawal of the rating then assigned to those securities by any
Rating Agency, as evidenced by a signed writing delivered by each Rating Agency;
provided that no instrument shall be a Permitted Investment if the instrument
evidences the right to receive interest-only payments on the obligations
underlying that instrument; and provided further, that no investment specified
in clause (9) or clause (10) above will be a Permitted Investment for any
Pre-Funding Account or any related Capitalized Interest Account. If a letter of
credit is deposited with the Trustee, the letter of credit will be irrevocable.
Any instrument deposited therein will name the Trustee, in its capacity as
trustee for the holders of the securities, as beneficiary and will be issued by
an entity acceptable to each Rating Agency that rates the securities of the
related series. Additional information regarding instruments deposited in the
Reserve Accounts will be set forth in the related prospectus supplement.
Any amounts so deposited and payments on instruments so deposited will be
available for withdrawal from the Reserve Account for distribution to the
holders of securities of the related series for the purposes, in the manner and
at the times specified in the related prospectus supplement.
Pool Insurance Policies
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, a separate pool
insurance policy will be obtained for the Loans in a particular trust fund and
issued by the insurer (the "Pool Insurer") named in the related prospectus
supplement. Each pool insurance policy will, subject to the limitations
described below, cover loss by reason of default in payment on Loans in the
trust fund in an amount equal to a percentage specified in the related
prospectus supplement of the aggregate principal balance of the Loans on the
Cut-off Date which are not covered as to the entire outstanding principal
balances by primary mortgage insurance policies. As more fully described below,
the Servicer will present claims thereunder to the Pool Insurer on behalf of
itself, the Trustee and the holders of the securities of the related series. The
pool insurance policies, however, are not blanket policies against loss, since
claims thereunder may only be made respecting particular defaulted Loans and
only upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent described below. The pool
insurance policies will not cover losses due to a failure to pay or denial of a
claim under a primary mortgage insurance policy.
The pool insurance policy will provide that no claims may be validly
presented unless (1) any required primary mortgage insurance policy is in effect
for the defaulted Loan and a claim thereunder has been submitted and settled;
(2) hazard insurance on the related mortgaged property has been kept in force
and real estate taxes and other protection and preservation expenses have been
paid; (3) if there has been physical loss or damage to the mortgaged property,
it has been restored to its physical condition (reasonable wear and tear
excepted) at the time of issuance of the policy; and (4) the insured has
acquired good and merchantable title to the mortgaged property free and clear of
liens except specific permitted encumbrances. Upon satisfaction of these
conditions, the Pool Insurer will have the option either (a) to purchase the
property securing the defaulted Loan at a price equal to the principal balance
thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest at the Loan's interest rate to the date
of the purchase and specified expenses incurred by the Servicer on behalf of the
Trustee and securityholders, or (b) to pay the amount by which the sum of
37
<PAGE>
the principal balance of the defaulted Loan plus accrued and unpaid interest at
the Loan's interest rate to the date of payment of the claim and the
aforementioned expenses exceeds the proceeds received from an approved sale of
the mortgaged property, in either case net of specified amounts paid or assumed
to have been paid under the related primary mortgage insurance policy. If any
mortgaged property securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and proceeds, if any,
from the related hazard insurance policy or the applicable special hazard
insurance policy are insufficient to restore the damaged mortgaged property to a
condition sufficient to permit recovery under the pool insurance policy, the
Servicer will not be required to expend its own funds to restore the damaged
mortgaged property unless it determines that (1) restoration will increase the
proceeds to securityholders on liquidation of the Loan after reimbursement of
the Servicer for its expenses and (2) these expenses will be recoverable by it
through proceeds of the sale of the mortgaged property or proceeds of the
related pool insurance policy or any related primary mortgage insurance policy.
The pool insurance policy will not insure (and many primary mortgage
insurance policies do not insure) against losses sustained by reason of a
default arising from, among other things, (1) fraud or negligence in the
origination or servicing of a Loan, including misrepresentation by the borrower,
the originator or persons involved in the origination thereof, or (2) failure to
construct any building or structure located on a mortgaged property in
accordance with plans and specifications. A failure of coverage attributable to
one of the foregoing events might result in a breach of the related Seller's
representations described above and might give rise to an obligation on the part
of the Seller to repurchase the defaulted Loan if the breach cannot be cured by
the Seller. No pool insurance policy will cover (and many primary mortgage
insurance policies do not cover) a claim in respect of a defaulted Loan
occurring when the servicer of that Loan, at the time of default or thereafter,
was not approved by the applicable insurer.
The original amount of coverage under each pool insurance policy will be
reduced over the life of the related securities by the aggregate dollar amount
of claims paid less the aggregate of the net amounts realized by the Pool
Insurer upon disposition of all foreclosed properties. The amount of claims paid
will include some expenses incurred by the Servicer as well as accrued interest
on delinquent Loans to the date of payment of the claim. Accordingly, if
aggregate net claims paid under any pool insurance policy reach the original
policy limit, coverage under that pool insurance policy will be exhausted and
any further losses will be home by the related securityholders.
Cross-Collateralization
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, different classes of the
related series of securities may hold the sole beneficial ownership interest in
separate groups of Trust Fund Assets. In this case, credit enhancement may be
provided by a cross-collateralization feature requiring that distributions be
made on securities evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in, or secured by,
one or more asset groups within the same trust fund prior to distributions to
Subordinated Securities evidencing a beneficial ownership interest in, or
secured by, one or more other asset groups within that trust fund.
Cross-collateralization may be provided by (1) the allocation of some excess
amounts generated by one or more asset groups to one or more other asset groups
within the same trust fund or (2) the allocation of losses on one or more asset
groups to one or more other asset groups within the same trust fund. These
excess amounts will be applied and/or these losses will be allocated to the
class or classes of Subordinated Securities of the related series then
outstanding having the lowest rating assigned by any Rating Agency or the lowest
payment priority, in each case to the extent and in the manner more specifically
described in the related prospectus supplement. The prospectus supplement for a
series which includes a cross-collateralization feature will describe the manner
and conditions for applying this cross-collateralization feature.
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the coverage provided by
one or more of the forms of credit enhancement described in this prospectus may
apply concurrently to two or more separate trust funds. If applicable, the
related prospectus supplement will identify the trust funds to which the credit
enhancement relates and the manner of determining the amount of coverage
provided to those trust funds thereby and of the application of that coverage to
the identified trust funds.
38
<PAGE>
YIELD AND PREPAYMENT CONSIDERATIONS
The yields to maturity and weighted average lives of the securities will be
affected primarily by the amount and timing of principal payments received on or
in respect of the Trust Fund Assets included in the related trust fund. The
original terms to maturity of the Loans in a given trust fund will vary
depending upon the type of Loans included therein. Each prospectus supplement
will contain information regarding the type and maturities of the Loans in the
related trust fund. The related prospectus supplement will specify the
circumstances, if any, under which the related Loans will be subject to
prepayment penalties. The prepayment experience on the Loans in a trust fund
will affect the weighted average life of the related series of securities.
The rate of prepayment on the Loans cannot be predicted. The prepayment
experience of the related trust fund may be affected by a wide variety of
factors, including general economic conditions, prevailing interest rate levels,
the availability of alternative financing and homeowner mobility. Other factors
that might be expected to affect the prepayment rate of a pool of Revolving
Credit Line Loans include the amounts of, and interest rates on, the underlying
senior mortgage loans, and the use of first mortgage loans as long-term
financing for home purchase and subordinate mortgage loans as shorter-term
financing for a variety of purposes, including home improvement, education
expenses and purchases of consumer durables such as automobiles. Accordingly,
these Loans may experience a higher rate of prepayment than traditional
fixed-rate mortgage loans. In addition, any future limitations on the right of
borrowers to deduct interest payments on home equity loans for federal income
tax purposes may further increase the rate of prepayments of the Loans. The
enforcement of a "due-on-sale" provision (as described below) will have the same
effect as a prepayment of the related Loan. We refer you to "Legal Aspects of
the Loans-Due-on-Sale Clauses." In addition, the Servicer and its affiliates
periodically conduct mass mailings to their existing customers with respect to
the refinancing of existing mortgage loans. Although these marketing efforts are
not specifically directed to customers who have mortgage loans included in a
trust fund, these customers may receive the marketing materials as part of a
broader mailing, which may result in an increase in the rate of prepayments of
mortgage loans included in a trust fund through refinancings. The yield to an
investor who purchases securities in the secondary market at a price other than
par will vary from the anticipated yield if the rate of prepayment on the Loans
is actually different than the rate anticipated by the investor at the time the
securities were purchased.
Collections on Revolving Credit Line Loans may vary because, among other
things, borrowers may (1) make payments during any month as low as the minimum
monthly payment for that month or, during the interest-only period for some
Revolving Credit Line Loans with respect to which an interest-only payment
option has been selected, the interest and the fees and charges for that month
or (2) make payments as high as the entire outstanding principal balance plus
accrued interest and the fees and charges thereon. It is possible that borrowers
may fail to make the required periodic payments. In addition, collections on the
Loans may vary due to seasonal purchasing and the payment habits of borrowers.
To the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement, conventional
Loans will contain due-on-sale provisions permitting the mortgagee to accelerate
the maturity of the loan upon sale or some transfers by the borrower of the
related mortgaged property. Loans insured by the FHA, and Loans on Single Family
Properties partially guaranteed by the VA, are assumable with the consent of the
FHA and the VA, respectively. Thus, the rate of prepayments on these Loans may
be lower than that of conventional Loans bearing comparable interest rates. The
Servicer generally will enforce any due-on-sale or due-on-encumbrance clause, to
the extent it has knowledge of the conveyance or further encumbrance or the
proposed conveyance or proposed further encumbrance of the mortgaged property
and reasonably believes that it is entitled to do so under applicable law;
provided, however, that the Servicer will not take any enforcement action that
would impair or threaten to impair any recovery under any related insurance
policy. We refer you to "The Agreements--Collection Procedures" and "Legal
Aspects of the Loans" for a description of some provisions of each Agreement and
some legal developments that may affect the prepayment experience on the Loans.
The rate of prepayments on conventional mortgage loans has fluctuated
significantly in recent years. In general, if prevailing rates fall
significantly below the interest rates borne by the Loans, the Loans are more
likely to be subject to higher prepayment rates than if prevailing interest
rates remain at or above those interest rates. Conversely, if prevailing
interest rates rise appreciably above the interest rates borne by the Loans, the
Loans are more likely to experience a lower prepayment rate than if prevailing
rates remain at or below those Loan interest rates. However, there can be no
assurance that this will be the case.
39
<PAGE>
When a full prepayment is made on a Loan, the borrower is charged interest
on the principal amount of the Loan so prepaid only for the number of days in
the month actually elapsed up to the date of the prepayment, rather than for a
full month. The effect of prepayments in full will be to reduce the amount of
interest passed through or paid in the following month to holders of securities
because interest on the principal amount of any Loan so prepaid will generally
be paid only to the date of prepayment. Partial prepayments in a given month may
be applied to the outstanding principal balances of the Loans so prepaid on the
first day of the month of receipt or the month following receipt. In the latter
case, partial prepayments will not reduce the amount of interest passed through
or paid in that month. Prepayments will be passed through or paid as described
in the related prospectus supplement.
Even assuming that the mortgaged properties provide adequate security for
the Loans, substantial delays could be encountered in connection with the
liquidation of defaulted Loans and corresponding delays in the receipt of
related proceeds by securityholders could occur. An action to foreclose on a
mortgaged property securing a Loan is regulated by state statutes and rules and
is subject to many of the delays and expenses of other lawsuits if defenses or
counterclaims are interposed, sometimes requiring several years to complete.
Furthermore. in some states an action to obtain a deficiency judgment is not
permitted following a nonjudicial sale of a property. In the event of a default
by a borrower, these restrictions among other things, may impede the ability of
the Servicer to foreclose on or sell the mortgaged property or to obtain
Liquidation Proceeds sufficient to repay all amounts due on the related Loan. In
addition, the Servicer will be entitled to deduct from related Liquidation
Proceeds all expenses reasonably incurred in attempting to recover amounts due
on defaulted Loans and not yet repaid, including payments to senior lienholders,
legal fees and costs of legal action, real estate taxes and maintenance and
preservation expenses.
Liquidation expenses for defaulted mortgage loans do not vary directly with
the outstanding principal balance of the loan at the time of default. Therefore,
assuming that a Servicer took the same steps in realizing upon a defaulted
mortgage loan having a small remaining principal balance as it would in the case
of a defaulted mortgage loan having a large remaining principal balance, the
amount realized after expenses of liquidation would be smaller as a percentage
of the remaining principal balance of the small mortgage loan than would be the
case with the other defaulted mortgage loan having a large remaining principal
balance.
Applicable state laws generally regulate interest rates and other charges,
require specified disclosures, and require licensing of some originators and
servicers of loans. In addition, most have other laws, public policy and general
principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers, unfair and
deceptive practices and practices which may apply to the origination, servicing
and collection of the Loans. Depending on the provisions of the applicable law
and the specific facts and circumstances involved, violations of these laws,
policies and principles may limit the ability of the Servicer to collect all or
part of the principal of or interest on the Loans, may entitle the borrower to a
refund of amounts previously paid and, in addition, could subject the Servicer
to damages and administrative sanctions.
If the rate at which interest is passed through or paid to the holders of
securities of a series is calculated on a Loan-by-Loan basis, disproportionate
principal prepayments among loans with different interest rates will affect the
yield on those securities. In most cases, the effective yield to securityholders
will be lower than the yield otherwise produced by the applicable Pass-Through
Rate or interest rate and purchase price, because while interest will accrue on
each Loan in each month, the distribution of interest will not be made earlier
than the month following the month of accrual.
Under some circumstances, the Servicer, the holders of the residual
interests in a REMIC or any person specified in the related prospectus
supplement may have the option to purchase the assets of a trust fund thereby
causing earlier retirement of the related series of securities. We refer you to
"The Agreements--Termination; Optional Termination."
The relative contribution of the various factors affecting prepayment may
vary from time to time. There can be no assurance as to the rate of payment of
principal of the Trust Fund Assets at any time or over the lives of the
securities.
The prospectus supplement relating to a series of securities will discuss
in greater detail the effect of the rate and timing of principal payments
(including prepayments), delinquencies and losses on the yield, weighted average
lives and maturities of those securities.
40
<PAGE>
THE AGREEMENTS
Set forth below is a description of the material provisions of each
Agreement which is not described elsewhere in this prospectus. The description
is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of
each Agreement. Where particular provisions or terms used in the Agreements are
referred to, the provisions or terms are as specified in the Agreements.
Assignment of the Trust Fund Assets
Conveyance of the Loans. At the time of issuance of the securities of a
series, the Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the related trust fund to
be conveyed to the Trustee, without recourse, together with all principal and
interest received by or on behalf of the Depositor on or with respect to those
Loans after the Cut-off Date, other than principal and interest due on or before
the Cut-off Date and other than any Retained Interest specified in the related
prospectus supplement. The Trustee will, concurrently with the conveyance,
deliver the securities to the Depositor in exchange for the Loans. Each Loan
will be identified in a schedule appearing as an exhibit to the related
Agreement. This schedule will include information as to the outstanding
principal balance of each Loan after application of payments due on or before
the Cut-off Date, as well as information regarding the interest rate or Annual
Percentage Rate ("APR"), the maturity of the Loan, the Combined Loan-to-Value
Ratio at origination and other specified information.
The Agreement will require that, within the time period specified therein,
the Depositor will also deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee (or to
the custodian hereinafter referred to) as to each Mortgage Loan or Revolving
Credit Line Loan, among other things:
o the mortgage note or contract endorsed without recourse in blank or to
the order of the Trustee,
o the mortgage, deed of trust or similar instrument (a "Mortgage") with
evidence of recording indicated thereon (except for any Mortgage not
returned from the public recording office, in which case the Depositor
will deliver or cause to be delivered a copy of the Mortgage together
with a certificate that the original of the Mortgage was delivered to
that recording office),
o an assignment of the Mortgage to the Trustee, which assignment will be
in recordable form in the case of a Mortgage assignment,
o other assignments deemed necessary by the Trustee, including
assignments of title insurance policies covering the mortgaged
properties, and
o other security documents, including those relating to any senior
interests in the mortgaged property, as may be specified in the
related prospectus supplement or the related Agreement.
The Trustee (or the custodian hereinafter referred to) will review these
Loan documents within the time period specified in the related prospectus
supplement after receipt thereof, and the Trustee will hold those documents in
trust for the benefit of the related securityholders. If any Loan document is
found to be missing or defective in any material respect, the Trustee (or the
custodian) will notify the Servicer and the Depositor, and the Servicer will
notify the related Seller. If the Seller cannot cure the omission or defect
within the time period specified in the related prospectus supplement after
receipt of the notice, the Seller will be obligated to either (1) purchase the
related Loan from the trust fund at the Purchase Price or (2) if so specified in
the related prospectus supplement, remove the Loan from the trust fund and
substitute in its place one or more other Loans that meets the requirements set
forth in the related Agreement and described in the related prospectus
supplement. There can be no assurance that a Seller will fulfill this purchase
or substitution obligation. Although the Servicer may be obligated to enforce
this obligation to the extent described above under "Loan Program--
Representations by Sellers; Repurchases," neither the Servicer nor the Depositor
will be obligated to purchase or replace the Loan if the Seller defaults on its
obligation, unless the breach also constitutes a breach of the representations
or warranties of the Servicer or the Depositor, as the case may be. This
obligation to cure, purchase or substitute constitutes the sole remedy available
to the securityholders or the Trustee for omission of, or a material defect in,
a constituent document.
41
<PAGE>
The Trustee will be authorized to appoint a custodian pursuant to a
custodial agreement to maintain possession of and, if applicable, to review the
documents relating to the Loans as agent of the Trustee.
The Servicer will make representations and warranties regarding its
authority to enter into, and its ability to perform its obligations under, the
Agreement. Upon a breach of any representation of the Servicer which materially
and adversely affects the interests of the securityholders in a Loan, the
Servicer will be obligated either to cure the breach in all material respects or
to purchase (at the Purchase Price) or if so specified in the related prospectus
supplement, replace the Loan. This obligation to cure, purchase or substitute
constitutes the sole remedy available to the securityholders or the Trustee for
a breach of a representation by the Servicer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, no purchase or substitution of a
Loan will be made for a trust fund which has made a REMIC election if the
purchase or substitution would result in a prohibited transaction tax under the
Code.
No Recourse to Sellers; Depositor or Servicer. As described above under
"--Conveyance of the Loans," the Depositor will cause the Loans comprising the
related trust fund to be conveyed to the Trustee, without recourse. However,
each Seller (and Equity One, where the Seller is a subsidiary of Equity One)
will be obligated to repurchase or substitute for any Loan as to which certain
representations and warranties are breached or for failure to deliver certain
documents relating to the Loans as described herein under "--Conveyance of the
Loans" and "Loan Program--Representations by Sellers; Repurchases." In addition,
the Servicer and the Depositor will be obligated to purchase or substitute for
any Loan as to which certain representations and warranties are breached as
described herein under "--Conveyance of the Loans." These obligations to
purchase or substitute constitute the sole remedy available to the
securityholders of the related series or the Trustee for a breach of any
representation or failure to deliver a constituent document.
Payments on Loans; Deposits to Security Account
The Servicer will establish and maintain or cause to be established and
maintained for the related trust fund a separate account or accounts for the
collection of payments on the related Trust Fund Assets in the trust fund (the
"Security Account") which must be one of the following:
o maintained with a depository institution the debt obligations of which
(or in the case of a depository institution that is the principal
subsidiary of a holding company, the obligations of which) are rated
in one of the two highest rating categories by the Rating Agency or
Rating Agencies that rated one or more classes of the related series
of securities,
o an account or accounts the deposits in which are fully insured by the
Bank Insurance Fund (the "BIF") of the FDIC or the Savings Association
Insurance Fund (as successor to the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance
Corporation (the "SAIF"),
o an account or accounts the deposits in which are insured by the BIF or
the SAIF (to the limits established by the FDIC), and the uninsured
deposits in which are otherwise secured so that, as evidenced by an
opinion of counsel, the securityholders have a claim on the funds in
the Security Account or a perfected first priority security interest
against any collateral securing these funds that is superior to the
claims of any other depositors or general creditors of the depository
institution with which the Security Account is maintained, or
o an account or accounts otherwise acceptable to each Rating Agency.
The collateral eligible to secure amounts in the Security Account is
limited to Permitted Investments. A Security Account may be maintained as an
interest-bearing account or the funds held therein may be invested pending each
succeeding Distribution Date in Permitted Investments. The Servicer or its
designee will be entitled to receive any interest or other income earned on
funds in the Security Account as additional compensation and will be obligated
to deposit in the Security Account the amount of any loss immediately as
realized. The Security Account may be maintained with the Servicer or with a
depository institution that is an affiliate of the Servicer, provided it meets
the standards set forth above.
42
<PAGE>
The Servicer will deposit or cause to be deposited in the Security Account
for each trust fund, to the extent applicable and provided in the Agreement, the
following payments and collections received or advances made by or on behalf of
it subsequent to the Cut-off Date (other than payments due on or before the
Cut-off Date and exclusive of any amounts representing Retained Interest):
o all payments on account of principal, including Principal Prepayments
and, if specified in the related prospectus supplement, any applicable
prepayment penalties, on the Loans,
o all payments on account of interest on the Loans, net of applicable
servicing compensation,
o all proceeds (net of unreimbursed payments of property taxes,
insurance premiums and similar items ("Insured Expenses") incurred,
and unreimbursed Advances made, by the Servicer, if any) of the hazard
insurance policies and any primary mortgage insurance policies, to the
extent these proceeds are not applied to the restoration of the
property or released to the mortgagor in accordance with the
Servicer's normal servicing procedures (collectively, "Insurance
Proceeds") and all other cash amounts (net of unreimbursed expenses
incurred in connection with liquidation or foreclosure ("Liquidation
Expenses") and unreimbursed Advances made, by the Servicer, if any)
received and retained in connection with the liquidation of defaulted
Loans, by foreclosure or otherwise ("Liquidation Proceeds"), together
with any net proceeds received on a monthly basis on any properties
acquired on behalf of the securityholders by foreclosure or deed in
lieu of foreclosure,
o all proceeds of any Loan or property in respect thereof purchased by
the Servicer, the Depositor or any Seller as described under "Loan
Program--Representations by Sellers, Repurchases" or "--Assignment of
the Trust Fund Assets" and all proceeds of any Loan repurchased as
described under "--Termination; Optional Termination,"
o all payments required to be deposited in the Security Account in order
to satisfy any deductible clause in any blanket insurance policy
described under "--Hazard Insurance,"
o any amount required to be deposited by the Servicer in connection with
losses realized on investments for the benefit of the Servicer of
funds held in the Security Account and, to the extent specified in the
related prospectus supplement, any payments required to be made by the
Servicer in connection with prepayment interest shortfalls, and
o all other amounts required to be deposited in the Security Account
pursuant to the Agreement.
The Servicer (or the Depositor, as applicable) may from time to time direct
the institution that maintains the Security Account to withdraw funds from the
Security Account for the following purposes:
o to pay to the Servicer the servicing fees described in the related
prospectus supplement, the Servicing Fees (subject to reduction) and,
as additional servicing compensation, earnings on or investment income
on funds in the amounts in the Security Account credited thereto,
o to reimburse the Servicer for Advances, this right of reimbursement
for any Loan being limited to amounts received that represent late
recoveries of payments of principal and/or interest on the Loan (or
Insurance Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds with respect thereto) with
respect to which that Advance was made,
o to reimburse the Servicer for any Advances previously made which the
Servicer has determined to be nonrecoverable,
o to reimburse the Servicer from Insurance Proceeds for expenses
incurred by the Servicer and covered by the related insurance
policies,
o to reimburse the Servicer for unpaid Servicing Fees and unreimbursed
out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Servicer in the
performance of its servicing obligations, the right of reimbursement
being limited to amounts received representing late recoveries of the
payments for which the advances were made,
o to pay to the Servicer, for each Loan or property acquired in respect
thereof that has been purchased by the Servicer pursuant to the
Agreement, all amounts received thereon and not taken into account in
determining the principal balance of the repurchased Loan,
43
<PAGE>
o to reimburse the Servicer or the Depositor for expenses incurred and
reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement,
o to withdraw any amount deposited in the Security Account and not
required to be deposited therein, and
o to clear and terminate the Security Account upon termination of the
Agreement.
In addition, on or prior to the business day immediately preceding each
Distribution Date, the Servicer shall withdraw from the Security Account the
amount of Available Funds, to the extent on deposit, for deposit in an account
maintained by the Trustee for the related series of securities.
Pre-Funding Account
If so provided in the related prospectus supplement, the Servicer will
establish and maintain a Pre-Funding Account, in the name of the related Trustee
on behalf of the related securityholders, into which the Depositor will deposit
cash in an amount (the "Pre-Funded Amount") specified in the related prospectus
supplement on the related Closing Date. The Pre-Funding Account will be
maintained with the Trustee for the related series of securities and is designed
solely to hold funds to be applied by the Trustee during the period from the
related Closing Date to a date specified in the related prospectus supplement
(the "Funding Period") to pay to the Depositor the purchase price for subsequent
Loans ("Subsequent Loans") acquired as Trust Fund Assets. Subsequent Loans will
be required to conform to the requirements set forth in the related Agreement
and described in the related prospectus supplement. Monies on deposit in the
Pre-Funding Account will not be available to cover losses on or in respect of
the related Loans. The Pre-Funded Amount will not exceed 25% of the initial
aggregate principal amount of the Certificates and Notes of the related series.
The Pre-Funded Amount will be used by the related Trustee to purchase Subsequent
Loans from the Depositor from time to time during the Funding Period. The
Funding Period, if any, for a trust fund will begin on the related Closing Date
and will end on the date specified in the related prospectus supplement, which
in no event will be later than the date that is the earliest to occur of. (1)
the date the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account is less than the
minimum dollar amount specified in the related Agreement; (2) the date on which
an event of default occurs under the related Agreement, or (3) the date which is
the later of three months or 90 days after the related Closing Date. Monies on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account may be invested in Permitted Investments
under the circumstances and in the manner described in the related Agreement.
Earnings on investment of funds in the Pre-Funding Account will be deposited
into the related Security Account or another trust account specified in the
related prospectus supplement and losses will be charged against the funds on
deposit in the Pre-Funding Account. Any amounts remaining in the Pre-Funding
Account at the end of the Funding Period will be distributed to the related
securityholders in the manner and priority specified in the related prospectus
supplement, as a prepayment of principal of the related securities.
In addition, if so provided in the related prospectus supplement, on the
related Closing Date the Depositor will deposit in an account (the "Capitalized
Interest Account") cash in the amount necessary to cover shortfalls in interest
on the related series of securities that may arise as a result of utilization of
the Pre-Funding Account as described above. The Capitalized Interest Account
shall be maintained with the Trustee for the related series of securities and is
designed solely to cover the above-mentioned interest shortfalls. Monies on
deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account will not be available to cover
losses on or in respect of the related Loans. To the extent that the entire
amount on deposit in the Capitalized Interest Account has not been applied to
cover shortfalls in interest on the related series of securities by the end of
the Funding Period any amounts remaining in the Capitalized Interest Account
will be paid to the Depositor.
Sub-Servicing by Sellers
Each Seller of a Loan or any other servicing entity may act as the
Sub-Servicer for the Loan pursuant to an agreement (each, a "Sub-Servicing
Agreement"), which will not contain any terms inconsistent with the related
Agreement. While each Sub-Servicing Agreement will be a contract solely between
the Servicer and the Sub-Servicer, the Agreement pursuant to which a series of
securities is issued will provide that, if for any reason the Servicer for the
series of securities is no longer the Servicer of the related Loans, the Trustee
or any successor Servicer must recognize the Sub-Servicer's rights and
obligations under the Sub-Servicing Agreement. Notwithstanding any sub-servicing
arrangement, unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, the
44
<PAGE>
Servicer will remain liable for its servicing duties and obligations under the
Master Servicing Agreement as if the Servicer alone were servicing the Loans.
Collection Procedures
The Servicer, directly or through one or more Sub-Servicers, will make
reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for under the Loans and will,
consistent with each Agreement and any pool insurance policy, primary mortgage
insurance policy, FHA insurance, VA guaranty, bankruptcy bond or alternative
arrangements, follow collection procedures that are customary for loans
comparable to the Loans. Consistent with the above, the Servicer may, in its
discretion, (1) waive any assumption fee. late payment or other charge in
connection with a Loan and (2) to the extent not inconsistent with the coverage
of the Loan by a pool insurance policy, primary mortgage insurance policy, FHA
insurance, V A bond or alternative arrangements, if applicable, arrange with a
borrower a schedule for the liquidation of delinquencies running for no more
than 125 days after the applicable due date for each payment. To the extent the
Servicer is obligated to make or cause to be made Advances, the obligation will
remain during any period of this arrangement.
In any case in which property securing a Loan has been, or is about to be,
conveyed by the mortgagor or obligor, the Servicer will, to the extent it has
knowledge of the conveyance or proposed conveyance, exercise or cause to be
exercised its rights to accelerate the maturity of the Loan under any
due-on-sale clause applicable thereto, but only if the exercise of these rights
is permitted by applicable law and will not impair or threaten to impair any
recovery under any primary mortgage insurance policy. If these conditions are
not met or if the Servicer reasonably believes it is unable under applicable law
to enforce the due-on-sale clause or if the Loan is a mortgage loan insured by
the FHA or partially guaranteed by the VA, the Servicer will enter into or cause
to be entered into an assumption and modification agreement with the person to
whom the property has been or is about to be conveyed, pursuant to which that
person becomes liable for repayment of the Loan and, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, the mortgagor remains liable thereon. Any fee collected by or on
behalf of the Servicer for entering into an assumption agreement will be
retained by or on behalf of the Servicer as additional servicing compensation.
We refer you to "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans--Due-on-Sale Clauses." In
connection with any of this type, the terms of the related Loan may not be
changed.
Hazard Insurance
Except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, the
Servicer will require the mortgagor or obligor on each Loan to maintain a hazard
insurance policy providing for no less than the coverage of the standard form of
fire insurance policy with extended coverage customary for the type of mortgaged
property in the state in which that mortgaged property is located. Except as
otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, this coverage will be
in an amount equal to at least the lesser of
o the sum of the original principal balance of the Loan and the original
principal balance of any other loan on the mortgaged property having
lien priority over the Loan, if any, and
o the greater of
o the maximum insurable value of the improvements on the mortgaged
property and
o an amount sufficient to ensure that the proceeds of the policy
will prevent the mortgagor and/or the mortgagee from becoming a
co-insurer.
All amounts collected by the Servicer under any hazard policy (except for
amounts to be applied to the restoration or repair of the mortgaged property or
released to the mortgagor or obligor in accordance with the Servicer's normal
servicing procedures) will be deposited in the related Security Account. In the
event that the Servicer maintains a blanket policy insuring against hazard
losses on all the Loans comprising part of a trust fund, it will conclusively be
deemed to have satisfied its obligation relating to the maintenance of hazard
insurance. This blanket policy may contain a deductible clause, in which case
the Servicer will be required to deposit from its own funds into the related
Security Account the amounts which would have been deposited therein but for
this clause.
45
<PAGE>
In general, the standard form of fire and extended coverage policy covers
physical damage to or destruction of the improvements securing a Loan by fire,
lightning, explosion, smoke, windstorm and halt, riot, strike and civil
commotion, subject to the conditions and exclusions particularized in each
policy. Although the policies relating to the Loans may have been underwritten
by different insurers under different state laws in accordance with different
applicable forms and therefore may not contain identical terms and conditions,
the basic terms thereof are dictated by respective state laws, and most of these
policies do not cover any physical damage resulting from the following: war,
revolution, governmental actions, floods and other water-related causes, earth
movement (including earthquakes, landslides and mud flows), nuclear reactions,
wet or dry rot, vermin, rodents, insects or domestic animals, theft and, in
certain cases, vandalism. The foregoing list is merely indicative of certain
kinds of uninsured risks and is not intended to be all inclusive. If the
mortgaged property securing a Loan is located in a federally designated special
flood area at the time of origination, the Servicer will require the mortgagor
or obligor to obtain and maintain flood insurance.
The hazard insurance policy covering each mortgaged property securing each
Loan typically contains a clause which in effect requires the insured at all
times to carry insurance in an amount which is the lesser of (1) the replacement
value of the mortgaged property or (2) the principal amount of the Loan. Most
insurance policies provide that if the insured's coverage falls below a
specified percentage (usually 80% to 90%), then the insurer's liability in the
event of partial loss will not exceed the larger of (1) the actual cash value
(generally defined as replacement cost at the time and place of loss, less
physical depreciation) of the improvements damaged or destroyed or (2) the same
proportion of the loss as the amount of insurance carried bears to the specified
percentage of the full replacement cost of these improvements. Since the amount
of hazard insurance the Servicer may cause to be maintained on the improvements
securing the Loans declines as the principal balances owing thereon decrease,
and since improved real estate generally has appreciated in value over time in
the past, the effect of this requirement in the event of partial loss may be
that hazard insurance proceeds will be insufficient to restore fully the damaged
property. If specified in the related prospectus supplement, a special hazard
insurance policy will be obtained to insure against certain of the uninsured
risks described above. We refer you to "Credit Enhancement."
If the mortgaged property securing a defaulted Loan is damaged and
proceeds, if any, from the related hazard insurance policy are insufficient to
restore the damaged mortgaged property, the Servicer is not required to expend
its own funds to restore the damaged mortgaged property unless it determines (1)
that the restoration will increase the proceeds to securityholders on
liquidation of the Loan after reimbursement of the Servicer for its expenses and
(2) that these expenses will be recoverable by it from related Insurance
Proceeds or Liquidation Proceeds.
If recovery on a defaulted Loan under any related insurance policy is not
available for the reasons set forth in the preceding paragraph, or if the
defaulted Loan is not covered by an insurance policy, the Servicer will be
obligated to follow or cause to be followed normal practices and procedures that
it deems necessary or advisable to realize upon the defaulted Loan. If the
proceeds of any liquidation of the mortgaged property securing the defaulted
Loan are less than the principal balance of the Loan plus interest accrued
thereon that is payable to securityholders, the trust fund will realize a loss
in the amount of the difference plus the aggregate of expenses incurred by the
Servicer in connection with these proceedings and which are reimbursable under
the Agreement. In the unlikely event that any proceedings result in a total
recovery which is, after reimbursement to the Servicer of its expenses, in
excess of the principal balance of the Loan plus interest accrued thereon that
is payable to securityholders, the Servicer will be entitled to withdraw or
retain from the Security Account amounts representing its normal servicing
compensation for the Loan and amounts representing the balance of the excess,
exclusive of any amount required by law to be forwarded to the related borrower,
as additional servicing compensation.
If the Servicer or its designee recovers Insurance Proceeds which, when
added to any related Liquidation Proceeds and after deduction of certain
expenses reimbursable to the Servicer, exceed the principal balance of a Loan
plus interest accrued thereon that is payable to securityholders, the Servicer
will be entitled to withdraw or retain from the Security Account amounts
representing its normal servicing compensation resulting from that Loan. In the
event that the Servicer has expended its own funds to restore the damaged
mortgaged property and these funds have not been reimbursed under the related
hazard insurance policy, it will be entitled to withdraw from the Security
Account out of related Liquidation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds an amount
equal to the expenses incurred by it, in which event the trust fund may realize
a loss up to the amount so charged. Since Insurance Proceeds cannot exceed
deficiency claims and certain expenses incurred by the Servicer, no payment or
recovery will result in a
46
<PAGE>
recovery to the trust fund which exceeds the principal balance of the defaulted
Loan together with accrued interest thereon. We refer you to "Credit
Enhancement."
The proceeds from any liquidation of a Loan will be applied in the
following order of priority:
o first, to reimburse the Servicer for any unreimbursed expenses
incurred by it to restore the related mortgaged property and any
unreimbursed servicing compensation payable to the Servicer relating
to the Loan,
o second, to reimburse the Servicer for any unreimbursed Advances
relating to the Loan,
o third, to accrued and unpaid interest (to the extent no Advance has
been made for this amount) on the Loan; and fourth, as a recovery of
principal of the Loan.
Realization Upon Defaulted Loans
FHA Insurance, VA Guaranties. Loans designated in the related prospectus
supplement as insured by the FHA will be insured by the FHA as authorized under
the United States Housing Act of 1937, as amended. In addition to the Title I
Program of the FHA (see "Certain Legal Aspects of the Loans--Title I Program")
certain Loans will be insured under various FHA programs including the standard
FHA 203(b) program to finance the acquisition of one- to four-family housing
units and the FHA 245 graduated payment mortgage program. These programs
generally limit the principal amount and interest rates of the mortgage loans
insured. Loans insured by FHA generally require a minimum down payment of
approximately 5% of the original principal amount of the loan. No FHA-insured
Loans relating to a series may have an interest rate or original principal
amount exceeding the applicable FHA limits at the time of origination of the
Loan.
Loans designated in the related prospectus supplement as guaranteed by the
VA will be partially guaranteed by the VA under the Serviceman's Readjustment
Act of 1944, as amended. The Serviceman's Readjustment Act of 1944, as amended,
permits a veteran (or in certain instances the spouse of a veteran) to obtain a
mortgage loan guaranty by the VA covering a portion of the mortgage financing
for the purchase or refinancing of a dwelling to be used as the veteran's home
at interest rates permitted by the VA. Loans made under the program cannot
exceed the reasonable value of the property or certain lower limits in the case
of refinancing loans. The program requires no down payment from the purchaser
and permits the guaranty of mortgage loans of up to 30 years' duration. No Loan
guaranteed by the VA will have an original principal amount greater than five
times the partial VA guaranty for the Loan. The maximum guaranty that may be
issued by the VA under a VA guaranteed mortgage loan depends upon the original
principal amount of the mortgage loan, as further described in 38 United States
Code Section 3703, as amended.
Primary Mortgage Insurance Policies. If so specified in the related
prospectus supplement. the Servicer will maintain or cause to be maintained, as
the case may be, in full force and effect, a primary mortgage insurance policy
with regard to each Loan for which the coverage is required. Primary mortgage
insurance policies reimburse certain losses sustained by reason of defaults in
payments by borrowers. The Servicer will not cancel or refuse to renew any
primary mortgage insurance policy in effect at the time of the initial issuance
of a series of securities that is required to be kept in force under the
applicable Agreement unless the replacement primary mortgage insurance policy
for a cancelled or nonrenewed policy is maintained with an insurer whose
claims-paying ability is sufficient to maintain the current rating of the
classes of securities of that series that have been rated.
Servicing and Other Compensation and Payment of Expenses
The principal servicing compensation to be paid to the Servicer in respect
of its servicing activities for each series of securities will be equal to the
percentage per annum described in the related prospectus supplement (which may
vary under certain circumstances) of the outstanding principal balance of each
Loan, and this compensation will be retained by it from collections of interest
on the Loan in the related trust fund (the "Servicing Fee"). As compensation for
its servicing duties, a Sub-Servicer or, if there is no Sub-Servicer, the
Servicer will be entitled to a monthly servicing fee as described in the related
prospectus supplement. In addition, the Servicer or Sub-Servicer will retain all
prepayment charges, assumption fees and late payment charges, to the extent
collected from borrowers, and any benefit that may accrue as a result of the
investment of funds in the applicable Security Account.
47
<PAGE>
The Servicer will pay or cause to be paid certain ongoing expenses
associated with each trust fund and incurred by it in connection with its
responsibilities under the related Agreement, including, without limitation,
payment of any fee or other amount payable in respect of any credit enhancement
arrangements, payment of the fees and disbursements of the Trustee, any
custodian appointed by the Trustee, the certificate registrar and any paying
agent, and payment of expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of
Sub-Servicers and Sellers. The Servicer will be entitled to reimbursement of
expenses incurred in enforcing the obligations of Sub-Servicers and Sellers
under certain limited circumstances.
Evidence as to Compliance
Each Agreement will provide that on or before a specified date in each
year, a firm of independent public accountants will furnish a statement to the
Trustee to the effect that, on the basis of the examination by that firm
conducted substantially in compliance with the Uniform Single Attestation
Program for Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced for the
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("FHLMC" or "Freddie Mac"), the servicing
by or on behalf of the Servicer of mortgage loans or private asset-backed
securities, or under pooling and servicing agreements substantially similar to
each other (including the related Agreement) was conducted in compliance with
these agreements except for any significant exceptions or errors in records
that, in the opinion of the firm, the Audit Program for Mortgages serviced for
FHLMC, or the Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers, it is
required to report. In rendering its statement the firm may rely, as to matters
relating to the direct servicing of Loans by Sub-Servicers, upon comparable
statements for examinations conducted substantially in compliance with the
Uniform Single Attestation Program for Mortgage Bankers or the Audit Program for
Mortgages serviced for FHLMC (rendered within one year of the statement) of
firms of independent public accountants with respect to the related
Sub-Servicer.
Each Agreement will also provide for delivery to the Trustee, on or before
a specified date in each year, of an annual statement signed by two officers of
the Servicer to the effect that the Servicer has fulfilled its obligations under
the Agreement throughout the preceding year.
Copies of the annual accountants' statement and the statement of officers
of the Servicer may be obtained by securityholders of the related series without
charge upon written request to the Servicer at the address set forth in the
related prospectus supplement.
Certain Matters Regarding the Servicer and the Depositor
The Servicer under each Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Master Servicing
Agreement, as applicable, will be named in the related prospectus supplement.
The entity serving as Servicer may have normal business relationships with the
Depositor or the Depositor's affiliates.
Each Agreement will provide that the Servicer may not resign from its
obligations and duties under the Agreement except upon a determination that its
duties thereunder are no longer permissible under applicable law. The Servicer
may, however, be removed from its obligations and duties as set forth in the
Agreement. No resignation will become effective until the Trustee or a successor
servicer has assumed the Servicer's obligations and duties under the Agreement.
Each Agreement will further provide that neither the Servicer, the
Depositor nor any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Servicer or the
Depositor will be under any liability to the related trust fund or
securityholders for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any
action in good faith pursuant to the Agreement, or for errors in judgment;
provided, however, that neither the Servicer, the Depositor nor any director,
officer, employee, or agent of the Servicer or the Depositor will be protected
against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful
misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties
thereunder or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties
thereunder. Each Agreement will further provide that the Servicer, the Depositor
and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer or the Depositor
will be entitled to indemnification by the related trust fund and will be held
harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred in connection with any
legal action relating to the Agreement or the securities, other than any loss,
liability or expense related to any specific Loan or Loans (except any loss,
liability or expense otherwise reimbursable pursuant to the Agreement) and any
loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith
or gross negligence in the performance of duties thereunder or by reason of
reckless disregard
48
<PAGE>
of obligations and duties thereunder. In addition, each Agreement will provide
that neither the Servicer nor the Depositor will be under any obligation to
appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its
respective responsibilities under the Agreement and which in its opinion may
involve it in any expense or liability. The Servicer or the Depositor may,
however, in its discretion undertake any action which it may deem necessary or
desirable under the Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties thereto
and the interests of the securityholders thereunder. If this occurs, the legal
expenses and costs of the action and any liability resulting therefrom will be
expenses, costs and liabilities of the trust fund and the Servicer or the
Depositor, as the case may be, will be entitled to be reimbursed therefor out of
funds otherwise distributable to securityholders.
Except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, any
person into which the Servicer may be merged or consolidated, or any person
resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Servicer is a party, or
any person succeeding to the business of the Servicer, will be the successor of
the Servicer under each Agreement, provided that the person is qualified to sell
mortgage loans to, and service mortgage loans on behalf of, the Federal National
Mortgage Association ("FNMA" or "Fannie Mae") or FHLMC and further provided that
the merger, consolidation or succession does not adversely affect the then
current rating or ratings of the class or classes of securities of that series
that have been rated.
Events of Default; Rights Upon Event of Default
Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Master Servicing Agreement. Except as
otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, "Events of Default"
under each Agreement will consist of
o any failure by the Servicer to distribute or cause to be distributed
to securityholders of any class any required payment (other than an
Advance) which continues unremedied for five days after the giving of
written notice of failure to the Servicer by the Trustee or the
Depositor, or to the Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee by the
holders of securities of that class evidencing not less than 25% of
the total distributions allocated to that class ("Percentage
Interests"),
o any failure by the Servicer to make an Advance as required under the
Agreement, unless cured as specified therein,
o any failure by the Servicer duly to observe or perform in any material
respect any of its other covenants or agreements in the Agreement
which continues unremedied for thirty days after the giving of written
notice of failure to the Servicer by the Trustee or the Depositor, or
to the Servicer, the Depositor and the Trustee by the holders of
securities of any class evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate
Percentage Interests constituting that class, and
o certain events of insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of
assets and liabilities or similar proceedings and certain actions by
or on behalf of the Servicer indicating its insolvency, reorganization
or inability to pay its obligations.
If specified in the related prospectus supplement, the Agreement will
permit the Trustee to sell the Trust Fund Assets and the other assets of a trust
fund described under "Credit Enhancement" herein if payments from these sources
are insufficient to make all payments required in the Agreement. The assets of a
trust fund will be sold only under the circumstances and in the manner specified
in the related prospectus supplement.
Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, so long as
an event of default under an Agreement remains unremedied, the Depositor or the
Trustee may, and at the direction of holders of securities of any class
evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests under any
other circumstances specified in the Agreement, the Trustee will terminate all
of the rights and obligations of the Servicer under the Agreement relating to
that trust fund and in and to the related Trust Fund Assets, The Trustee will
then succeed to all of the responsibilities, duties and liabilities of the
Servicer under the Agreement, including, if specified in the related prospectus
supplement, the obligation to make Advances, and will be entitled to similar
compensation arrangements. If the Trustee is unwilling or unable so to act, it
may appoint, or petition a court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
of, a mortgage loan servicing institution with a net worth of at least
$10,000,000 to act as successor to the Servicer under the Agreement. Pending
this appointment, the Trustee is obligated to act as a successor to the
Servicer. The Trustee and any successor to the Servicer may agree upon the
servicing
49
<PAGE>
compensation to be paid, which in no event may be greater than the compensation
payable to the Servicer under the Agreement.
Unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, no
securityholder, solely by virtue of the holder's status as a securityholder,
will have any right under any Agreement to institute any proceeding relating to
the Agreement, unless the holder previously has given to the Trustee written
notice of default and unless the holders of securities of any class of that
series evidencing not less than 25% of the aggregate Percentage Interests
constituting the class have made a written request of the Trustee to institute
the proceeding in its own name as Trustee thereunder and have offered to the
Trustee reasonable indemnity, and the Trustee for 60 days has neglected or
refused to institute any proceeding.
Indenture. Except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus
supplement, events of default under the Indenture for each series of
asset-backed notes shall include:
o a default in the payment of any principal of or interest on any note
of that series which continues unremedied for five days after written
notice of default is given as specified in the related prospectus
supplement,
o failure to perform in any material respect any other covenant of the
Depositor or the trust fund in the Indenture which continues for a
period of thirty (30) days after notice thereof is given in accordance
with the procedures described in the related prospectus supplement,
o certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or liquidation
of the Depositor or the trust fund, or
o any other event of default provided for notes of that series including
but not limited to certain defaults on the part of the issuer, if any,
of a credit enhancement instrument supporting the notes.
If an event of default on the notes of any series at the time outstanding
occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of a majority of the
then aggregate outstanding amount of the notes of that series may declare the
principal amount (or, if the notes of that series have an interest rate of 0%,
the portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of that
series, as provided in the related prospectus supplement) of all the notes of
that series to be due and payable immediately. The declaration may, under
certain circumstances, be rescinded and annulled by the holders of more than 50%
of the Percentage Interests of the notes of that series.
If, following an event of default on any series of notes, the notes of that
series have been declared to be due and payable, the Trustee may, in its
discretion, notwithstanding acceleration, elect to maintain possession of the
collateral securing the notes of that series and to continue to apply
distributions on the collateral as if there had been no declaration of
acceleration if the collateral continues to provide sufficient funds for the
payment of principal of and interest on the notes of that series as they would
have become due if there had not been a declaration. In addition, the Trustee
may not sell or otherwise liquidate the collateral securing the notes of a
series following an event of default, other than a default in the payment of any
principal or interest on any notes of that series for five days or more, unless
(1) the holders of 100% of the Percentage Interests of the notes of that series
consent to the sale, (2) the proceeds of the sale or liquidation are sufficient
to pay in full the principal of and accrued interest, due and unpaid, on the
outstanding notes of that series at the date of the sale or (c) the Trustee
determines that the collateral would not be sufficient on an ongoing basis to
make all payments on the notes as these payments would have become due if the
notes had not been declared due and payable, and the Trustee obtains the consent
of the holders of 66% of the Percentage Interests of the notes of that series.
If the Trustee liquidates the collateral in connection with an event of
default involving a default for five days or more in the payment of principal of
or interest on the notes of a series, the Indenture provides that the Trustee
will have a prior lien on the proceeds of any liquidation for unpaid fees and
expenses. As a result, upon the occurrence of a payment-related event of
default, the amount available for distribution to the holders of notes would be
less than would otherwise be the case. However, the Trustee may not institute a
proceeding for the enforcement of its lien except in connection with a
proceeding for the enforcement of the lien of the Indenture for the benefit of
the holders of notes after the occurrence of this type of an event of default.
50
<PAGE>
Except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, in the
event the principal of the notes of a series is declared due and payable, as
described above, the holders of any notes issued at a discount from par may be
entitled to receive no more than the unpaid principal amount thereof less the
amount of the discount which is unamortized.
Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an event of default relating to a series of notes occurs and is
continuing, the Trustee will have no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the holders of
notes of that series, unless the holders offer to the Trustee security or
indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities which
might be incurred by it in complying with the request or direction. Subject to
these provisions for indemnification and certain limitations contained in the
Indenture, the holders of a majority of the then aggregate outstanding amount of
the notes of that series shall have the right to direct the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or
exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee relating to the notes of
that series, and the holders of a majority of the then aggregate outstanding
amount of the notes of that series may, in certain cases, waive any default with
respect thereto, except a default in the payment of principal or interest or a
default in respect of a covenant or provision of the Indenture that cannot be
modified without the waiver or consent of all the holders of the outstanding
notes of that series affected thereby.
Amendment
Except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, each
Agreement may be amended by the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee, with
the consent of the provider of credit enhancement for such series of securities,
if any, but without the consent of any of the securityholders, (1) to cure any
ambiguity; (2) to correct or supplement any provision therein which may be
defective or inconsistent with any other provision therein; or (3) to make any
other revisions relating to matters or questions arising under the Agreement
which are not inconsistent with the provisions thereof, provided that the
amendment will not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any
securityholder. An amendment will be deemed not to adversely affect in any
material respect the interests of the securityholders if the person requesting
the amendment obtains a letter from each Rating Agency requested to rate the
class or classes of securities of that series stating that the amendment will
not result in the downgrading or withdrawal of the respective ratings then
assigned to those securities. In addition, to the extent provided in the related
Agreement, an Agreement may be amended without the consent of any of the
securityholders to change the manner in which the Security Account is
maintained, provided that the change does not adversely affect the then current
rating on the class or classes of securities of that series that have been
rated. In addition, if a REMIC election is made for a trust fund, the related
Agreement may be amended to modify, eliminate or add to any of its provisions to
the extent necessary to maintain the qualification of the related trust fund as
a REMIC, provided that the Trustee has received an opinion of counsel to the
effect that the action is necessary or helpful to maintain qualification as a
REMIC. Except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus supplement, each
Agreement may also be amended by the Depositor, the Servicer and the Trustee
with consent of holders of securities of that series evidencing not less than
66% of the aggregate Percentage Interests of each class affected thereby for the
purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in an manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of the Agreement or of modifying in any manner the rights of
the holders of the related securities; provided, however, that no amendment may
(1) reduce in any manner the amount of or delay the timing of, payments received
on Loans which are required to be distributed on any security without the
consent of the holder of the security, or (2) reduce the aforesaid percentage of
securities of any class the holders of which are required to consent to the
amendment without the consent of the holders of all securities of that class
covered by the Agreement then outstanding. If a REMIC election is made for a
trust fund, the Trustee will not be entitled to consent to an amendment to the
related Agreement without having first received an opinion of counsel to the
effect that the amendment will not cause the trust fund to fail to qualify as a
REMIC.
Termination; Optional Termination
Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Trust Agreement. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Agreement, the obligations created by each Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and Trust Agreement for each series of certificates will
terminate upon the payment to the related holders of certificates of all amounts
held in the Security Account or by the Servicer and required to be paid to them
pursuant to that Agreement following the later of (1) the final payment of or
other liquidation of the last of the Trust Fund Assets subject thereto or the
disposition of all property
51
<PAGE>
acquired upon foreclosure of any Trust Fund Assets remaining in the trust fund
or (2) the purchase by the Servicer or, if REMIC treatment has been elected and
if specified in the related prospectus supplement, by the holder of the residual
interest in the REMIC from the related trust fund of all of the remaining Trust
Fund Assets and all property acquired in respect of those Trust Fund Assets.
Unless otherwise specified by the related prospectus supplement, any
purchase of Trust Fund Assets and property acquired in respect of Trust Fund
Assets evidenced by a series of asset-backed certificates will be made at the
option of the Servicer, the holders of certificates or, if applicable, a holder
of the REMIC residual interest, at a price specified in the related prospectus
supplement. The exercise of this right will effect early retirement of the
asset-backed certificates of that series, but the right of the Servicer, the
holders of certificates or, if applicable, a holder of the REMIC residual
interest, to so purchase is subject to the principal balance of the related
Trust Fund Assets being less than 5% of the aggregate principal balance of the
Trust Fund Assets at the Cut-off Date for the series. The foregoing is subject
to the provision that if a REMIC election is made for a trust fund, any purchase
pursuant to clause (2) above will be made only in connection with a "qualified
liquidation" of the REMIC within the meaning of Section 860F(a)(4) of the Code.
Indenture. The Indenture will be discharged for a series of notes (except
for certain continuing rights specified in the Indenture) upon the delivery to
the Trustee for cancellation of all the notes of that series or, with certain
limitations, upon deposit with the Trustee of funds sufficient for the payment
in full of all of the notes of that series.
The Indenture will also provide that, if so specified for the notes of any
series, the related trust fund will be discharged from any and all obligations
to the notes of that series (except for certain obligations relating to
temporary notes and exchanges of notes, to register the transfer of or exchange
notes of that series, to replace stolen, lost or mutilated notes of that series,
to maintain paying agencies and to hold monies for payment in trust) upon the
deposit with the Trustee, in trust, of money and/or direct obligations of or
obligations guaranteed by the United States which through the payment of
interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will
provide money in an amount sufficient to pay the principal of and each
installment of interest on the notes of that series on the last scheduled
Distribution Date for those notes and any installment of interest on those notes
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and the notes of that series. In
the event of any defeasance and discharge of notes of that series, holders of
notes of that series would be able to look only to that money and/or direct
obligations for payment of principal and interest, if any, on their notes until
maturity.
The Trustee
The Trustee under each Agreement will be named in the applicable prospectus
supplement. The commercial bank or trust company serving as Trustee may have
normal banking relationships with the Depositor, the Servicer and any of their
respective affiliates.
LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE LOANS
The following discussion contains summaries, which are general in nature,
of certain legal matters relating to the Loans. Because these legal aspects are
governed primarily by applicable state law (which laws may differ
substantially), the descriptions do not, except as expressly provided below,
reflect the laws of any particular jurisdiction, or encompass the laws of all
jurisdictions in which the security for the Loans is situated. The descriptions
are qualified in their entirety by reference to the applicable federal laws and
the appropriate laws of the jurisdictions in which Loans may be originated.
General
The Loans for a series may be secured by deeds of trust, mortgages,
security deeds or deeds to secure debt, depending upon the prevailing practice
in the state in which the property subject to the Loan is located. A mortgage
creates a lien upon the real property encumbered by the mortgage that is
generally not prior to the lien for real estate taxes and assessments. Priority
between mortgages depends on their terms and generally on the order of recording
with a state or county office. There are two parties to a mortgage, the
mortgagor, who is the borrower and owner of the mortgaged property, and the
mortgagee, who is the lender. Under the mortgage instrument, the mortgagor
52
<PAGE>
delivers to the mortgagee a note or bond and the mortgage. Although a deed of
trust is similar to a mortgage, a deed of trust formally has three parties, the
borrower-property owner called the trustor (similar to a mortgagor), a lender
(similar to a mortgagee) called the beneficiary, and a third-party grantee
called the trustee. Under a deed of trust, the borrower grants the property,
irrevocably until the debt is paid, in trust, generally with a power of sale, to
the trustee to secure payment of the obligation. A security deed and a deed to
secure debt are special types of deeds which indicate on their face that they
are granted to secure an underlying debt. By executing a security deed or deed
to secure debt, the grantor conveys title to, as opposed to merely creating a
lien upon, the subject property to the grantee until the underlying debt is
repaid. The trustee's authority under a deed of trust, the mortgagee's authority
under a mortgage and the grantee's authority under a security deed or deed to
secure debt are governed by law and, for some deeds of trust, the directions of
the beneficiary.
Foreclosure/Repossession
Deeds of Trust and Security Deeds. Foreclosure of a deed of trust or a
security deed is generally accomplished by a non-judicial sale under a specific
provision in the deed of trust or security deed which authorizes the trustee or
grantee to sell the property at public auction upon any default by borrower
under the terms of the note, deed of trust or security deed. In certain states,
foreclosure also may be accomplished by judicial sale in the manner provided for
foreclosure of mortgages.
Mortgages. Foreclosure of a mortgage is generally accomplished by judicial
action. The action is initiated by the service of legal pleadings upon all
parties having an interest in the real property.
Actions prior to Commencement of Foreclosure. Many states require notices,
sometimes in prescribed form, be given to borrowers prior to commencement of
foreclosure proceedings in addition to any notice requirements contained in the
mortgage or deed of trust. In some states, a notice of default must be recorded
and a copy sent to the borrower and any other party with an interest in the
property. In some states, the borrower has the right to reinstate the loan at
any time following default until shortly before the sale. If a deed of trust,
security deed or mortgage is not reinstated within any applicable cure period, a
notice of sale must be posted in a public place and, in most states, published
for a specific period of time in one or more newspapers. In addition, some state
laws require that a copy of the notice of sale be posted on the property and
sent to all parties having an interest of record in the real property.
Foreclosure Proceedings. In the case of foreclosure of a security deed,
deed of trust or mortgage, delays in completion of the foreclosure may
occasionally result from difficulties in locating necessary parties. Judicial
foreclosure proceedings are often not contested by any of the parties, but when
the mortgagee's right to foreclose is contested, the legal proceedings necessary
to resolve the issue can be time consuming. After completion of a judicial
foreclosure proceeding, the court generally issues a judgment of foreclosure and
the court either appoints or directs a referee, sheriff, or other court officer
to conduct the sale of the property. In some states, mortgages may also be
foreclosed by advertisement, pursuant to a power of sale provided in the
mortgage. Deeds of trust and security deeds are generally foreclosed by the
trustee or grantee in a non-judicial sale.
Although foreclosure sales are typically public sales, frequently no third
party purchaser bids in excess of the lender's lien because of the difficulty of
determining the exact status of title to the property, the possible
deterioration of the property during the foreclosure proceedings and a
requirement that the purchaser pay for the property in cash or by cashier's
check. Thus, the foreclosing lender often purchases the property from the
trustee, referee, sheriff, or other court officer, for an amount equal to the
principal amount outstanding under the loan, accrued and unpaid interest and the
expenses of foreclosure in which event the mortgagor's debt will be
extinguished. However, the lender may purchase for a lesser amount in some
jurisdictions which only require a minimum bid, or, in states where a deficiency
judgment is available, in order to preserve its right to seek a deficiency
judgment. Thereafter, subject to the right of the borrower in some states to
remain in possession during the redemption period, the lender will assume the
burden of ownership, including obtaining hazard insurance and making repairs
necessary to render the property suitable for sale at its own expense. The
lender will commonly obtain the services of a real estate broker and pay the
broker's commission in connection with the sale of the property. Depending upon
market conditions, the ultimate proceeds of the sale of the property may not
equal the lender's investment in the property. Any loss may be reduced by the
receipt of any mortgage guaranty insurance proceeds.
53
<PAGE>
Courts have imposed equitable principles upon foreclosure, which are
generally designed to mitigate the legal consequences to the borrower of the
borrower's default under the loan documents. Some courts have been faced with
the issue of whether federal or state constitutional provisions reflecting due
process concerns for fair notice require that borrowers under deeds of trust
receive notice longer than that prescribed by statute. For the most part, these
cases have upheld the notice provisions as being reasonable or have found that
the sale by a trustee under a deed of trust does not involve sufficient state
action to afford constitutional protection to the borrower.
Right of Redemption. In many states, the borrower, or any other person
having a junior encumbrance on the real estate, may, during a statutorily
prescribed reinstatement period, cure a monetary default by paying the entire
amount in arrears plus other designated costs and expenses incurred in enforcing
the obligation. Generally, state law controls the amount of foreclosure expenses
and costs, including attorney's fees, which may be recovered by a lender. After
the reinstatement period has expired without the default having been cured, the
borrower or junior lienholder no longer has the right to reinstate the loan and
must pay the loan in full to prevent the scheduled foreclosure sale.
When the beneficiary under a junior mortgage or deed of trust cures the
default and reinstates or redeems by paying the full amount of the senior
mortgage or deed of trust, the amount paid by the beneficiary so to cure or
redeem becomes a part of the indebtedness secured by the junior mortgage or deed
of trust. We refer you to "--Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees."
Environmental Risks
Real property pledged as security to a lender may be subject to unforeseen
environmental risks. Under the laws of certain states, contamination of a
property may give rise to a lien on the property to assure the payment of the
costs of clean-up. In several states this lien has priority over the lien of an
existing mortgage against the property. In addition, under the federal
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as
amended ("CERCLA"), the United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA")
may impose a lien on property where EPA has incurred clean-up costs. However, a
CERCLA lien is subordinate to preexisting, perfected security interests.
Under the laws of some states, and under CERCLA, it is conceivable that a
secured lender may be held liable as an "owner" or "operator" for the costs of
addressing releases or threatened releases of hazardous substances at a
mortgaged property, even though the environmental damage or threat was caused by
a prior or current owner or operator. CERCLA imposes liability for these costs
on any and all "responsible parties," including an owner or operator as that
term is therein defined. In 1996, however, Congress passed the Asset
Conservation, Lender Liability and Deposit Insurance Protection Act of 1996,
which substantially modified the definition of "owner or operator" to make
several important exclusions relating to persons who hold indicia of facility
ownership primarily as a means to protect that person's security interest in the
facility (the "Secured Creditor Exclusion"). This exclusion contains several
restrictions, however, under which the lender holding the security interest must
operate to insure that it is not "participating in management" of the facility.
Thus, if a lender's activities begin to encroach on the actual management of a
contaminated facility or property while the borrower is still in possession of
the facility or property, the lender may incur liability as an "owner or
operator" under CERCLA. Similarly, if a lender forecloses and takes title to a
contaminated facility or property, the lender may incur CERCLA liability in
various circumstances, including, but not limited to, when it holds the facility
or property as an investment, or fails to market or lease the property at the
earlier practicable, commercially reasonable time, on commercially reasonable
terms, taking into account market conditions and legal and regulatory
requirements.
This new legislation also provides that in order to be deemed to have
participated in the management of a mortgaged property, a lender must actually
participate in the operational affairs of the property or the borrower. The
legislation provides that participation in the management of the property does
not include "merely having the capacity to influence, or unexercised right to
control" operations, which had been one of the major concerns arising from the
Eleventh Circuit's decision in U.S. v. Fleet Factors Corp., 901 F. 2d 1550 (11th
Cir. 1990). A lender does not "participate in the management", the standard for
incurring owner and operator liability under CERCLA, unless it: (1) exercises
decision-making control over environmental compliance related to the property
while the borrower is still in possession of the property or facility; (2)
actually participates in the management or operational affairs of the facility;
or (3) exercises control over substantially all of the non-environmental
compliance operational functions of the property (as opposed to financial or
administrative functions). These amendments do not, however, affect the
54
<PAGE>
potential for liability under other federal or state laws which impose liability
on "owners or operators" but do not provide any protection for secured
creditors.
If a lender is or becomes liable, it can bring an action for contribution
against any other "responsible parties," including a previous owner or operator,
who created the environmental hazard, but those persons or entities may be
bankrupt or otherwise judgment-proof. The costs associated with environmental
cleanup may be substantial. It is conceivable that costs arising from the
circumstances set forth above would result in a loss to securityholders.
CERCLA does not apply to petroleum products, and the Secured Creditor
Exclusion does not govern liability for cleanup costs under federal laws other
than CERCLA, in particular Subtitle I of the federal Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act ("RCRA"), which regulates underground petroleum storage tanks
(except heating oil tanks). The EPA has adopted a lender liability rule for
underground storage tanks under Subtitle I of RCRA which also contains a
liability exclusion analogous to the Secured Creditor Exclusion. It should be
noted, however, that liability for cleanup of petroleum contamination may be
governed by state law, which may not provide for any specific protection for
secured creditors.
In the case of the Residential Loans, at the time of origination, no
environmental assessment of the mortgaged properties was conducted. In the case
of the Mixed Use Loans, except as otherwise specified in the related prospectus
supplement, at the time of origination, no environmental assessment of the
mortgaged properties was conducted.
Rights of Redemption
In some states, after sale pursuant to a deed of trust or foreclosure of a
mortgage, the borrower and foreclosed junior lienors are given a statutory
period in which to redeem the property from the foreclosure sale. In certain
other states, this right of redemption applies only to sales following judicial
foreclosure, and not to sales pursuant to a non-judicial power of sale. In most
states where the right of redemption is available, statutory redemption may
occur upon payment of the foreclosure purchase price, accrued interest and
taxes. In other states, redemption may be authorized if the former borrower pays
only a portion of the sums due. The effect of a statutory right of redemption is
to diminish the ability of the lender to sell the foreclosed property. The
exercise of a right of redemption would defeat the title of any purchaser from
the lender subsequent to foreclosure or sale under a deed of trust.
Consequently, the practical effect of the redemption right is to force the
lender to retain the property and pay the expenses of ownership until the
redemption period has run. In some states, there is no right to redeem property.
Anti-Deficiency Legislation; Bankruptcy Laws; Tax Liens
Certain states have imposed statutory restrictions that limit the remedies
of a beneficiary under a deed of trust or a mortgagee under a mortgage. In some
states, statutes limit the right of the beneficiary or mortgagee to obtain a
deficiency judgment against borrowers financing the purchase of their residence
or following sale under a deed of trust or certain other foreclosure
proceedings. A deficiency judgment is a personal judgment against the borrower
equal in most cases to the difference between the amount due to the lender and
the fair market value of the real property at the time of the foreclosure sale.
As a result of these prohibitions, it is anticipated that in most instances the
Servicer will utilize the non-judicial foreclosure remedy and will not seek
deficiency judgments against defaulting borrowers.
Some state statutes require the beneficiary or mortgagee to exhaust the
security afforded under a deed of trust or mortgage by foreclosure in an attempt
to satisfy the full debt before bringing a personal action against the borrower.
In certain other states, the lender has the option of bringing a personal action
against the borrower on the debt without first exhausting the security however,
in some of these states, the lender, following judgment on the personal action,
may be deemed to have elected a remedy and may be precluded from exercising
remedies relating to the security. Consequently, the practical effect of the
election requirement, when applicable, is that lenders will usually proceed
first against the security rather than bringing a personal action against the
borrower. In some states, exceptions to the anti-deficiency statutes are
provided for in certain instances where the value of the lender's security has
been impaired by acts or omissions of the borrower, for example, in the event of
waste of the property. Finally, other statutory provisions limit any deficiency
judgment against the former borrower following a foreclosure sale to the excess
of the outstanding debt over the fair market value of the property at the time
of the
55
<PAGE>
public sale. The purpose of these statutes is generally to prevent a beneficiary
or a mortgagee from obtaining a large deficiency judgment against the former
borrower as a result of low or no bids at the foreclosure sale.
In addition to anti-deficiency and related legislation, numerous other
federal and state statutory provisions, including the federal bankruptcy laws,
and state laws affording relief to debtors, may interfere with or affect the
ability of the secured mortgage lender to realize upon its security. For
example, in a proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, a lender may not foreclose
on a mortgaged property without the permission of the bankruptcy court. The
rehabilitation plan proposed by the debtor may provide, if the mortgaged
property is not the debtor's principal residence and the court determines that
the value of the mortgaged property is less than the principal balance of the
mortgage loan, for the reduction of the secured indebtedness to the value of the
mortgaged property as of the date of the commencement of the bankruptcy,
rendering the lender a general unsecured creditor for the difference, and also
may reduce the monthly payments due under the mortgage loan, change the rate of
interest and alter the mortgage loan repayment schedule. The effect of any
proceedings under the Bankruptcy Code, including but not limited to any
automatic stay, could result in delays in receiving payments on the Loans
underlying a series of securities and possible reductions in the aggregate
amount of these payments.
The federal tax laws provide priority to certain tax liens over the lien of
a mortgage or secured party.
Due-on-Sale Clauses
To the extent specified in the related prospectus supplement, conventional
Loans will contain due-on-sale clauses which will generally provide that if the
mortgagor or obligor sells, transfers or conveys the mortgaged property, the
loan or contract may be accelerated by the mortgagee or secured party. Court
decisions and legislative actions have placed substantial restriction on the
right of lenders to enforce these clauses in many states. However, the Garn-St
Germain Depository Institutions Act of 1982 (the "Garn-St Germain Act"), subject
to certain exceptions, preempts state constitutional, statutory and case law
prohibiting the enforcement of due-on-sale clauses. As a result, due-on-sale
clauses have become generally enforceable except in those states whose
legislatures exercised their authority to regulate the enforceability of these
clauses over mortgage loans that were (1) originated or assumed during the
"window period" under the Garn-St Germain Act which ended in all cases not later
than October 15, 1982, and (2) originated by lenders other than national banks,
federal savings institutions and federal credit unions. Freddie Mac has taken
the position in its published mortgage servicing standards that, out of a total
of eleven "window period states," five states (Arizona, Michigan, Minnesota, New
Mexico and Utah) have enacted statutes extending, on various terms and for
varying periods, the prohibition on enforcement of due-on-sale clauses for
certain categories of window period loans. Also, the Garn-St Germain Act does
"encourage" lenders to permit assumption of loans at the original rate of
interest or at some other rate less than the average of the original rate and
the market rate.
As to loans secured by an owner-occupied residence, the Garn-St Germain Act
sets forth nine specific instances in which a mortgagee covered thereunder may
not exercise its rights under a due-on-sale clause, notwithstanding the fact
that a transfer of the property may have occurred. The inability to enforce a
due-on-sale clause may result in transfer of the related mortgaged property to
an uncreditworthy person, which could increase the likelihood of default or may
result in a mortgage bearing an interest rate below the current market rate
being assumed by a new home buyer, which may affect the average life of the
Loans and the number of Loans which may extend to maturity.
In addition, under federal bankruptcy law, due-on-sale clauses may not be
enforceable in bankruptcy proceedings and may, under certain circumstances, be
eliminated in any modified mortgage resulting from the bankruptcy proceeding.
Enforceability of Prepayment and Late Payment Fees
Forms of notes, mortgages and deeds of trust used by lenders may contain
provisions obligating the borrower to pay a late charge if payments are not
timely made, and in some circumstances may provide for prepayment fees or
penalties if the obligation is paid prior to maturity. In certain states, there
are or may be specific limitations upon the late charges which a lender may
collect from a borrower for delinquent payments. Certain states also limit the
amounts that a lender may collect from a borrower as an additional charge if the
loan is prepaid.
56
<PAGE>
Under certain state laws, prepayment charges may not be imposed after a certain
period of time following the origination of mortgage loans when the prepayments
are made on loans secured by liens encumbering owner-occupied residential
properties. Since many of the mortgaged properties will be owner-occupied, it is
anticipated that prepayment charges may not be imposed on many of the Loans. The
absence of a restraint on prepayment, particularly on fixed rate Loans having
higher interest rates, may increase the likelihood of refinancing or other early
retirement of these loans or contracts. Late charges and prepayment fees are
typically retained by servicers as additional servicing compensation.
Equitable Limitations on Remedies
In connection with lenders' attempts to realize upon their security, courts
have invoked general equitable principles. The equitable principles are
generally designed to relieve the borrower from the legal effect of defaults
under the loan documents. Examples of judicial remedies that have been fashioned
include judicial requirements that the lender undertake affirmative and
expensive actions to determine the causes of the borrower's default and the
likelihood that the borrower will be able to reinstate the loan. In some cases,
courts have substituted their judgment for the lender's judgment and have
required that lenders reinstate loans or recast payment schedules in order to
accommodate a borrower suffering from temporary financial disability. In other
cases, courts have limited the right of a lender to realize upon the lender's
security if the default under the security agreement is not monetary, such as
the borrower's failure to adequately maintain the property or the borrower's
execution of secondary financing affecting the property. Finally, some courts
have been faced with the issue of whether or not federal or state constitutional
provisions reflecting due process concerns for adequate notice require that
borrowers under security agreements receive notices in addition to the
statutorily-prescribed minimums. For the most part, these cases have upheld the
notice provisions as being reasonable or have found that, in some cases
involving the sale by a trustee under a deed of trust or by a mortgagee under a
mortgage having a power of sale, there is insufficient state action to afford
constitutional protection to the borrower.
Applicability of Usury Laws
Each Mortgage Loan jurisdiction has usury laws which limit the interest and
other amounts that may be charged under certain loans. Title V of the Depository
Institutions Deregulation and Monetary Control Act of 1980, enacted in March
1980, as amended ("Title V") provides that state usury limitations shall not
apply to certain types of residential first mortgage loans originated by certain
lenders after March 31, 1980. The OTS, as successor to the Federal Home Loan
Bank Board, is authorized to issue rules and regulations and to publish
interpretations governing implementation of Title V. The statute authorized the
states to reimpose interest rate limits by adopting, before April 1, 1983, a law
or constitutional provision which expressly rejects an application of the
federal law. Fifteen states adopted this type of law prior to the April 1, 1983
deadline. In addition, even where Title V was not so rejected, any state is
authorized by the law to adopt a provision limiting discount points or other
charges on mortgage loans covered by Title V. Certain states have taken action
to reimpose interest rate limits and/or to limit discount points or other
charges.
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act
Generally, under the terms of the Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act
of 1940, as amended (the "Relief Act"), a borrower who enters military service
after the origination of the borrower's Loan (including a borrower who is a
member of the National Guard or is in reserve status at the time of the
origination of the Loan and is later called to active duty) may not be charged
interest above an annual rate of 6% during the period of the borrower's active
duty status, unless a court orders otherwise upon application of the lender. It
is possible that the interest rate limitation could have an effect, for an
indeterminate period of time, on the ability of the Servicer to collect full
amounts of interest on certain of the Loans. Unless otherwise provided in the
related prospectus supplement, any shortfall in interest collections resulting
from the application of the Relief Act could result in losses to
securityholders. The Relief Act also imposes limitations which would impair the
ability of the Servicer to foreclose on an affected Loan during the borrower's
period of active duty status. Moreover, the Relief Act permits the extension of
a Loan's maturity and the re-adjustment of its payment schedule beyond the
completion of military service. Thus, in the event that a Loan goes into
default, there may be delays and losses occasioned by the inability to realize
upon the mortgaged property in a timely fashion.
57
<PAGE>
Junior Mortgages; Rights of Senior Mortgagees
To the extent that the Loans comprising a trust fund for a series are
secured by mortgages which are junior to other mortgages held by other lenders
or institutional investors, the rights of the trust fund (and therefore the
securityholders), as mortgagee under any junior mortgage, are subordinate to
those of any mortgagee under any senior mortgage. The senior mortgagee has the
right to receive hazard insurance and condemnation proceeds and to cause the
property securing the Loan to be sold upon default of the mortgagor, thereby
extinguishing the junior mortgagee's lien unless the junior mortgagee asserts
its subordinate interest in the property in foreclosure litigation and,
possibly, satisfies the defaulted senior mortgage. A junior mortgagee may
satisfy a defaulted senior loan in full and, in some states, may cure a default
and bring the senior loan current, in either event adding the amounts expended
to the balance due on the junior loan. In most states, absent a provision in the
mortgage or deed of trust, no notice of default is required to be given to a
junior mortgagee.
The standard form of the mortgage used by most institutional lenders
confers on the mortgagee the right both to receive all proceeds collected under
any hazard insurance policy and all awards made in connection with condemnation
proceedings, and to apply these proceeds and awards to any indebtedness secured
by the mortgage, in the order determined by the mortgagee. Thus, in the event
improvements on the property are damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty,
or in the event the property is taken by condemnation, the mortgagee or
beneficiary under senior mortgages will have the prior right to collect any
insurance proceeds payable under a hazard insurance policy and any award of
damages in connection with the condemnation and to apply the same to the
indebtedness secured by the senior mortgages. Proceeds in excess of the amount
of senior mortgage indebtedness, in most cases, may be applied to the
indebtedness of a junior mortgage.
Another provision sometimes found in the form of the mortgage or deed of
trust used by institutional lenders obligates the mortgagor to pay before
delinquency all taxes and assessments on the property and, when due, all
encumbrances, charges and liens on the property which appear prior to the
mortgage or deed of trust, to provide and maintain fire insurance on the
property, to maintain and repair the property and not to commit or permit any
waste thereof, and to appear in and defend any action or proceeding purporting
to affect the property or the rights of the mortgagee under the mortgage. Upon a
failure of the mortgagor to perform any of these obligations, the mortgagee is
given the right under certain mortgages to perform the obligation itself, at its
election, with the mortgagor agreeing to reimburse the mortgagee for any sums
expended by the mortgagee on behalf of the mortgagor. All sums so expended by
the mortgagee become part of the indebtedness secured by the mortgage.
The Title I Program
General. Certain of the Loans contained in a trust fund may be loans
insured under the Title I Credit Insurance program created pursuant to Sections
I and 2(a) of the National Housing Act of 1934, as amended (the "Title I
Program"). Under the Title I Program, the Secretary of the Department of Housing
and Urban Development ("HUD") is authorized and empowered to insure qualified
lending institutions against losses on eligible loans. The Title I Program
operates as a coinsurance program in which the Secretary of HUD insures up to
90% of certain losses incurred on an individual insured loan, including the
unpaid principal balance of the loan, but only to the extent of the insurance
coverage available in the lender's insurance coverage reserve account. The owner
of the loan bears the uninsured loss on each loan.
The types of loans which are eligible for insurance by the Secretary of HUD
under the Title I Program include property improvement loans ("Property
Improvement Loans" or "Title I Loans"). A Property Improvement Loan or Title I
Loan means a loan made to finance actions or items that substantially protect or
improve the basic livability or utility of a property and includes single family
improvement loans.
There are two basic methods of lending or originating these loans which
include a "direct loan" or a "dealer loan." For a direct loan, the borrower
makes application directly to a lender without any assistance from a dealer,
which application may be filled out by the borrower or by a person acting at the
direction of the borrower who does not have a financial interest in the loan
transaction, and the lender may disburse the loan proceeds solely to the
borrower or jointly to the borrower and other parties to the transaction. For a
dealer loan, the dealer, who has a direct or indirect financial interest in the
loan transaction, assists the borrower in preparing the loan application or
58
<PAGE>
otherwise assists the borrower in obtaining the loan from lender and the lender
may distribute proceeds solely to the dealer or the borrower or jointly to the
borrower and the dealer or other parties. For a dealer Title I Loan, a dealer
may include a seller, a contractor or supplier of goods or services.
Loans insured under the Title I Program are required to have fixed interest
rates and, generally, provide for equal installment payments due weekly,
biweekly, semi-monthly or monthly, except that a loan may be payable quarterly
or semi-annually in order to correspond with the borrower's irregular flow of
income. The first or last payments (or both) may vary in amount but may not
exceed 150% of the regular installment payment, and the first payment may be due
no later than two months from the date of the loan. The note must contain a
provision permitting full or partial prepayment of the loan. The interest rate
must be negotiated and agreed to by the borrower and lender and must be fixed
for the term of the loan and recited in the note. Interest on an insured loan
must accrue from the date of the loan and be calculated according to the
actuarial method. The lender must assure that the note and all other documents
evidencing the loan are in compliance with applicable federal, state and local
laws.
Each insured lender is required to use prudent lending standards in
underwriting individual loans and to satisfy the applicable loan underwriting
requirements under the Title I Program prior to its approval of the loan and
disbursement of loan proceeds. Generally, the lender must exercise prudence and
diligence to determine whether the borrower and any co-maker is solvent and an
acceptable credit risk, with a reasonable ability to make payments on the loan
obligation. The lender's credit application and review must determine whether
the borrower's income will be adequate to meet the periodic payments required by
the loan, as well as the borrower's other housing and recurring expenses, which
determination must be made in accordance with the expense-to-income ratios
published by the Secretary of HUD.
Under the Title I Program, the Secretary of HUD does not review or approve
for qualification for insurance the individual loans insured thereunder at the
time of approval by the lending institution (as is typical) the case with other
federal loan programs). If, after a loan has been made and reported for
insurance under the Title I Program, the lender discovers any material
misstatement of fact or that the loan proceeds have been misused by the
borrower, dealer or any other party, it shall promptly report this to the
Secretary of HUD. In this case, provided that the validity of any lien on the
property has not been impaired, the insurance of the loan under the Title I
Program will not be affected unless the material misstatement of fact or misuse
of loan proceeds was caused by (or was knowingly sanctioned by) the lender or
its employees.
Requirements for Title I Loans. The maximum principal amount for Title I
Loans must not exceed the actual cost of the project plus any applicable fees
and charges allowed under the Title I Program; provided that the maximum amount
does not exceed $25,000 (or the current applicable amount) for a single family
property improvement loan. Generally, the term of a Title I Loan may not be less
than six months nor greater than 20 years and 32 days. A borrower may obtain
multiple Title I Loans on multiple properties, and a borrower may obtain more
than one Title I Loan on a single property, in each case as long as the total
outstanding balance of all Title I Loans in the same property does not exceed
the maximum loan amount for the type of Title I Loan thereon having the highest
permissible loan amount.
Borrower eligibility for a Title I Loan requires that the borrower have at
least a one-half interest in either fee simple title to the real property, a
lease thereof for a term expiring at least six months after the final maturity
of the Title I Loan or a recorded land installment contract for the purchase of
the real property. Any Title I Loan in excess of $7,500 must be secured by a
recorded lien on the improved property which is evidenced by a mortgage or deed
of trust executed by the borrower and all other owners in fee simple.
The proceeds from a Title I Loan may be used only to finance property
improvements which substantially protect or improve the basic livability or
utility of the property as disclosed in the loan application. The Secretary of
HUD has published a list of items and activities which cannot be financed with
proceeds from any Title I Loan and from time to time the Secretary of HUD may
amend the list of items and activities. Before the lender may disburse funds on
any dealer Title I Loan, the lender must have in its possession a completion
certificate on a HUD approved form, signed by the borrower and the dealer. For a
direct Title I Loan, the lender is required to obtain, promptly upon completion
of the improvements but not later than six months after disbursement of the loan
proceeds with one six month extension if necessary, a completion certificate,
signed by the borrower. The lender is required to conduct an on-site inspection
on any Title I Loan where the principal obligation is $7,500 or more, and on any
direct Title I Loan where the borrower fails to submit a completion certificate.
59
<PAGE>
HUD Insurance Coverage. Under the Title I Program the Secretary of HUD
establishes an insurance coverage reserve account for each lender which has been
granted a Title I insurance contract. The amount of insurance coverage in this
account is 10% of the amount disbursed, advanced or expended by the lender in
originating or purchasing eligible loans registered with the Secretary of HUD
for Title I insurance, with certain adjustments. The balance in the insurance
coverage reserve account is the maximum amount of insurance claims the FHA is
required to pay. Loans to be insured under the Title I Program will be
registered for insurance by the Secretary of HUD and the insurance coverage
attributable to these loans will be included in the insurance coverage reserve
account for the originating or purchasing lender following the receipt and
acknowledgment by the Secretary of HUD of a timely filed loan report on the
prescribed form pursuant to the Title I regulations. The Secretary of HUD
charges a fee of 0.50% of the loan amount multiplied by the number of years in
the loan term for any eligible loan so reported and acknowledged for insurance.
For loans with maturities of 25 months or less, payment of the entire insurance
premium is due 25 days after the Secretary of HUD acknowledges the loan report.
For loans with a term longer than 25 months, payment of the insurance premium is
made in annual installments beginning 25 days after the Secretary of HUD
acknowledges the loan report. If an insured loan is prepaid during the year, FHA
will not refund or abate portions of the insurance premium already paid. Refunds
and abatements are allowed only in limited circumstances.
Under the Title I Program the Secretary of HUD will reduce the insurance
coverage available in the lender's insurance coverage reserve account for loans
insured under the lender's contract of insurance by (1) the amount of insurance
claims approved for payment relating to insured loans and (2) the amount of
insurance coverage attributable to insured loans sold by the lender. The balance
of the lender's insurance coverage reserve account will be further adjusted as
required under Title I or by the Secretary of HUD. Originations and acquisitions
of new eligible loans will continue to increase a lender's insurance coverage
reserve account balance by 10% of the amount disbursed, advanced or expended in
originating or acquiring eligible loans registered with the Secretary of HUD for
insurance under the Title I Program. The Secretary of HUD may transfer insurance
coverage between insurance coverage reserve accounts with earmarking relating to
a particular insured loan or group of insured loans when a determination is made
that it is in the Secretary of HUD's interest to do so.
The lender may transfer insured loans and loans reported for insurance only
to another qualified lender under a valid Title I contract of insurance (except
as collateral in a bona fide transaction). Unless an insured loan is transferred
with recourse or with a guaranty or repurchase agreement, the Secretary of HUD,
upon receipt of the loan report required upon transfer in accordance with the
Title I regulations, will transfer from the transferor's insurance coverage
reserve account to the transferee's insurance coverage reserve account an
amount, if available, equal to 10% of the actual purchase price or the net
unpaid principal balance of the loan (whichever is less). However, under the
Title I Program not more than $5,000 in insurance coverage shall be transferred
to or from a lender's insurance coverage reserve account during any October 1 to
September 30 period without the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.
Claims Procedures Under Title I. Under the Title I Program the lender may
accelerate an insured loan following a default on the loan only after the lender
or its agent has contacted the borrower in a face-to-face meeting or by
telephone to discuss the reasons for the default and to seek its cure. If the
borrower does not cure the default or agree to a modification agreement or
repayment plan, the lender will notify the borrower in writing that, unless
within 30 days the default is cured or the borrower enters into a modification
agreement or repayment plan, the loan will be accelerated and that, if the
default persists, the lender will report the default to an appropriate credit
agency. The lender may rescind the acceleration of maturity after full payment
is due and reinstate the loan only if the borrower brings the loan current,
executes a modification agreement or agrees to an acceptable repayment plan.
Following acceleration of maturity upon a secured Title I Loan, the lender
may either (a) proceed against the property under any security instrument, or
(b) make a claim under the lender's contract of insurance. If the lender chooses
to proceed against the property under a security instrument (or if it accepts a
voluntary conveyance or surrender of the property), the lender may file an
insurance claim only with the prior approval of the Secretary of HUD.
When a lender files an insurance claim with the Secretary of HUD under the
Title I Program, the Secretary of HUD reviews the claim, the complete loan file
and documentation of the lender's efforts to obtain recourse against any dealer
who has agreed thereto, certification of compliance with applicable state and
local laws in carrying out any foreclosure or repossession, and evidence that
the lender has properly filed proofs of claims, where
60
<PAGE>
the borrower is bankrupt or deceased. Generally, a claim for reimbursement for
loss on any Property Improvement Loan must be filed with the Secretary of HUD no
later than nine months after the date of default of the loan. Concurrently with
filing the insurance claim, the lender shall assign to the United States the
lender's entire interest in the loan note (or a judgment in lieu of the note),
in any security held and in any claim filed in any legal proceedings. If the
Secretary of HUD has reason to believe that the note is not valid or enforceable
against the borrower, the Secretary of HUD may deny the claim and reassign the
note to the lender. If either of these defects is discovered after the Secretary
of HUD has paid a claim, the Secretary of HUD may require the lender to
repurchase the paid claim and to accept a reassignment of the loan note. If the
lender subsequently obtains a valid and enforceable judgment against the
borrower, the lender may resubmit a new insurance claim with an assignment of
the judgment. The Secretary of HUD may contest any insurance claim and make a
demand for repurchase of the loan at any time up to two years from the date the
claim was certified for payment and may do so thereafter in the event of fraud
or misrepresentation on the part of the lender.
Under the Title I Program the amount of an insurance claim payment, when
made, is equal to the Claimable Amount, up to the amount of insurance coverage
in the lender's insurance coverage reserve account. For the purposes hereof, the
"Claimable Amount" means an amount equal to 90% of the sum of (a) the unpaid
loan obligation (net unpaid principal and the uncollected interest earned to the
date of default) with adjustments thereto if the lender has proceeded against
property securing the loan; (b) the interest on the unpaid amount of the loan
obligation from the date of default to the date of the claim's initial
submission for payment plus 15 calendar days (but not to exceed 9 months from
the date of default), calculated at the rate of 7% per annum; (c) the
uncollected court costs; (d) the attorney's fees not to exceed $500; and (e) the
expenses for recording the assignment of the security to the United States.
Consumer Protection Laws
Numerous federal and state consumer protection laws impose substantive
requirements upon mortgage lenders in connection with the origination, servicing
and enforcement of loans secured by Single-Family Properties. These laws include
the federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, the
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and
Regulation B promulgated thereunder, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Fair
Credit Reporting Act, the Homeowners Protection Act and related statutes and
regulations. In particular, Regulation Z requires certain disclosures to the
borrowers regarding the terms of the Loans; the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and
Regulation B promulgated thereunder prohibit discrimination on the basis of age,
race, color, sex, religion, marital status, national origin, receipt of public
assistance or the exercise of any right under the Consumer Credit Protection
Act, in the extension of credit; the Fair Credit Reporting Act regulates the use
and reporting of information related to the borrower's credit experience; and
the Homeowners Protection Act requires the cancellation of private mortgage
insurance once certain equity levels are reached. Certain provisions of these
laws impose specific statutory liabilities upon lenders who fail to comply
therewith. In addition, violations of these laws may limit the ability of the
Sellers to collect all or part of the principal of or interest on the Loans and
could subject the Sellers and in some cases their assignees to damages and
administrative enforcement.
FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
General
The following is a summary of the anticipated material federal income tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of the securities
offered hereby and represents the opinion of Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young,
LLP, special counsel to the Depositor. The summary is based upon the provisions
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), the regulations
promulgated thereunder, including, where applicable, proposed regulations, and
the judicial and administrative rulings and decisions now in effect, all of
which are subject to change or possible differing interpretations. This
interpretation is based on statutory provisions, regulations, and
interpretations that are subject to change, including change that could apply
retroactively.
The summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of federal income
taxation that may affect particular investors in light of their individual
circumstances, nor with certain types of investors subject to special treatment
under the federal income tax laws. This summary focuses primarily on investors
who will hold securities as "capital assets" (generally, property held for
investment) within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, but much of the
61
<PAGE>
discussion is applicable to other investors as well. Prospective investors are
advised to consult their own tax advisers concerning the federal, state, local
and any other tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and
disposition of the securities.
The federal income tax consequences to holders will vary depending on
whether (1) the securities of a series are classified as indebtedness for
federal income tax purposes; (2) one or more elections are made to treat certain
assets of the trust fund relating to a particular series of securities as a real
estate mortgage investment conduit ("REMIC") under the Code; (3) the securities
represent an ownership interest in some or all of the assets included in the
trust fund for a series; or (4) for federal income tax purposes the Trust Fund
relating to a particular Series of Certificates is classified as a partnership
or is disregarded as an entity separate from its owner. The Prospectus
Supplement for each series of securities will specify how the securities will be
treated for federal income tax purposes and will discuss whether a REMIC
election, if any, will be made for that series. Prior to issuance of each series
of securities, the Depositor shall file with the Commission a Form 8-K on behalf
of the related trust fund containing an opinion and related consent of Stradley,
Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP regarding the validity of the information set forth
under "Federal Income Tax Consequences" herein and in the related prospectus
supplement.
Taxation of Debt Securities
Interest and Acquisition Discount. Securities representing regular
interests in a REMIC ("Regular Interest Securities") are generally taxable to
holders in the same manner as evidences of indebtedness issued by the REMIC.
Stated interest on the Regular Interest Securities will be taxable as ordinary
income and taken into account using the accrual method of accounting, regardless
of the holder's normal accounting method. Interest (other than original issue
discount) on securities (other than Regular Interest Securities) that are
characterized as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes will be includible
in income by holders thereof in accordance with their usual methods of
accounting. Securities characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes and
Regular Interest Securities will be referred to hereinafter collectively as
"Debt Securities."
Debt Securities that are Accrual Securities will, and certain of the other
Debt Securities may, be issued with "original issue discount" ("OID"). The
following discussion is based in part on the rules governing OID which are set
forth in Sections 1271-1275 of the Code and the Treasury regulations issued
thereunder on January 27, 1994, as amended on June 11, 1996 (the "OID
Regulations"). A holder should be aware, however, that the OID Regulations do
not adequately address certain issues relevant to prepayable securities, such as
the Debt Securities.
In general, OID, if any, will equal the difference between the stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security and its issue price. A holder of
a Debt Security must include OID in gross income as ordinary interest income as
it accrues under a method taking into account an economic accrual of the
discount. In general, OID must be included in income in advance of the receipt
of the cash representing that income. The amount of OID on a Debt Security will
be considered to be zero if it is less than a de minimis amount determined under
the Code.
The issue price of a Debt Security is the first price at which a
substantial amount of Debt Securities of that class are sold to the public
(excluding bond houses, brokers, underwriters or wholesalers). If less than a
substantial amount of a particular class of Debt Securities is sold for cash on
or prior to the related Closing Date, the issue price for that class will be
treated as the fair market value of that class on the Closing Date. The issue
price of a Debt Security also includes the amount paid by an initial Debt
Security holder for accrued interest that relates to a period prior to the issue
date of the Debt Security. The stated redemption price at maturity of a Debt
Security includes the original principal amount of the Debt Security, but
generally will not include distributions of interest if these distributions
constitute "qualified stated interest."
Under the OID Regulations, qualified stated interest generally means
interest payable at a single fixed rate or qualified variable rate (as described
below) provided that these interest payments are unconditionally payable at
intervals of one year or less during the entire term of the Debt Security. The
OID Regulations state that interest payments are unconditionally payable only if
reasonable remedies exist to compel timely payment or the debt instrument
otherwise provides terms and conditions that make the likelihood of late payment
(other than late payment that occurs within a reasonable grace period) or
nonpayment of interest a remote contingency. Certain Debt Securities may provide
for default remedies in the event of late payment or nonpayment of interest. The
interest on Debt Securities will be unconditionally payable and constitute
qualified stated interest, not OID. However, absent clarification of the OID
Regulations, where Debt Securities do not provide for default remedies,
62
<PAGE>
the interest payments may be included in the Debt Security's stated redemption
price at maturity and taxed as OID. Interest is payable at a single fixed rate
only if the rate appropriately takes into account the length of the interval
between payments. Distributions of interest on Debt Securities with respect to
which deferred interest will accrue, will not constitute qualified stated
interest payments, in which case the stated redemption price at maturity of the
Debt Securities includes all distributions of interest as well as principal
thereon. Where the interval between the issue date and the first Distribution
Date on a Debt Security is either longer or shorter than the interval between
subsequent Distribution Dates, all or part of the interest foregone, in the case
of the longer interval, and all of the additional interest, in the case of the
shorter interval, will be included in the stated redemption price at maturity
and tested under the de minimis rule described below. In the case of a Debt
Security with a long first period which has non-de minimis OID, all stated
interest in excess of interest payable at the effective interest rate for the
long first period will be included in the stated redemption price at maturity
and the Debt Security will generally have OID. Holders of Debt Securities should
consult their own tax advisors to determine the issue price and stated
redemption price at maturity of a Debt Security.
Under the de minimis rule, OID on a Debt Security generally will be
considered to be zero if OID is less than 0.25% of the stated redemption price
at maturity of the Debt Security multiplied by the weighted average maturity of
the Debt Security. For this purpose, the weighted average maturity of the Debt
Security is computed as the sum of the amounts determined by multiplying the
number of full years (i.e., rounding down partial years) from the issue date
until each distribution in reduction of stated redemption price at maturity is
scheduled to be made by fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of each
distribution included in the stated redemption price at maturity of the Debt
Security and the denominator of which is the stated redemption price at maturity
of the Debt Security. Holders generally must report de minimis OID pro rata as
principal payments are received, and this income will be capital gain if the
Debt Security is held as a capital asset. However, accrual method holders may
elect to accrue all de minimis OID as well as market discount under a constant
interest method.
The Internal Revenue Services (the "IRS") has issued final regulations (the
"Contingent Regulations") governing the calculation of OID on instruments having
contingent interest payments. The Contingent Regulations specifically do not
apply for purposes of calculating OID on debt instruments subject to Code
Section 1272(a)(6), such as the Debt Securities. Additionally, the OID
Regulations do not contain provisions specifically interpreting Code Section
1272(a)(6). Until the Treasury issues guidance to the contrary, the Trustee
intends to base its computation on Code Section 1272(a)(6) and the OID
Regulations as described in this prospectus. However, because no regulatory
guidance currently exists under Code Section 1272(a)(6), there can be no
assurance that this methodology represents the correct manner of calculating
OID.
The holder of a Debt Security issued with OID must include in gross income,
for all days during its taxable year on which it holds the Debt Security, the
sum of the "daily portions" of the OID. The amount of OID includible in income
by a holder will be computed by allocating to each day during a taxable year a
pro rata portion of the original issue discount that accrued during the relevant
accrual period. In the case of a Debt Security that is not a Regular Interest
Security and the principal payments on which are not subject to acceleration
resulting from prepayments on the Loans, the amount of OID includible in income
of a holder for an accrual period (generally the period over which interest
accrues on the debt instrument) will equal the product of the yield to maturity
of the Debt Security and the adjusted issue price of the Debt Security, reduced
by any payments of qualified stated interest. The adjusted issue price is the
sum of its issue price plus prior accruals or OID, reduced by the total payments
made to the Debt Security in all prior periods, other than qualified stated
interest payments.
The amount of OID to be included in income by a holder of a debt
instrument, such as certain classes of the Debt Securities, that is subject to
acceleration due to prepayments on other debt obligations securing these
instruments (a "Pay-Through Security"), is computed by taking into account the
anticipated rate of prepayments assumed in pricing the debt instrument (the
"Prepayment Assumption"). The amount of OID that will accrue during an accrual
period on a Pay-Through Security is the excess (if any) of the sum of (a) the
present value of all payments remaining to be made on the Pay-Through Security
as of the close of the accrual period and (b) the payments during the accrual
period of amounts included in the stated redemption price of the Pay-Through
Security, over the adjusted issue price of the Pay-Through Security at the
beginning of the accrual period. The present value of the remaining payments is
to be determined on the basis of three factors: (1) the original yield to
maturity of the Pay-Through Security (determined on the basis of compounding at
the end of each accrual period and property adjusted for the length of the
accrual period), (2) events which have occurred before the end of the accrual
period and (3) the assumption that the remaining payments will be made in
accordance with the original Prepayment Assumption. The
63
<PAGE>
effect of this method is to increase the portions of OID required to be included
in income by a holder to take into account prepayments on the Loans at a rate
that exceeds the Prepayment Assumption, and to decrease (but not below zero for
any period) the portions of original issue discount required to be included in
income by a holder of a Pay-Through Security to take into account prepayments on
the Loans at a rate that is slower than the Prepayment Assumption. Although
original issue discount will be reported to holders of Pay-Through Securities
based on the Prepayment Assumption, no representation is made to holders that
Loans will be prepaid at that rate or at any other rate.
Certain classes of Regular Interest Securities may represent more than one
class of REMIC regular interests. Unless otherwise provided in the related
prospectus supplement, the Trustee intends, based on the OID Regulations, to
calculate OID on these securities as if, solely for the purposes of computing
OID, the separate regular interests were a single debt instrument.
A subsequent holder of a Debt Security will also be required to include OID
in gross income, but a subsequent holder who purchases the Debt Security for an
amount that exceeds its adjusted issue price will be entitled (as will an
initial holder who pays more than a Debt Security's issue price) to offset the
OID by comparable economic accruals of portions of the excess.
Effects of Defaults and Delinquencies. Holders will be required to report
income from the related securities under an accrual method without giving effect
to delays and reductions in distributions attributable to a default or
delinquency on the Loans, except possibly to the extent that it can be
established that any accrual of interest on a security is uncollectible. The
IRS, in a 1995 Technical Advice Memorandum, ruled that holders of a debt
instrument having OID must continue to accrue OID, as distinguished from the
accrual of interest, even when there is no reasonable expectation that the
instrument will be redeemed according to its terms due to the issuer's financial
condition. As a result, the amount of income (including OID) reported by a
holder of this type of security in any period could significantly exceed the
amount of cash distributed to the holder in that period. The holder will
eventually be allowed a loss (or will be allowed to report a lesser amount of
income) to the extent that the aggregate amount of distributions on the
securities is reduced as a result of a Loan default. However, the timing and
character of these losses or reductions in income are uncertain and,
accordingly, holders of securities should consult their own tax advisors on this
point.
Interest Weighted Securities. It is not clear how income should be accrued
for Regular Interest Securities or Stripped Securities (as defined under "--Tax
Status as a Grantor Trust--General") the payments on which consist solely or
primarily of a specified portion of the interest payments on qualified mortgages
held by the REMIC or on Loans underlying Pass-Through Certificates (the
"Interest Weighted Securities"). The Issuer intends to take the position that
all of the income derived from an Interest Weighted Security should be treated
as OID and that the amount of OID should be calculated by including the
aggregate amount of all payments in the stated redemption price, and thus
treating none of the payments under the instrument as qualified stated interest.
However, in the case of Interest Weighted Securities that are entitled to some
payments of principal and that are Regular Interest Securities the IRS could
assert that income derived from an Interest Weighted Security should be
calculated as if the security were a security purchased at a premium equal to
the excess of the price paid by the holder for the security over its stated
principal amount, if any. Under this approach, a holder would be entitled to
amortize the premium only if it has in effect an election under Section 171 of
the Code for all taxable debt instruments held by the holder, as described
below. Alternatively, the IRS could assert that an Interest Weighted Security
should be taxable under the rules governing bonds issued with contingent
payments. This treatment may be more likely in the case of Interest Weighted
Securities that are Stripped Securities as described below. We refer you to
"--Tax Status as a Grantor Trust--Discount or Premium on Pass-Through
Certificates."
Variable Rate Debt Securities. Debt Securities may provide for interest
based on a qualified variable rate (such securities are referred to as "Variable
Rate Debt Securities"). Under the OID Regulations, interest is treated as
payable at a qualified variable rate and not as contingent interest if,
generally, (1) the interest is unconditionally payable at least annually, (2)
the issue price of the debt instrument does not exceed the total noncontingent
principal payments by more than a specified de minimis amount, (3) interest is
based on one or more "qualified floating rates," a single fixed rate and one or
more "qualified floating rates," a single "objective rate," or single fixed rate
and a single "objective rate" that is a "qualified inverse floating rate," where
each qualified floating rate or objective rate is set at a current value of the
rate, and (4) the Debt Security does not provide for any principal payments that
are contingent, as defined in the OID Regulations, except as provided in (2)
above.
64
<PAGE>
In the case of Accrual Securities, certain Interest Weighted Securities,
and certain of the other Debt Securities, none of the payments under the
instrument will be considered qualified stated interest, and thus the aggregate
amount of all payments will be included in the stated redemption price. In the
case of Variable Rate Debt Securities bearing interest at a rate that varies
directly, according to a fixed formula, with an objective index, it appears that
(1) the yield to maturity of the Debt Securities and (2) in the case of
Pay-Through Securities, the present value of all payments remaining to be made
on the Debt Securities, should be calculated as if the interest index remained
at its value as of the issue date of these securities if the rate on the
Security is a "qualified floating rate" or "qualified inverse floating rate" or
at a value that reflects the reasonably expected yield of the Security if the
rate on the Security is an "objective rate" (other than a "qualified inverse
floating rate"). Because the proper method of adjusting accruals of OID on a
variable rate Debt Security is uncertain, holders of variable rate Debt
Securities should consult their own tax advisers regarding the appropriate
treatment of the securities for federal income tax purposes.
A variable rate is a qualified floating rate if variations in the value of
the rate can reasonably be expected to measure contemporaneous variations in the
cost of newly borrowed funds in the currency in which the debt instrument is
denominated. The rate may measure contemporaneous variations in borrowing costs
for the issuer of the debt instrument or for issuers in general. Generally, a
multiple of a qualified floating rate is not a qualified floating rate. If a
debt instrument provides for two or more qualified floating rates that can
reasonably be expected to have approximately the same values throughout the term
of the instrument, the qualified floating rates together constitute a single
qualified floating rate. Two or more qualified floating rates will be
conclusively presumed to meet the requirements of the preceding sentence if the
values of all rates on the issue date are within .25 percentage points of each
other.
An objective rate, for debt instruments issued on or after August 13, 1996,
generally is a rate (other than a qualified floating rate) that is determined
using a single fixed formula and that is based on objective financial or
economic information. An objective rate is a qualified inverse floating rate if
the rate is equal to a fixed rate minus a qualified floating rate and the
variations in the rate can reasonably be expected to inversely reflect
contemporaneous variations in the qualified floating rate disregarding certain
restrictions on the rate.
Market Discount. A purchaser of a security may be subject to the market
discount rules of Sections 1276-1278 of the Code. A holder that acquires a Debt
Security with more than a prescribed de minimis amount of "market discount"
(generally, the excess of the principal amount of the Debt Security over the
purchaser's purchase price) will be required to include accrued market discount
in income as ordinary income in each month, but limited to an amount not
exceeding the principal payments on the Debt Security received in that month
and, if the securities are sold, the gain realized. This market discount would
accrue in a manner to be provided in Treasury regulations but, until these
regulations are issued, market discount would in general accrue either (1) on
the basis of a constant yield (in the case of a Pay-Through Security, taking
into account a prepayment assumption) or (2) in the ratio of (a) in the case of
securities (or in the case of a Pass-Through Certificate (as defined herein), as
set forth below, the Loans underlying the security) not originally issued with
OID, stated interest payable in the relevant period to total stated interest
remaining to be paid at the beginning of the period or (b) in the case of
securities (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Certificate, as described below,
the Loans underlying the security) originally issued at a discount, OID in the
relevant period to total OID remaining to be paid.
Section 1277 of the Code provides that, regardless of the origination date
of the Debt Security (or, in the case of a Pass-Through Certificate, the Loans),
the excess of interest paid or accrued to purchase or carry a security (or, in
the case of a Pass-Through Certificate, as described below, the underlying
Loans) with market discount over interest received on the security is allowed as
a current deduction only to the extent this excess is greater than the market
discount that accrued during the taxable year in which the interest expense was
incurred. In general, the deferred portion of any interest expense will be
deductible when the market discount is included in income, including upon the
sale, disposition, or repayment of the security (or in the case of a
Pass-Through Certificate, an underlying Loan). A holder may elect to include
market discount in income currently as it accrues, on all market discount
obligations acquired by the holder during the taxable year the election is made
and thereafter, in which case the interest deferral rule will not apply.
Premium. A holder who purchases a Debt Security (other than an Interest
Weighted Security to the extent described above) at a cost greater than its
stated redemption price at maturity, generally will be considered to have
65
<PAGE>
purchased the security at a premium, which it may elect to amortize as an offset
to interest income on the security (and not as a separate deduction item) on a
constant yield method. Although no regulations addressing the computation of
premium accrual on securities similar to the securities have been issued, the
legislative history of the Code indicates that premium is to be accrued in the
same manner as market discount. Accordingly, it appears that the accrual of
premium on a class of Pay-Through Securities will be calculated using the
prepayment assumption used in pricing that class. Premium on a Pay-Through
Security that is not amortized pursuant to an election under Code Section 171 is
allocated among the principal payments to be made on the Pay-Through Security
and is allowed as an interest offset (or possibly as a loss deduction). If a
holder makes an election to amortize premium on a Debt Security, the election
will apply to all taxable debt instruments (including all REMIC regular
interests and all pass-through certificates representing ownership interests in
a trust holding debt obligations) held by the holder at the beginning of the
taxable year in which the election is made, and to all taxable debt instruments
acquired thereafter by the holder, and will be irrevocable without the consent
of the IRS. Purchasers who pay a premium for the securities should consult their
tax advisers regarding the election to amortize premium and the method to be
employed.
The IRS has issued final regulations (the "Amortizable Bond Premium
Regulations") dealing with amortizable bond premium. These regulations
specifically do not apply to prepayable debt instruments subject to Code Section
1272(a)(6) such as the securities. Absent further guidance from the IRS, the
Trustee intends to account for amortizable bond premium in the manner described
above. Prospective purchasers of the securities should consult their tax
advisors regarding the possible application of the Amortizable Bond Premium
Regulations.
Election to Treat All Interest as Original Issue Discount. The OID
Regulations permit a holder of a Debt Security to elect to accrue all interest,
discount (including de minimis market or original issue discount) and premium in
income as interest, based on a constant yield method for Debt Securities
acquired on or after April 4, 1994. If this type of election were to be made for
a Debt Security with market discount, the holder of the Debt Security would be
deemed to have made an election to include in income currently market discount
relating to all other debt instruments having market discount that the holder of
the Debt Security acquires during the year of the election or thereafter.
Similarly, a holder of a Debt Security that makes this election for a Debt
Security that is acquired at a premium will be deemed to have made an election
to amortize bond premium on all debt instruments having amortizable bond premium
that the holder owns or acquires. The election to accrue interest, discount and
premium on a constant yield method for a Debt Security is irrevocable (except
with the approval of the Internal Revenue Service).
Taxation of the REMIC and its Holders
General. In the opinion of Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP, special
counsel to the Depositor, if a REMIC election is made for a series of
securities, then the arrangement by which the securities of that series are
issued will be treated as a REMIC as long as all of the provisions of the
applicable Agreement are complied with and the statutory and regulatory
requirements are satisfied. Securities will be designated as "regular interests"
or "residual interests" in a REMIC, as specified in the related prospectus
supplement.
Except to the extent specified otherwise in a prospectus supplement, if a
REMIC election is made for a series of securities, (1) securities held by a
domestic building and loan association will constitute "a regular or a residual
interest in a REMIC" within the meaning of Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(xi)
(assuming that at least 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of cash, government
securities, "loans secured by an interest in real property," and other types of
assets described in Code Section 7701(a)(19)(C)); and (2) securities held by a
real estate investment trust will constitute "real estate assets" within the
meaning of Code Section 856(c)(5)(B), and income from the securities will be
considered "interest on obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on
interests in real property" within the meaning of Code Section 856(c)(3)(B)
(assuming, for both purposes, that at least 95% of the REMIC's assets are
qualifying assets). If less than 95% of the REMIC's assets consist of assets
described in (1) or (2) above, then a security will qualify for the tax
treatment described in (1) and (2) in the proportion that the REMIC assets are
qualifying assets.
The Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, as part of the repeal of the
bad debt reserve method for Thrift Institutions, repealed the application of
Code Section 593(d) to any taxable year beginning after December 31, 1995.
66
<PAGE>
REMIC Expenses; Single Class REMICs
As a general rule, all of the expenses of a REMIC will be taken into
account by holders of the Residual Interest Securities. In the case of a "single
class REMIC," however, the expenses will be allocated, under Treasury
regulations, among the holders of the Regular Interest Securities and the
holders of the Residual Interest Securities (as defined herein) on a daily basis
in proportion to the relative amounts of income accruing to each holder on that
day. In the case of a holder of a Regular Interest Security who is an individual
or a "pass-through interest holder" (including certain pass-through entities but
not including real estate investment trusts), the expenses will be deductible
only to the extent that the expenses, plus other "miscellaneous itemized
deductions" of the holder, exceed 2% of the holder's adjusted gross income. In
addition, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1990, the amount of
itemized deductions otherwise allowable for the taxable year for an individual
whose adjusted gross income exceeds the applicable amount (which amount will be
adjusted for inflation for taxable years beginning after 1990) will be reduced
by the lesser of (1) 3% of the excess of adjusted gross income over the
applicable amount, or (2) 80% of the amount of itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for that taxable year. For taxable years beginning after December 31,
1997, in the case of a partnership that has 100 or more partners and elects to
be treated as an "electing large partnership," 70 percent of such partnership's
miscellaneous itemized deductions will be disallowed, although the remaining
deductions will generally be allowed at the partnership level and will not be
subject to the 2 percent floor that would otherwise be applicable to individual
partners. The reduction or disallowance of this deduction may have a significant
impact on the yield of the Regular Interest Security to a holder with that level
of income. In general terms, a single class REMIC is one that either (1) would
qualify, under existing Treasury regulations, as a grantor trust if it were not
a REMIC (treating all interests as ownership interests, even if they would be
classified as debt for federal income tax purposes) or (2) is similar to a
grantor trust and is structured with the principal purpose of avoiding the
single class REMIC rules. Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Prospectus
Supplement, the expenses of the REMIC will be allocated to holders of the
related residual interest securities.
Taxation of the REMIC
General. Although a REMIC is a separate entity for federal income tax
purposes, a REMIC is not generally subject to entity-level tax, Rather, the
taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is taken into account by the holders of
residual interests. As described above, the regular interests are generally
taxable as debt of the REMIC.
Tiered REMIC Structures. For certain Series of Certificates, two or more
separate elections may be made to treat designated portions of the related Trust
as REMICs ("Tiered REMICs") for federal income tax purposes. Upon the issuance
of any such Series of Certificates, counsel to the Depositors will deliver its
opinion generally to the effect that, assuming compliance with all provisions of
the related Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Tiered REMICs will each qualify
as a REMIC and the REMIC Certificates issued by the Tiered REMICs, respectively,
will be considered to evidence ownership of Regular Certificates or Residual
Certificates in the related REMIC within the meaning of the REMIC provisions.
Solely for purposes of determining whether the REMIC Certificates will be
"real estate assets" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(4)(A) of the Code, and
"loans...secured by an interest in real property" under Section
7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Code, and whether the income on such Certificates is
interest described in Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code, the Tiered REMICs will
be treated as one REMIC.
Calculation of REMIC Income. The taxable income or net loss of a REMIC is
determined under an accrual method of accounting and in the same manner as in
the case of an individual, with certain adjustments. In general, the taxable
income or net loss will be the difference between (1) the gross income produced
by the REMIC's assets, including stated interest and any OID or market discount
on loans and other assets, and (2) deductions, including stated interest and OID
accrued on Regular Interest Securities, amortization of any premium relating to
Loans, and servicing fees and other expenses of the REMIC. A holder of a
Residual Interest Security that is an individual or a "pass-through interest
holder" (including certain pass-through entities, but not including real estate
investment trusts) will be unable to deduct servicing fees payable on the loans
or other administrative expenses of the REMIC for a given taxable year, to the
extent that these expenses, when aggregated with the holder's other
miscellaneous itemized deductions for that year, do not exceed two percent of
the holder's adjusted gross income.
67
<PAGE>
For purposes of computing its taxable income or net loss, the REMIC should
have an initial aggregate tax basis in its assets equal to the aggregate fair
market value of the regular interests and the residual interests on the startup
day (i.e., the day on which the REMIC issues all of its regular and residual
interests). That aggregate basis will be allocated among the assets of the REMIC
in proportion to their respective fair market values.
The OID provisions of the Code apply to loans made by individuals
originated on or after March 2, 1984, and the market discount provisions apply
to loans originated after July 18, 1984. Subject to possible application of the
de minimis rules, the method of accrual by the REMIC of OID income on the loans
will be equivalent to the method under which holders of Pay-Through Securities
accrue original issue discount (i.e., under the constant yield method taking
into account the Prepayment Assumption). The REMIC will deduct OID on the
Regular Interest Securities in the same manner that the holders of the Regular
Interest Securities include the discount in income, but without regard to the de
minimis rules. See "--Taxation of Debt Securities." However, a REMIC that
acquires loans at a market discount must include the market discount in income
currently, as it accrues, on a constant interest basis.
To the extent that the REMIC's basis allocable to loans that it holds
exceeds their principal amounts, the resulting premium, if attributable to
mortgages originated after September 27, 1985, will be amortized over the life
of the loans (taking into account the Prepayment Assumption) on a constant yield
method. Although the law is somewhat unclear regarding recovery of premium
attributable to loans originated on or before that date, it is possible that the
premium may be recovered in proportion to payments of loan principal.
Prohibited Transactions and Other Possible Taxes. The REMIC will be subject
to a 100% tax on any net income derived from a "prohibited transaction." For
this purpose, net income will be calculated without taking into account any
losses from prohibited transactions or any deductions attributable to any
prohibited transaction that resulted in a loss. In general, prohibited
transactions include (1) subject to limited exceptions, the sale or other
disposition of any qualified mortgage transferred to the REMIC; (2) subject to a
limited exception, the sale or other disposition of a cash flow investment; (3)
the receipt of any income from assets not permitted to be held by the REMIC
pursuant to the Code; or (4) the receipt of any fees or other compensation for
services rendered by the REMIC. It is anticipated that a REMIC will not engage
in any prohibited transactions in which it would recognize a material amount of
net income. In addition, subject to a number of exceptions, a tax is imposed at
the rate of 100% on amounts contributed to a REMIC after the close of the
three-month period beginning on the startup day. REMICs also are subject to
federal income tax at the highest corporate rate on "net income from foreclosure
property," determining by reference to the rules applicable to real estate
investment trusts. "Net income from foreclosure property" generally means gain
from the sale of foreclosure property that is inventory property, and gross
income from foreclosure property other than qualifying rents and other
qualifying income for a real estate investment trust. Unless otherwise disclosed
in the related Prospectus Supplement, it is not anticipated that any REMIC will
recognize "net income from foreclosure property" subject to federal income
taxation. The holders of Residual Interest Securities will generally be
responsible for the payment of any taxes imposed on the REMIC. To the extent not
paid by the holders or otherwise, however, taxes will be paid out of the trust
fund and will be allocated pro rata to all outstanding classes of securities of
the REMIC.
Taxation of Holders of Residual Interest Securities
The holder of a security representing a residual interest (a "Residual
Interest Security") will take into account the "daily portion" of the taxable
income or net loss of the REMIC for each day during the taxable year on which
the holder held the Residual Interest Security. The daily portion is determined
by allocating to each day in any calendar quarter its ratable portion of the
taxable income or net loss of the REMIC for that quarter. and by allocating that
amount among the holders (on that day) of the Residual Interest Securities in
proportion to their respective holdings on that day.
The holder of a Residual Interest Security must report its proportionate
share of the taxable income of the REMIC whether or not it receives cash
distributions from the REMIC attributable to income or loss. The reporting of
taxable income without corresponding distributions could occur, for example, in
certain REMIC issues in which the loans held by the REMIC were issued or
acquired at a discount, since mortgage prepayments cause recognition of discount
income, while the corresponding portion of the prepayment could be used in whole
or in part to make principal payments on REMIC regular interests issued without
any discount or at an insubstantial discount (if this occurs, it is likely that
cash distributions will exceed taxable income in later years). Taxable income
may also be greater in earlier years of certain REMIC issues as a result of the
68
<PAGE>
fact that interest expense deductions, as a percentage of outstanding principal
on REMIC Regular Interest Securities, will typically increase over time as lower
yielding securities are paid, whereas interest income from loans will generally
remain constant over time as a percentage of loan principal.
In any event, because the holder of a residual interest is taxed on the net
income of the REMIC, the taxable income derived from a Residual Interest
Security in a given taxable year will be greater or less than the taxable income
associated with investment in a corporate bond or stripped instrument having
similar cash flow characteristics and pretax yield. Therefore, the after-tax
yield on the Residual Interest Security may be less than that of that type of
bond or instrument.
Limitation on Losses. The amount of the REMIC's net loss that a holder may
take into account currently is limited to the holder's adjusted basis at the end
of the calendar quarter in which the loss arises. A holder's basis in a Residual
Interest Security will initially equal the holder's purchase price, and will
subsequently be increased by the amount of the REMIC's taxable income allocated
to the holder, and decreased (but not below zero) by the amount of distributions
made and the amount of the REMIC's net loss allocated to the holder. Any
disallowed loss may be carried forward indefinitely, but may be used only to
offset income of the REMIC generated by the same REMIC. The ability of holders
of Residual Interest Securities to deduct net losses may be subject to
additional limitations under the Code, as to which those holders should consult
their tax advisers.
Distributions. Distributions on a Residual Interest Security (whether at
their scheduled times or as a result of prepayments) will generally not result
in any additional taxable income or loss to a holder of a Residual Interest
Security. If the amount of the payment exceeds a holder's adjusted basis in the
Residual Interest Security, however, the holder will recognize gain (treated as
gain from the sale of the Residual Interest Security) to the extent of the
excess.
Sale or Exchange. A holder of a Residual Interest Security will recognize
gain or loss on the sale or exchange of a Residual Interest Security equal to
the difference, if any, between the amount realized and the holder's adjusted
basis in the Residual Interest Security at the time of the sale or exchange.
Except to the extent provided in regulations, which have not yet been issued,
any loss upon disposition of a Residual Interest Security will be disallowed if
the selling holder acquires any residual interest in a REMIC or similar mortgage
pool within six months before or after the disposition.
Excess Inclusions. The portion of the REMIC taxable income of a holder of a
Residual Interest Security consisting of "excess inclusion" income may not be
offset by other deductions or losses, including net operating losses, on the
holder's federal income tax return. Further, if the holder of a Residual
Interest Security is an organization subject to the tax on unrelated business
income imposed by Code Section 511 (e.g., an organization described under Code
Section 401(a) or 501(c), with certain limited exceptions), the holder's excess
inclusion income will be treated as unrelated business taxable income of the
holder. In addition, under Treasury regulations yet to be issued, if a real
estate investment trust, a regulated investment company, a common trust fund, or
certain cooperatives were to own a Residual Interest Security, a portion of
dividends (or other distributions) paid by the real estate investment trust (or
other entity) would be treated as excess inclusion income. If a Residual
Security is owned by a Foreign Person excess inclusion income is subject to tax
at a rate of 30% which may not be reduced by treaty, is not eligible for
treatment as "portfolio interest" and is subject to certain additional
limitations. We refer you to "--Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors." The Small
Business Job Protection Act of 1996 has eliminated the special rule permitting
Section 593 institutions ("Thrift Institutions") to use net operating losses and
other allowable deductions to offset their excess inclusion income from REMIC
residual certificates that have "significant value" within the meaning of the
REMIC Regulations, effective for taxable years beginning after December 31,
1995, except with respect to residual certificates continuously held by a Thrift
Institution since November 1, 1995.
In addition, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 provides three
rules for determining the effect on excess inclusions on the alternative minimum
taxable income of a residual holder. First, alternative minimum taxable income
for the residual holder is determined without regard to the special rule that
taxable income cannot be less than excess inclusions. Second, a residual
holder's alternative minimum taxable income for a tax year cannot be less than
excess inclusions for the year. Third, the amount of any alternative minimum tax
net operating loss deductions must be computed without regard to any excess
inclusions. These rules are effective for tax years beginning after December 31,
1986, unless a residual holder elects to have these rules apply only to tax
years beginning after August 20, 1996.
69
<PAGE>
The excess inclusion portion of a REMIC's income is generally equal to the
excess, if any, of REMIC taxable income for the quarterly period allocable to a
Residual Interest Security, over the daily accruals for that quarterly period of
(1) 120% of the long term applicable federal rate on the startup day multiplied
by (2) the adjusted issue price of the Residual Interest Security at the
beginning of that quarterly period. The adjusted issue price of a Residual
Interest Security at the beginning of each calendar quarter will equal its issue
price (calculated in a manner analogous to the determination of the issue price
of a Regular Interest Security), increased by the aggregate of the daily
accruals for prior calendar quarters, and decreased (but not below zero) by the
amount of distributions made on the Residual Interest Security before the
beginning of the quarter. The long-term federal rate, which is announced monthly
by the Treasury, is an interest rate that is based on the average market yield
of outstanding marketable obligations of the United States government having
remaining maturities in excess of nine years.
Under the REMIC Regulations, in certain circumstances, transfers of
Residual Securities may be disregarded. We refer you to "--Restrictions on
Ownership and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities" and "--Tax Treatment of
Foreign Investors."
Restrictions on Ownership and Transfer of Residual Interest Securities. As
a condition to qualification as a REMIC, reasonable arrangements must be made to
prevent the ownership of a REMIC residual interest by any "Disqualified
Organization." Disqualified Organizations include the United States, any State
or political subdivision thereof, any foreign government, any international
organization, or any agency or instrumentality of any of the foregoing, a rural
electric or telephone cooperative described in Section 1381 (a)(2)(C) of the
Code, or any entity exempt from the tax (other than a farmers' cooperative
described in Code Section 521) imposed by Sections 1-1399 of the Code, if the
entity is not subject to tax on its unrelated business income. Accordingly, the
applicable Pooling and Servicing Agreement will prohibit Disqualified
Organizations from owning a Residual Interest Security. In addition, no transfer
of a Residual Interest Security will be permitted unless the proposed transferee
shall have furnished to the Trustee an affidavit representing and warranting
that it is neither a Disqualified Organization nor an agent or nominee acting on
behalf of a Disqualified Organization.
If a Residual Interest Security is transferred to a Disqualified
Organization after March 31, 1988 (in violation of the restrictions set forth
above), a substantial tax will be imposed on the transferor of the Residual
Interest Security at the time of the transfer. In addition, if a Disqualified
Organization holds an interest in a passthrough entity after March 31, 1988
(including, among others, a partnership, trust, real estate investment trust,
regulated investment company, or any person holding as nominee), that owns a
Residual Interest Security, the pass-through entity will be required to pay an
annual tax on its allocable share of the excess inclusion income of the REMIC.
Under the REMIC Regulations, if a Residual Interest Security is a
"noneconomic residual interest," as described below, a transfer of a Residual
Interest Security to a United States person will be disregarded for all federal
tax purposes unless no significant purpose of the transfer was to impede the
assessment or collection of tax. A Residual Interest Security is a "noneconomic
residual interest" unless, at the time of the transfer (1) the present value of
the expected future distributions on the Residual Interest Security at least
equals the product of the present value of the anticipated excess inclusions and
the highest rate of tax for the year in which the transfer occurs, and (2) the
transferor reasonably expects that the transferee will receive distributions
from the REMIC at or after the time at which the taxes accrue on the anticipated
excess inclusions in an amount sufficient to satisfy the accrued taxes. If a
transfer of a Residual Interest is disregarded, the transferor would be liable
for any federal income tax imposed upon taxable income derived by the transferee
from the REMIC. The REMIC Regulations provide no guidance as to how to determine
if a significant purpose of a transfer is to impede the assessment or collection
of tax. A similar type of limitation exists for certain transfers of residual
interests by Foreign Persons to United States Persons. We refer you to "--Tax
Treatment of Foreign Investors."
Mark to Market Rules. Prospective purchasers of a REMIC Residual Interest
Security should be aware that the Treasury has issued final regulations (the
"Mark-to-Market Regulations") which provide that a REMIC Residual Interest
Security acquired after January 3, 1995 cannot be marked-to-market. The
Mark-to-Market Regulations replace the temporary regulations which allowed a
REMIC Residual Interest Security to be marked-to-market provided that it was not
a negative value residual interest and did not have the same economic effect as
a negative value residual interest. Prospective purchasers of a REMIC Residual
Interest Security should consult their tax advisors regarding the application of
the Mark-to-Market Regulations.
70
<PAGE>
Administrative Matters
The REMIC's books must be maintained on a calendar year basis and the REMIC
must file an annual federal income tax return. The REMIC will also be subject to
the procedural and administrative rules of the Code applicable to partnerships,
including the determination of any adjustments to, among other things, items of
REMIC income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, by the IRS in a unified
administrative proceeding.
Tax Status as a Grantor Trust
General. As specified in the related prospectus supplement if a REMIC or
partnership election is not made, in the opinion of Stradley, Ronon, Stevens &
Young, LLP, special counsel to the Depositor, the trust fund relating to a
series of securities will be classified for federal income tax purposes as a
grantor trust under Subpart E, Part I of Subchapter J of the Code and not as an
association taxable as a corporation (the securities of that series, the
"Pass-Through Certificates"). In some series there will be no separation of the
principal and interest payments on the Loans. In these circumstances, a holder
will be considered to have purchased a pro rata undivided interest in each of
the Loans. In other cases (the "Stripped Securities"), sale of the securities
will produce a separation in the ownership of all or a portion of the principal
payments from all or a portion of the interest payments on the Loans.
Each holder must report on its federal income tax return its share of the
gross income derived from the Loans (not reduced by the amount payable as fees
to the Trustee and the Servicer and similar fees (collectively, the "Servicing
Fee")), at the same time and in the same manner as these items would have been
reported under the holder's tax accounting method had it held its interest in
the Loans directly, received directly its share of the amounts received on the
Loans, and paid directly its share of the Servicing Fees. In the case of
Pass-Through Certificates other than Stripped Securities, this income will
consist of a pro rata share of all of the income derived from all of the Loans
and, in the case of Stripped Securities, this income will consist of a pro rata
share of the income derived from each stripped bond or stripped coupon in which
the holder owns an interest. The holder of a security will generally be entitled
to deduct these Servicing Fees under Section 162 or Section 212 of the Code to
the extent that these Servicing Fees represent "reasonable" compensation for the
services rendered by the Trustee and the Servicer (or third parties that are
compensated for the performance of services). In the case of a noncorporate
holder, however, Servicing Fees (to the extent not otherwise disallowed, e.g.,
because they exceed reasonable compensation) will be deductible in computing the
holder's regular tax liability only to the extent that these fees, when added to
other miscellaneous itemized deductions, exceed 2% of adjusted gross income and
may not be deductible to any extent in computing the holder's alternative
minimum tax liability. In addition, the amount of itemized deductions otherwise
allowable for the taxable year for an individual whose adjusted gross income
exceeds the applicable amount (which amount will be adjusted for inflation in
taxable years beginning after 1990) will be reduced by the lesser of (1) 3% of
the excess of adjusted gross income over the applicable amount or (2) 80% of the
amount of itemized deductions otherwise allowable for that taxable year.
Discount or Premium on Pass-Through Certificates. The holder's purchase
price of a Pass-Through Certificate is to be allocated among the Loans in
proportion to their fair market values, determined as of the time of purchase of
the securities. In the typical case, the Trustee (to the extent necessary to
fulfill its reporting obligations) will treat each Loan as having a fair market
value proportional to the share of the aggregate principal balances of all of
the Loans that it represents. To the extent that the portion of the purchase
price of a Pass-Through Certificate allocated to a Loan (other than to a right
to receive any accrued interest thereon and any undistributed principal
payments) is less than or greater than the portion of the principal balance of
the Loan allocable to the Certificate, the interest in the Loan allocable to the
Pass-Through Certificate will be deemed to have been acquired at a discount or
premium, respectively.
The treatment of any discount will depend on whether the discount
represents OID or market discount. In the case of a Loan with OID in excess of a
prescribed de minimis amount or a Stripped Security, a holder of a security will
be required to report as interest income in each taxable year its share of the
amount of OID that accrues during that year in the manner described above. OID
on a Loan could arise, for example, by virtue of the financing of points by the
originator of the Loan, or by virtue of the charging of points by the originator
of the Loan in an amount greater than a statutory de minimis exception, in
circumstances under which the points are not currently deductible pursuant to
applicable Code provisions. Any market discount or premium on a Loan will be
includible in income, generally in the manner described above, except that in
the case of Pass-Through Certificates, market discount is calculated based upon
the Loans underlying the Certificate, rather than the Certificate itself. A
71
<PAGE>
holder that acquires an interest in a Loan originated after July 18, 1984, with
more than a de minimis amount of market discount (generally, the excess of the
principal amount of the Loan over the purchaser's allocable purchase price) will
be required to include accrued market discount in income in the manner set forth
above. We refer you to "--Taxation of Debt Securities--Market Discount" and
"--Premium."
In the case of market discount on a Pass-Through Certificate attributable
to Loans originated on or before July 18, 1984, the holder generally will be
required to allocate (e.g., on a ratable or straight line basis) the portion of
the discount that is allocable to a Loan among the principal payments on the
Loan and to include the discount allocable to each principal payment in ordinary
income at the time the principal payment is made. This treatment would generally
result in discount being included in income initially at a faster rate than
discount would be required to be included in income using the method described
in the preceding paragraph.
Stripped Securities. A Stripped Security may represent a right to receive
only a portion of the interest payments on the Loans, a right to receive only
principal payments on the Loans, or a right to receive certain payments of both
interest and principal. Certain Stripped Securities (the "Ratio Strip
Securities") may represent a right to receive differing percentages of both the
interest and principal on each Loan. Pursuant to Section 1286 of the Code, the
separation of ownership of the right to receive some or all of the interest
payments on an obligation from ownership of the right to receive some or all of
the principal payments results in the creation of "stripped bonds" when
referring to principal payments and "stripped coupons" when referring to
interest payments. Section 1286 of the Code applies the OID rules to stripped
bonds and stripped coupons. For purposes of computing OID, a stripped bond or a
stripped coupon is treated as a debt instrument issued on the date that the
stripped interest is purchased with an issue price equal to its purchase price
or, if more than one stripped interest is purchased, the ratable share of the
purchase price allocable to the stripped interest.
Servicing fees in excess of reasonable servicing fees ("Excess Servicing")
will be treated under the stripped bond rules. If the Excess Servicing fee is
less than 100 basis points (1%) (i.e., 1% interest on the Loan principal
balance) or the securities are initially sold with a de minimis discount
(assuming no prepayment assumption is required), any non-de minimis discount
arising from a subsequent transfer of the securities should be treated as market
discount. The IRS appears to require that reasonable servicing fees be
calculated on a Loan by Loan basis, which could result in some Loans being
treated as having more than 100 basis points of interest stripped off.
In the case of any pool of debt instruments, such as Stripped Securities
and other Pass-Through Certificates, the yield on which may be affected by
reason of prepayments, the daily portion of the OID will be determined, using a
reasonable prepayment assumption, by allocating to each day in any accrual
period its ratable portion of the excess (if any) of: (i) the sum of the present
value of all remaining payments under the debt instrument as of the close of
such period and the payments during the accrual period of amounts included in
the stated redemption price of the debt instrument, over (ii) the adjusted issue
price of the debt instrument at the beginning of such period.
If the Loans prepay at a rate faster than the Prepayment Assumption a
holder's recognition of income may be accelerated. If, however, the Loans prepay
at a rate slower that the prepayment assumption, in some circumstances a
holder's recognition of income may be decelerated.
In the case of a Stripped Security that is an Interest Weighted Security,
the Trustee intends, absent contrary authority, to report income to security
holders as OID, in the manner described above for Interest Weighted Securities.
Possible Alternative Characterizations. The characterizations of the
Stripped Securities described above are not the only possible interpretations of
the applicable Code provisions. Among other possibilities, the IRS could contend
that (1) in certain series, each non-Interest Weighted Security is composed of
an unstripped undivided ownership interest in Loans and an installment
obligation consisting of stripped principal payments; (2) the non-Interest
Weighted Securities are subject to the contingent payment provisions of the
Contingent Regulations; or (3) each Interest Weighted Stripped Security is
composed of an unstripped undivided ownership interest in Loans and an
installment obligation consisting of stripped interest payments.
72
<PAGE>
Given the variety of alternatives for treatment of the Stripped Securities
and the different federal income tax consequences that result from each
alternative, potential purchasers are urged to consult their own tax advisers
regarding the proper treatment of the securities for federal income tax
purposes.
Character as Qualifying Loans. In the case of Stripped Securities, there is
no specific legal authority existing regarding whether the character of the
securities, for federal income tax purposes, will be the same as the Loans. The
IRS could take the position that the Loans' character is not carried over to the
securities in these circumstances. Pass-Through Certificates will be, and,
although the matter is not free from doubt, Stripped Securities should be
considered to represent "real estate assets" within the meaning of Section
856(c)(5)(B) of the Code and "loans secured by an interest in real property"
within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(19)(C)(v) of the Code; and interest income
attributable to the securities should be considered to represent "interest on
obligations secured by mortgages on real property or on interests in real
property" within the meaning of Section 856(c)(3)(B) of the Code. Reserves or
funds underlying the securities may cause a proportionate reduction in the
above-described qualifying status categories of securities.
Sale or Exchange
Subject to the discussion below regarding trust funds as to which a
partnership election is made, a holder's tax basis in its security is the price
the holder pays for a security, plus amounts of original issue or market
discount included in income and reduced by any payments received (other than
qualified stated interest payments) and any amortized premium. Gain or loss
recognized on a sale, exchange, or redemption of a security, measured by the
difference between the amount realized and the security's basis as so adjusted,
will generally be capital gain or loss, assuming that the security is held as a
capital asset. In the case of a security held by a bank, thrift, or similar
institution described in Section 582 of the Code, however, gain or loss realized
on the sale or exchange of a Regular Interest Security will be taxable as
ordinary income or loss. In addition, gain from the disposition of a Regular
Interest Security that might otherwise be capital gain will be treated as
ordinary income to the extent of the excess, if any, of (1) the amount that
would have been includible in the holder's income if the yield on the Regular
Interest Security had equaled 110% of the applicable federal rate as of the
beginning of the holder's holding period, over (2) the amount of ordinary income
actually recognized by the holder from the Regular Interest Security. For
taxable years beginning after December 31, 1992, the maximum tax rate on
ordinary income for individual taxpayers is 39.6%. For taxable years beginning
after December 31, 1997, the maximum tax rate on long-term capital gains for
these taxpayers is generally 20%. The maximum tax rate on both ordinary income
and long-term capital gains of corporate taxpayers is 35%.
Miscellaneous Tax Aspects
Backup Withholding. Subject to the discussion below regarding trust funds
as to which a partnership election is made, a holder, other than a holder of a
REMIC Residual Security, may, under certain circumstances, be subject to "backup
withholding" at a rate of 31% for distributions or the proceeds of a sale of
certificates to or through brokers that represent interest or OID on the
securities. This withholding generally applies if the holder of a security
(1) fails to furnish the Trustee with its taxpayer identification number
("TIN"),
(2) furnishes the Trustee an incorrect TIN,
(3) fails to report properly interest, dividends or other "reportable
payments" as defined in the Code; or
(4) under certain circumstances, fails to provide the Trustee or the
holder's securities broker with a certified statement, signed under
penalty of perjury, that the TIN provided is its correct number and
that the holder is not subject to backup withholding.
Backup withholding will not apply, however, to certain payments made to holders,
including payments to certain exempt recipients (such as exempt organizations)
and to certain Foreign Persons (as defined below) who provide
73
<PAGE>
appropriate ownership statements as to status as a Foreign Person. Holders
should consult their tax advisers as to their qualification for exemption from
backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining the exemption.
The Trustee will report to the holders and to the Servicer for each
calendar year the amount of any "reportable payments" during that year and the
amount of tax withheld, if any, from payments on the securities.
Tax Treatment of Foreign Investors
The term "United States Person" means a citizen or resident of the United
States, a corporation or partnership (or other entity properly treated as a
corporation or partnership for federal income tax purposes) created or organized
in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof,
an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless
of its source of income, or a trust if a court within the United States is able
to exercise primary supervision of the administration of the trust and one or
more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial
decisions of the trust. A "Foreign Person" is any person that is not a United
States Person.
Subject to the discussion below regarding trust funds as to which a
partnership election is made, under the Code, unless interest (including OID)
paid on a security (other than a Residual Interest Security) is considered to be
"effectively connected" with a trade or business conducted in the United States
by a Foreign Person, the interest will normally qualify as portfolio interest
(except where (1) the recipient is a holder, directly or by attribution, of 10%
or more of the capital or profits interest in the issuer, or (2) the recipient
is a controlled foreign corporation to which the issuer is a related person) and
will be exempt from federal income tax. Upon receipt of appropriate ownership
statements as to status as a Foreign Person, the issuer normally will be
relieved of obligations to withhold tax from these interest payments. These
provisions supersede the generally applicable provisions of United States law
that would otherwise require the issuer to withhold at a 30% rate (unless the
rate were reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty) on, among other
things, interest and other fixed or determinable, annual or periodic income paid
to Foreign Persons. Holders of Pass-Through Certificates and Stripped
Securities, including Ratio Strip Securities, however, may be subject to
withholding to the extent that the Loans were originated on or before July 18,
1984.
Interest and OID of holders who are Foreign Persons are not subject to
withholding if they are effectively connected with a United States business
conducted by the holder. They will, however, generally be subject to the regular
United States income tax.
Payments to holders of Residual Interest Securities who are Foreign Persons
will generally be treated as interest for purposes of the 30% (or lower treaty
rate) United States withholding tax. Holders should assume that this income does
not qualify for exemption from United States withholding tax as "portfolio
interest." It is clear that, to the extent that a payment represents a portion
of REMIC taxable income that constitutes excess inclusion income, a holder of a
Residual Interest Security will not be entitled to an exemption from or
reduction of the 30% (or lower treaty rate) withholding tax rule. If the
payments are subject to United States withholding tax, they generally will be
taken into account for withholding tax purposes only when paid or distributed
(or when the Residual Interest Security is disposed of). The Treasury has
statutory authority, however, to promulgate regulations which would require
these amounts to be taken into account at an earlier time in order to prevent
the avoidance of tax. These regulations could, for example, require withholding
prior to the distribution of cash in the case of Residual Interest Securities
that do not have significant value. Under the REMIC Regulations, if a Residual
Interest Security has tax avoidance potential, a transfer of a Residual Interest
Security to a Foreign Person will be disregarded for all federal tax purposes. A
Residual Interest Security has tax avoidance potential unless, at the time of
the transfer the transferor reasonably expects that the REMIC will distribute to
the transferee residual interest holder amounts that will equal at least 30% of
each excess inclusion, and that these amounts will be distributed at or after
the time at which the excess inclusions accrue and not later than the calendar
year following the calendar year of accrual. If a Foreign Person transfers a
Residual Interest Security to a United States Person, and if the transfer has
the effect of allowing the transferor to avoid tax on accrued excess inclusions,
then the transfer is disregarded and the transferor continues to be treated as
the owner of the Residual Interest Security for purposes of the withholding tax
provisions of the Code. We refer you to "--Taxation of Holders of Residential
Securities--Excess Inclusions"
74
<PAGE>
Foreign Persons normally use Form W-8 to certify their status. The Treasury
has issued final regulations that modify the information and forms (e.g., Form
W-8) that must be provided to certify status as a Foreign Person. Generally, the
regulations apply to payments made to Foreign Persons after December 31, 2000.
Foreign Persons should consult their own tax advisers concerning use of the
appropriate form(s) to certify their foreign status.
Tax Characterization of the Trust Fund as a Partnership
In the opinion of Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP, special counsel to
the Depositor, a trust fund for which a partnership election is made should not
be an association (or publicly traded partnership or taxable mortgage pool)
taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes. This opinion is based
on the assumption that the terms of the Trust Agreement and related documents,
including the requirement that the trust fund file with the IRS a protective
election to be classified as a partnership, will be complied with, and on
counsel's conclusions that (1) the trust fund will be eligible to be classified
as a partnership and (2) the nature of the income of the trust fund will exempt
it from the rule that certain publicly traded partnerships are taxable as
corporations or the issuance of the securities has been structured as a private
placement under an IRS safe harbor, so that the trust fund will not be
characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation.
If the trust fund were taxable as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, the trust fund would be subject to corporate income tax on its taxable
income. The trust fund's taxable income would include all its income, possibly
reduced by its interest expense on the Notes. Any corporate income tax could
materially reduce cash available to make payments on the Notes and distributions
on the Certificates, and Certificateholders could be liable for any tax of this
type that is unpaid by the trust fund.
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Notes
Treatment of the Notes as Indebtedness. The trust fund will agree, and the
holders of asset-backed notes will agree by their purchase of notes, to treat
the notes as debt for federal income tax purposes. Special counsel to the
Depositor will, except as otherwise provided in the related prospectus
supplement, advise the Depositor that the notes will be classified as debt for
federal income tax purposes. The discussion below assumes this characterization
of the notes is correct.
Assumptions Regarding the Notes. The discussion below assumes that all
payments on the notes are denominated in United States dollars, and that the
notes are not Stripped Securities. Moreover, the discussion assumes that the
interest formula for the notes meets the requirements for "qualified stated
interest" under the OID regulations, and that any OID on the notes (i.e., any
excess of the principal amount of the notes over their issue price) does not
exceed a de minimis amount (i.e., generally 0.25% of their principal amount
multiplied by the number of full years included in their term), all within the
meaning of the OID regulations. If these conditions are not satisfied for any
given series of notes, additional tax considerations relating to the notes will
be disclosed in the applicable prospectus supplement.
Interest Income on the Notes. Based on the above assumptions, except as
discussed in the following paragraph, the notes will not be considered issued
with OID. The stated interest thereon will be taxable to a noteholder as
ordinary interest income when received or accrued in accordance with the
noteholder's method of tax accounting. Under the OID regulations, a holder of a
note issued with a de minimis amount of OID must include OID in income, on a pro
rata basis, as principal payments are made on the note. It is believed that any
prepayment premium paid as a result of a mandatory redemption will be taxable as
contingent interest when it becomes fixed and unconditionally payable. A
purchaser who buys a note for more or less than its principal amount will
generally be subject, respectively, to the premium amortization or market
discount rules of the Code.
A holder of a note that has a fixed maturity date of not more than one year
from the issue date of the note (a "Short-Term Note") may be subject to special
rules. An accrual basis holder of a Short-Term Note (and certain cash method
holders, including regulated investment companies, as set forth in Section 1281
of the Code) generally would be required to report interest income as interest
accrues on a straight-line basis over the term of each interest period. Other
cash basis holders of a Short-Term Note would, in general, be required to report
interest income as interest is paid (or, if earlier, upon the taxable
disposition of the Short-Term Note). However, a cash basis holder of a
Short-Term Note reporting interest income as it is paid may be required to defer
a portion of any interest expense
75
<PAGE>
otherwise deductible on indebtedness incurred to purchase or carry the
Short-Term Note until the taxable disposition of the Short-Term Note. A cash
basis taxpayer may elect under Section 1281 of the Code to accrue interest
income on all nongovernment debt obligations with a term of one year or less, in
which case the taxpayer would include interest on the Short-Term Note in income
as it accrues, but would not be subject to the interest expense deferral rule
referred to in the preceding sentence. Certain special rules apply if a
Short-Term Note is purchased for more or less than its principal amount.
Sale or Other Disposition. If a noteholder sells a note, the holder will
recognize gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount
realized on the sale and the holder's adjusted tax basis in the note. The
adjusted tax basis of a note to a particular noteholder will equal the holder's
cost for the note, increased by any market discount, acquisition discount, OID
and gain previously included by the noteholder in income resulting from the note
and decreased by the amount of bond premium (if any) previously amortized and by
the amount of principal payments previously received by the noteholder on the
note. Any gain or loss of this type will be capital gain or loss if the note was
held as a capital asset, except for gain representing accrued interest and
accrued market discount not previously included in income. Capital losses
generally may be used only to offset capital gains.
Foreign Holders. Interest payments made (or accrued) to a noteholder who is
a Foreign Person generally will be considered "portfolio interest," and
generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax and
withholding tax, if the interest is not effectively connected with the conduct
of a trade or business within the United States by the Foreign Person and the
Foreign Person (1) is not actually or constructively a "10 percent shareholder"
of the trust fund or the Seller (including a holder of 10% of the outstanding
asset-backed certificates) or a "controlled foreign corporation" with respect to
which the trust fund or the Seller is a "related person" within the meaning of
the Code and (2) provides the Owner Trustee or other person who is otherwise
required to withhold United States tax from payments on the notes with an
appropriate statement (on Form W-8 or a similar form), signed under penalties of
perjury, certifying that the Beneficial Owner of the note is a Foreign Person
and providing the Foreign Person's name and address. If a note is held through a
securities clearing organization or certain other financial institutions, the
organization or institution may provide the relevant signed statement to the
withholding agent; in that case, however, the signed statement must be
accompanied by a Form W-8 or substitute form provided by the Foreign Person that
owns the Note. If this interest is not portfolio interest, then it will be
subject to United States federal income and withholding tax at a rate of 30
percent, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant to an applicable tax treaty.
The Treasury has issued final regulations that modify the information and
forms (e.g., Form W-8) that must be provided to certify that a Beneficial Owner
of a note is a Foreign Person. Generally, the regulations apply to payments made
to Foreign Persons after December 31, 2000. Foreign Persons should consult their
own tax advisers concerning use of the appropriate form(s) to certify that they
are a Foreign Person.
Any capital gain realized on the sale, redemption, retirement or other
taxable disposition of a note by a Foreign Person will be exempt from United
States federal income and withholding tax, provided that (1) the gain is not
effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United
States by the Foreign Person and (2) in the case of an individual Foreign
Person, the Foreign Person is not present in the United States for 183 days or
more in the taxable year.
Backup Withholding. Each holder of a note (other than an exempt holder such
as a corporation, tax-exempt organization, qualified pension and profit-sharing
trust, individual retirement account or Foreign Person who provides
certification as to status as a Foreign Person) will be required to provide,
under penalties or perjury, a certificate containing the holder's name, address,
correct federal taxpayer identification number and a statement that the holder
is not subject to backup withholding. Should a nonexempt noteholder fail to
provide the required certification, the trust fund will be required to withhold
31 percent of the amount otherwise payable to the holder, and remit the withheld
amount to the IRS as a credit against the holder's federal income tax liability.
Possible Alternative Treatments of the Notes. If, contrary to the opinion
of special counsel to the Depositor, the IRS successfully asserted that one or
more of the notes did not represent debt for federal income tax purposes, the
notes might be treated as equity interests in the trust fund. If so treated, the
trust fund might be taxable as a corporation with the adverse consequences
described above (and the taxable corporation would not be able to reduce its
taxable income by deductions for interest expense on Notes recharacterized as
equity). Alternatively, and most likely in the view of special counsel to the
Depositor, the trust fund might be treated as a publicly traded
76
<PAGE>
partnership that would not be taxable as a corporation because it would meet
certain qualifying income tests. Nonetheless, treatment of the notes as equity
interests in a publicly traded partnership could have adverse tax consequences
to certain holders. For example, income to certain tax-exempt entities
(including pension funds) might be "unrelated business taxable income," income
to foreign holders generally would be subject to United States tax and United
States tax return filing and withholding requirements, and individual holders
might be subject to certain limitations on their ability to deduct their share
of the trust fund's expenses.
Tax Consequences to Holders of the Certificates Issued by a Partnership
Treatment of the Trust Fund as a Partnership. The trust fund and the
Servicer will agree, and the holders of asset-backed certificates will agree by
their purchase of the certificates, to treat the trust fund as a partnership for
purposes of federal and state income tax, franchise tax and any other tax
measured in whole or in part by income, with the assets of the partnership being
the assets held by the trust fund, if any, the partners of the partnership being
the certificateholders (or if there is a single Certificateholder for federal
income tax purposes, to disregard the Trust Fund as an entity separate from the
single Certificateholder). However, the proper characterization of the
arrangement involving the trust fund, the certificates, the notes, if any, and
the Servicer is not clear because there is no authority on transactions closely
comparable to that contemplated herein.
A variety of alternative characterizations are possible. For example,
because the certificates have certain features characteristic of debt, the
certificates might be considered debt of the trust fund. Generally, provided
such certificates are issued at or close to face value, any characterization of
this type would not result in materially adverse tax consequences to
certificateholders as compared to the consequences from treatment of the
certificates as equity in a partnership, described below.
You should note that the federal tax law is unclear with respect to the
status of certificates issued by a partnership qualifying as "loans secured by
an interest in real property." A partnership may be regarded as an aggregate of
its partners or an entity separate and apart from its partners. If it is
determined that the partnership is an entity and the certificates represent
equity in the partnership, it is unlikely that the certificates will constitute
loans secured by an interest in real property under Code section 7701(a)(19)(C).
If, however, it is determined that the partnership is an aggregate of its
partners, certificates classified as equity in the partnership might constitute
loans secured by an interest in real property as defined in Code section
7701(a)(19)(C) to the extent that the assets held by the partnership qualify as
such. If the certificates are classified as debt it is unlikely that the
certificates will qualify as loans secured by an interest in real property
within the meaning of Code section 7701(a)(19)(C). The following discussion
assumes that the certificates represent equity interests in a partnership.
Assumptions Regarding the Certificates. The following discussion assumes
that all payments on the certificates are denominated in United States dollars,
none of the certificates are Stripped Securities, and that a series of
securities includes a single class of certificates. If these conditions are not
satisfied for any given series of certificates, additional tax considerations
relating to those certificates will be disclosed in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
Partnership Taxation. As a partnership, the trust fund will not be subject
to federal income tax. Rather, each certificateholder will be required to
separately take into account the holder's allocated share of income, gains,
losses, deductions and credits of the trust fund. The trust fund's income will
consist primarily of interest and finance charges earned on the Loans (including
appropriate adjustments for market discount, OID and bond premium) and any gain
upon collection or disposition of Loans. The trust fund's deductions will
consist primarily of interest accruing on the notes, servicing and other fees,
and losses or deductions upon collection or disposition of Loans.
The tax items of a partnership are allocable to the partners in accordance
with the Code, Treasury regulations and the partnership agreement (here, the
Trust Agreement and related documents). The Trust Agreement will provide, in
general, that the certificateholders will be allocated taxable income of the
trust fund for each month equal to the sum of (1) the interest that accrues on
the certificates in accordance with their terms for that month, including
interest accruing at the Pass-Through Rate for that month and interest on
amounts previously due on the certificates but not yet distributed; (2) any
trust fund income attributable to discount on the Loans that corresponds to any
excess of the principal amount of the certificates over their initial issue
price; (3) prepayment premium payable to the certificateholders for that month;
and (4) any other amounts of income payable to the certificateholders for that
month. This allocation will be reduced by any amortization by the trust fund of
premium
77
<PAGE>
on Loans that corresponds to any excess of the issue price of certificates over
their principal amount. All remaining taxable income of the trust fund will be
allocated to the certificateholders. Based on the economic arrangement of the
parties, this approach for allocating trust fund income should be permissible
under applicable Treasury regulations, although no assurance can be given that
the IRS would not require a greater amount of income to be allocated to
certificateholders. Moreover, even under the foregoing method of allocation,
certificateholders may be allocated income equal to the entire Pass-Through Rate
plus the other items described above even though the trust fund might not have
sufficient cash to make current cash distributions of this amount. Thus, cash
basis holders will in effect be required to report income from the certificates
on the accrual basis and certificateholders may become liable for taxes on trust
fund income even if they have not received cash from the trust fund to pay these
taxes. In addition, because tax allocations and tax reporting will be done on a
uniform basis for all certificateholders but certificateholders may be
purchasing certificates at different times and at different prices,
certificateholders may be required to report on their tax returns taxable income
that is greater or less than the amount reported to them by the trust fund.
The taxable income allocated to a certificateholder that is a pension,
profit sharing or employee benefit plan or other tax-exempt entity (including an
individual retirement account) will constitute "unrelated business taxable
income" generally taxable to this type of holder under the Code to the extent
that the certificateholder's share of the taxable income is derived from, or on
account of, debt financed securities. The notes will constitute acquisition
indebtedness of the trust fund for this purpose under Code Section 514.
An individual taxpayer's share of expenses of the trust fund (including
fees to the Servicer but not interest expense) would be miscellaneous itemized
deductions. These deductions might be disallowed to the individual in whole or
in part and might result in the holder being taxed on an amount of income that
exceeds the amount of cash actually distributed to the holder over the life of
the trust fund.
The trust fund intends to make all tax calculations relating to income and
allocations to certificateholders on an aggregate basis. If the IRS were to
require that these calculations be made separately for each Loan, the trust fund
might be required to incur additional expense but it is believed that there
would not be a material adverse effect on certificateholders.
Section 708 Termination. Under Section 708 of the Code, the Trust will be
deemed to terminate for federal income tax purposes if 50% or more of the
capital and profits interests in the Trust are sole or exchanged within a
12-month period. If such a termination occurs, the Trust will be considered to
contribute its assets and liabilities to a new partnership in exchange for
interests in that new partnership, and the Trust (as part of the termination)
would be treated as distributing the newly-created partnership interests to the
partners in liquidation. The Trust may not be able to comply with certain
technical requirements that might apply when such a constructive termination
occurs due to a lack of data. As a result, the Trust may be subject to certain
tax penalties and may incur additional expenses if it is required to comply with
those requirements.
Discount and Premium. It is believed that the Loans were not issued with
OID, and, therefore, the trust fund should not have OID income. However, the
purchase price paid by the trust fund for the Loans may be greater or less than
the remaining principal balance of the Loans at the time of purchase. If so, the
Loan will have been acquired at a premium or discount, as the case may be. (As
indicated above, the trust fund will make this calculation on an aggregate
basis, but might be required to recompute it on a Loan by Loan basis.)
If the trust fund acquires the Loans at a market discount or premium, the
trust fund will elect to include any discount in income currently as it accrues
over the life of the Loans or to offset any premium against interest income on
the Loans. As indicated above, a portion of market discount income or premium
deduction may be allocated to certificateholders.
Disposition of Certificates. Generally, capital gain or loss will be
recognized on a sale of certificates in an amount equal to the difference
between the amount realized and the seller's tax basis in the certificates sold.
A certificateholder's tax basis in a certificate will generally equal the
holder's cost increased by the holder's share of trust fund income (includible
in income) and decreased by any distributions received on the certificate. In
addition, both the tax basis in the certificates and the amount realized on a
sale of a certificate would include the holder's share of the notes and other
liabilities of the trust fund. A holder acquiring certificates at different
prices may be required to maintain a single aggregate adjusted tax basis in
those certificates, and, upon sale or other disposition of
78
<PAGE>
some of the certificates, allocate a portion of that aggregate tax basis to the
certificates sold (rather than maintaining a separate tax basis in each
certificate for purposes of computing gain or loss on a sale of that
certificate).
Any gain on the sale of a certificate attributable to the holder's share of
unrecognized accrued market discount on the Loans would generally be treated as
ordinary income to the holder and would give rise to special tax reporting
requirements. The trust fund does not expect to have any other assets that would
give rise to these special reporting requirements. Thus, to avoid those special
reporting requirements, the trust fund will elect to include market discount in
income as it accrues.
If a certificateholder is required to recognize an aggregate amount of
income (not including income attributable to disallowed itemized deductions
described above) over the life of the certificates that exceeds the aggregate
cash distributions with respect thereto, this excess will generally give rise to
a capital loss upon the retirement of the certificates.
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees. In general, the trust
fund's taxable income and losses will be determined monthly and the tax items
for a particular calendar month will be apportioned among the certificateholders
in proportion to the principal amount of certificates owned by them as of the
close of the last day of that month. As a result, a holder purchasing
certificates may be allocated tax items (which will affect its tax liability and
tax basis) attributable to periods before the actual transaction.
The use of this type of a monthly convention may not be permitted by
existing regulations. If a monthly convention is not allowed (or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the partner's interest), taxable income or losses
of the trust fund might be reallocated among the certificateholders. The trust
fund's method of allocation between transferors and transferees may be revised
to conform to a method permitted by future regulations.
Section 754 Election. In the event that a certificateholder sells its
certificates at a profit (loss), the purchasing certificateholder will have a
higher (lower) basis in the certificates than the selling certificateholder had.
The tax basis of the trust fund's assets will not be adjusted to reflect that
higher (or lower) basis unless the trust fund were to file an election under
Section 754 of the Code. In order to avoid the administrative complexities that
would be involved in keeping accurate accounting records, as well as potentially
onerous information reporting requirements, the trust fund will not make that
election. As a result, certificateholders might be allocated a greater or lesser
amount of trust fund income than would be appropriate based on their own
purchase price for certificates.
Administrative Matters. The Trustee is required to keep or have kept
complete and accurate books of the trust fund. These books will be maintained
for financial reporting and tax purposes on an accrual basis and the fiscal year
of the trust fund will be the calendar year. The Trustee will file a partnership
information return (IRS Form 1065) with the IRS for each taxable year of the
trust fund and will report each certificateholder's allocable share of items of
trust fund income and expense to holders and the IRS on Schedule K-1. The trust
fund will provide the Schedule K-1 information to nominees that fail to provide
the trust fund with the information statement described below and these nominees
will be required to forward this information to the Beneficial Owners of the
certificates. Generally, holders must file tax returns that are consistent with
the information return filed the trust fund or be subject to penalties unless
the holder notifies the IRS of all inconsistencies.
Under Section 6031 of the Code, any person that holds certificates as a
nominee at any time during a calendar year is required to furnish the trust fund
with a statement containing certain information on the nominee, the Beneficial
Owners and the certificates so held. This information includes
(1) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the nominee,
and
(2) as to each Beneficial Owner
(a) the name, address and identification number of the person,
(b) whether the person is a United States Person, a tax-exempt entity
or a foreign government, an international organization, or any
wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the
foregoing, and
79
<PAGE>
(c) certain information on certificates that were held, bought or
sold on behalf of the person throughout the year.
In addition, brokers and financial institutions that hold certificates
through a nominee are required to furnish directly to the trust fund information
as to themselves and their ownership of certificates. A clearing agency
registered under Section 17A of the Exchange Act is not required to furnish any
information statement to the trust fund. The information referred to above for
any calendar year must be furnished to the trust fund on or before the following
January 31. Nominees, brokers and financial institutions that fail to provide
the trust fund with the information described above may be subject to penalties.
The Depositor will be designated as the tax matters partner in the related
Trust Agreement and, in that capacity, will be responsible for representing the
certificateholders in any dispute with the IRS. The Code provides for
administrative examination of a partnership as if the partnership were a
separate and distinct taxpayer. Generally, the statute of limitations for
partnership items does not expire before three years after the date on which the
partnership information return is filed. Any adverse determination following an
audit of the return of the trust fund by the appropriate taxing authorities
could result in an adjustment of the returns of the certificateholders, and,
under certain circumstances, a certificateholder may be precluded from
separately litigating a proposed adjustment to the items of the trust fund. An
adjustment could also result in an audit of a certificateholder's returns and
adjustments of items not related to the income and losses of the trust fund.
Tax Consequences to Foreign Certificateholders. It is not clear whether the
trust fund would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the
United States for purposes of federal withholding taxes from the perspective of
Foreign Persons because there is no clear authority dealing with that issue
under facts substantially similar to those described herein. Although it is not
expected that the trust fund would be engaged in a trade or business in the
United States for these purposes, the trust fund will withhold as if it were so
engaged in order to protect the trust fund from possible adverse consequences of
a failure to withhold. The trust fund expects to withhold on the portion of its
taxable income that is allocable to certificateholders who are not Foreign
Persons pursuant to Section 1446 of the Code, as if this income were effectively
connected to a United States trade or business, at a rate of 35% for holders
that are Foreign Persons taxable as corporations and 39.6% for all other holders
who are Foreign Persons. Subsequent adoption of Treasury regulations or the
issuance of other administrative pronouncements may require the trust fund to
change its withholding procedures. In determining a holder's withholding status,
the trust fund may rely on IRS Form W-8, IRS Form W-9 or the holder's
certification of foreign status signed under penalties of perjury.
Each holder who is a Foreign Person might be required to file a United
States individual or corporate income tax return (including, in the case of a
corporation, the branch profits tax) on its share of the trust fund's income.
Each holder who is a Foreign Person must obtain a taxpayer identification number
from the IRS and submit that number to the trust fund on Form W-8 in order to
assure appropriate crediting of the taxes withheld. A holder who is a Foreign
Person generally would be entitled to file with the IRS a claim for refund on
taxes withheld by the trust fund taking the position that no taxes were due
because the trust fund was not engaged in a United States trade or business.
However, interest payments made (or accrued) to a certificateholder who is a
Foreign Person generally will be considered guaranteed payments to the extent
the payments are determined without regard to the income of the trust fund. If
these interest payments are properly characterized as guaranteed payments, then
the interest will not be considered "portfolio interest." As a result,
certificateholders will be subject to United States federal income tax and
withholding tax at a rate of 30 percent, unless reduced or eliminated pursuant
to an applicable treaty. In this case, a holder who is a Foreign Person would
only be entitled to claim a refund for that portion of the taxes in excess of
the taxes that should be withheld from the guaranteed payments.
The Treasury has issued final regulations that modify the information and
forms (e.g., Form W-8) that must be provided to certify that a holder is a
Foreign Person. Generally, the regulations apply to payments made to Foreign
Persons after December 31, 2000. Foreign Persons should consult their own tax
advisers concerning use of the appropriate form(s) to certify that they are a
Foreign Person.
Backup Withholding. Distributions made on the certificates and proceeds
from the sale of the certificates will be subject to a "backup" withholding tax
of 31% if, in general, the certificateholder fails to comply with certain
identification procedures, unless the holder is an exempt recipient under
applicable provisions of the Code.
80
<PAGE>
STATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
In addition to the federal income tax consequences described in "Federal
Income Tax Consequences," potential investors should consider the state and
local income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of
the securities. State and local income tax law may differ substantially from the
corresponding federal law, and this discussion does not purport to describe any
aspect of the income tax laws of any state or locality. Therefore, potential
investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the various state and
local tax consequences of an investment in the securities.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
The following describes certain considerations under the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") and the Code, which
apply only to securities of a series that are not divided into subclasses. If
securities are divided into subclasses the related prospectus supplement will
contain information concerning considerations relating to ERISA and the Code
that are applicable to those securities.
ERISA imposes requirements on employee benefit plans (and on certain other
retirement plans and arrangements, including individual retirement accounts and
annuities, Keogh plans and collective investment funds and separate accounts in
which these plans, accounts or arrangements are invested) (collectively,
"Plans") subject to ERISA and on persons who are fiduciaries of those Plans.
Generally, ERISA applies to investments made by Plans. Among other things, ERISA
requires that the assets of Plans be held in trust and that the trustee, or
other duly authorized fiduciary, have exclusive authority and discretion to
manage and control the assets of those Plans. ERISA also imposes certain duties
on persons who are fiduciaries of Plans. Under ERISA. any person who exercises
any authority or control respecting the management or disposition of the assets
of a Plan is considered to be a fiduciary of the Plan (subject to certain
exceptions not here relevant). Certain employee benefit plans, such as
governmental plans (as defined in ERISA Section 3(32)) and, if no election has
been made under Section 410(d) of the Code, church plans (as defined in ERISA
Section 3(33)), are not subject to ERISA requirements. Accordingly, assets of
these plans may be invested in securities without regard to the ERISA
considerations described above and below, subject to the provisions of
applicable state law. Any plan which is qualified and exempt from taxation under
Code Sections 401 (a) and 5 01 (a), however, is subject to the prohibited
transaction rules set forth in Code Section 503.
On November 13, 1986, the United States Department of Labor (the "DOL")
issued final regulations concerning the definition of what constitutes the
assets of a Plan. (Labor Reg. Section 2510.3-101) Under this regulation, the
underlying assets and properties of corporations, partnerships and certain other
entities in which a Plan makes an "equity" investment could be deemed for
purposes of ERISA to be assets of the investing Plan in certain circumstances.
However, the regulation provides that, generally, the assets of a corporation or
partnership in which a Plan invests will not be deemed for purposes of ERISA to
be assets of the Plan if the equity interest acquired by the investing Plan is a
publicly-offered security. A publicly-offered security, as defined in the Labor
Reg. Section 2510.3-101, is a security that is widely held, freely transferable
and registered under the Exchange Act.
In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of investment
prudence and diversification, ERISA prohibits a broad range of transactions
involving Plan assets and persons ("Parties in Interest") having certain
specified relationships to a Plan and imposes additional prohibitions where
Parties in Interest are fiduciaries of the Plan. Because the Loans may be deemed
Plan assets of each Plan that purchases securities, an investment in the
securities by a Plan might be a prohibited transaction under ERISA Sections 406
and 407 and subject to an excise tax under Code Section 4975 unless a statutory
or administrative exemption applies.
In Prohibited Transaction Exemption 83-1 ("PTE 83-1"), which amended
Prohibited Transaction Exemption 81-7, the DOL exempted from ERISA's prohibited
transaction rules certain transactions relating to the operation of residential
mortgage pool investment trusts and the purchase, sale and holding of "mortgage
pool pass-through certificates" in the initial issuance of those certificates.
PTE 83-1 permits, subject to certain conditions, transactions which might
otherwise be prohibited between Plans and Parties in Interest of those Plans
related to the origination, maintenance and termination of mortgage pools
consisting of mortgage loans secured by first or second mortgages or deeds of
trust on single-family residential property, and the acquisition and holding of
certain
81
<PAGE>
mortgage pool pass-through certificates representing an interest in those
mortgage pools by Plans. If the general conditions (discussed below) of PTE 83-1
are satisfied, investments by a Plan in certificates that represent interests in
a pool consisting of Loans ("Single Family Securities") will be exempt from the
prohibitions of ERISA Sections 406(a) and 407 (relating generally to
transactions with Parties in Interest who are not fiduciaries) if the Plan
purchases the Single Family Securities at no more than fair market value and
will be exempt from the prohibitions of ERISA Sections 406(b)(1) and (2)
(relating generally to transactions with fiduciaries) if, in addition, the
purchase is approved by an independent fiduciary, no sales commission is paid to
the pool sponsor, the Plan does not purchase more than 25% of all Single Family
Securities, and at least 50% of all Single Family Securities are purchased by
persons independent of the pool sponsor or pool trustee. PTE 83-1 does not
provide an exemption for transactions involving Subordinated Securities.
Accordingly, unless otherwise provided in the related prospectus supplement, no
transfer of a Subordinated Security or a security which is not a Single Family
Security may be made to a Plan.
The discussion in this and the next succeeding paragraph applies only to
Single Family Securities. The Depositor believes that, for purposes of PTE 83-1,
the term "mortgage pass-through certificate" would include (1) securities issued
in a series consisting of only a single class of securities; and (2) securities
issued in a series in which there is only one class of those securities;
provided that the securities in the case of clause (1), or the securities in the
case of clause (2), evidence the beneficial ownership of both a specified
percentage of future interest payments (greater than 0%) and a specified
percentage (greater than 0%) of future principal payments on the Loans. It is
not clear whether a class of securities that evidences the beneficial ownership
in a trust fund divided into Loan groups, beneficial ownership of a specified
percentage of interest payments only or principal payments only, or a notional
amount of either principal or interest payments, or a class of securities
entitled to receive payments of interest and principal on the Loans only after
payments to other classes or after the occurrence of certain specified events
would be a "mortgage pass-through certificate" for purposes of PTE 83-1.
PTE 83-1 sets forth three general conditions which must be satisfied for
any transaction to be eligible for exemption: (1) the maintenance of a system of
insurance or other protection for the pooled mortgage loans and property
securing those loans, and for indemnifying securityholders against reductions in
pass-through payments due to property damage or defaults in loan payments in an
amount not less than the greater of one percent of the aggregate principal
balance of all covered pooled mortgage loans or the principal balance of the
largest covered pooled mortgage loan; (2) the existence of a pool trustee who is
not an affiliate of the pool sponsor; and (3) a limitation on the amount of the
payment retained by the pool sponsor, together with other funds inuring to its
benefit, to not more than adequate consideration for selling the mortgage loans
plus reasonable compensation for services provided by the pool sponsor to the
Pool. The Depositor believes that the first general condition referred to above
will be satisfied for the securities in a series issued without a subordination
feature and for the securities in a series issued with a subordination feature,
provided that the subordination and Reserve Account, subordination by shifting
of interests, the pool insurance or other form of credit enhancement described
under "Credit Enhancement" herein (this subordination, pool insurance or other
form of credit enhancement being the system of insurance or other protection
referred to above) relating to a series of securities is maintained in an amount
not less than the greater of one percent of the aggregate principal balance of
the Loans or the principal balance of the largest Loan. See "Description of the
Securities." In the absence of a ruling that the system of insurance or other
protection for a series of securities satisfies the first general condition
referred to above, there can be no assurance that these features will be so
viewed by the DOL. The Trustee will not be affiliated with the Depositor.
Each Plan fiduciary who is responsible for making the investment decisions
whether to purchase or commit to purchase and to hold Single Family Securities
must make its own determination as to whether the first and third general
conditions, and the specific conditions described briefly in the preceding
paragraph, of PTE 83-1 have been satisfied, or as to the availability of any
other prohibited transaction exemptions. Each Plan fiduciary should also
determine whether, under the general fiduciary standards of investment prudence
and diversification, an investment in the securities is appropriate for the
Plan, taking into account the overall investment policy of the Plan and the
composition of the Plan's investment portfolio.
The DOL has granted to certain underwriters individual administrative
exemptions (the "Underwriter Exemptions") from certain of the prohibited
transaction rules of ERISA and the related excise tax provisions of Section 4975
of the Code with respect to the initial purchase, the holding and the subsequent
resale by Plans of certificates in pass-through trusts that consist of certain
receivables, loans and other obligations that meet the conditions and
requirements of the Underwriter Exemptions. The Underwriter Exemptions contain
several requirements, some of which differ from those in PTE 83-1. The
Underwriter Exemptions contain an expanded
82
<PAGE>
definition of "certificate" which includes an interest which entities the holder
to pass-through payments of principal, interest and/or other payments. The
Underwriter Exemptions contain an expanded definition of "trust" which permits
the trust corpus to consist of secured consumer receivables.
Regardless of whether the notes are treated as debt or equity for purposes
of ERISA, the acquisition or holding of notes by or on behalf of a Plan could
still be considered to give rise to a prohibited transaction if the issuer, the
Trustee, or any of their respective affiliates is or becomes a party in interest
or a disqualified person with respect to such Plan or in the event that a
subsequent transfer of a note is between a Plan and a party in interest or
disqualified person with respect to such Plan. However, one or more exemptions
may be available with respect to certain prohibited transaction rules of ERISA
that might apply in connection with the initial purchase, holding and resale of
the notes, depending in part upon the type of Plan fiduciary making the decision
to acquire notes and the circumstances under which such decision is made. Those
exemptions include, but are not limited to, (i) PTCE 96-23, regarding
investments determined by in-house asset managers, (ii) PTCE 95-60, regarding
investments by insurance company pooled accounts; (iii) PTCE 91-38, regarding
investments by bank collective investment funds; (iv) PTCE 90-1, regarding
investments by insurance company pooled separate accounts; and (v) PTCE 84-14,
regarding transactions negotiated by qualified professional asset managers.
Before purchasing notes, a Plan subject to the fiduciary responsibility
provisions of ERISA or described in Section 4975(e)(1) (and not exempt under
Section 4975(g)) of the Code should consult with its counsel to determine
whether the conditions of any exemption would be met. A purchaser of a note
should be aware, however, that even if the conditions specified in one or more
exemptions are met, the scope of the relief provided by an exemption might not
cover all acts that might be construed as prohibited transactions.
While each Underwriter Exemption is an individual exemption separately
granted to a specific underwriter, the terms and conditions which generally
apply to the Underwriter Exemptions are substantially the following:
(1) the acquisition of the certificates by a Plan is on terms
(including the price for the certificates) that are at least as favorable
to the Plan as they would be in an arm's-length transaction with an
unrelated party;
(2) the rights and interest evidenced by the certificates acquired by
the Plan are not subordinated to the rights and interests evidenced by
other certificates of the trust fund;
(3) the certificates required by the Plan have received a rating at
the time of the acquisition that is one of the three highest generic rating
categories from Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, a Division of The
McGraw-Hill Companies ("S&P"), Moody's Investors Service, Inc. ("Moody's"),
Duff & Phelps Credit Rating Co. ("DCR") or Fitch Investors Services, L.P.
("Fitch");
(4) the trustee must not be an affiliate of any other member of the
Restricted Group as defined below,
(5) the sum of all payments made to and retained by the underwriters
in connection with the distribution of the certificates represents not more
than reasonable compensation for underwriting the certificates; the sum of
all payments made to and retained by the pool sponsor pursuant to the
assignment of the loans to the trust fund represents not more than the fair
market value of the loans; the sum of all payments made to and retained by
the servicer and any other servicer represents not more than reasonable
compensation for that person's services under the agreement pursuant to
which the loans are pooled and reimbursements of that person's reasonable
expenses in connection therewith;
(6) the Plan investing in the certificates is an "accredited investor"
as defined in Rule 501(a)(1) of Regulation D of the Commission under the
Securities Act; and
(7) in the event that the obligations used to fund the trust have not
been transferred to the trust on the Closing Date, additional obligations
(as specified in the Underwriter Exemptions) may be transferred to the
trust during the Funding Period in exchange for amounts credited to the
Pre-Funding Account, provided that the Pre-Funded Amount does not exceed
25% of the initial aggregate principal amount of the Certificates and/or
Notes of the related series of securities and provided that certain other
conditions set forth in the Underwriter Exemptions are satisfied.
83
<PAGE>
The Underwriter Exemptions provide that the term "trust" does not include
any investment pool unless, among other things, it meets the following
requirements:
(1) the corpus of the trust fund must consist solely of assets of the
type that have been included in other investment pools;
(2) certificates in these other investment pools must have been rated
in one of the three highest rating categories of S&P, Moody's, Fitch or DCR
for at least one year prior to the Plan's acquisition of certificates; and
(3) certificates evidencing interests in these other investment pools
must have been purchased by investors other than Plans for at least one
year prior to any Plan's acquisition of certificates.
Moreover, the Underwriter Exemptions generally provide relief from certain
self-dealing/conflict of interest prohibited transactions that may occur when
the Plan fiduciary causes a Plan to acquire certificates in a trust as to which
the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor on the receivables held in the
trust provided that, among other requirements:
o in the case of an acquisition in connection with the initial issuance
of certificates, at least fifty percent (50%) of each class of
certificates in which Plans have invested is acquired by persons
independent of the Restricted Group and at least 50 percent of the
aggregate interest in the trust is acquired by persons independent of
the Restricted Group,
o the fiduciary (or its affiliate) is an obligor with respect to five
percent (5%) or less of the fair market value of the obligations
contained in the trust,
o the Plan's investment in certificates of any class does not exceed
twenty-five percent (25%) of all of the certificates of that class
outstanding at the time of the acquisition, and
o immediately after the acquisition, no more than twenty-five percent
(25%) of the assets of the Plan with respect to which the person is a
fiduciary is invested in certificates representing an interest in one
or more trusts containing assets sold or serviced by the same entity.
The Underwriter Exemptions do not apply to Plans sponsored by the Depositor, the
related Underwriter, the Trustee, the Servicer, any insurer for the Loans, any
obligor for Loans included in the trust fund constituting more than five percent
(5%) of the aggregate unamortized principal balance of the assets in the trust
fund, or any affiliate of these parties (the "Restricted Group").
The prospectus supplement for each series of securities will indicate the
classes of securities, if any, offered thereby as to which it is expected that
an Underwriter Exemption will apply.
Any Plan fiduciary who proposes to cause a Plan to purchase securities
should consult with its counsel concerning the impact of ERISA and the Code, the
applicability of PTE 83-1 and the Underwriter Exemptions, and the potential
consequences in their specific circumstances, prior to making this investment.
Moreover, each Plan fiduciary should determine whether under the general
fiduciary standards of investment procedure and diversification an investment in
the securities is appropriate for the Plan, taking into account the overall
investment policy of the Plan and the composition of the Plan's investment
portfolio.
LEGAL INVESTMENT
The related prospectus supplement for each series of securities will
specify which, if any, of the classes of securities offered thereby constitute
`mortgage related securities" for purposes of the Secondary Mortgage Market
Enhancement Act of 1984, as amended ("SMMEA"). Classes of securities that
qualify as "mortgage related securities" will be legal investments for persons,
trusts, corporations, partnerships, associations, business trusts, and business
entities (including depository institutions, life insurance companies and
pension funds) created pursuant to or existing under the laws of the United
States or of any state (including the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico)
whose authorized investments are subject to state regulations to the same extent
as, under applicable law, obligations
84
<PAGE>
issued by or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States or any
of those entities. Under SMMEA, if a state enacts legislation prior to October
4, 1991 specifically limiting the legal investment authority of any of those
entities relating to "mortgage related securities," securities will constitute
legal investments for entities subject to the legislation only to the extent
provided therein. Approximately twenty-one states adopted this legislation prior
to the October 4, 1991 deadline. SMMEA provides, however, that in no event will
the enactment of any legislation affect the validity of any contractual
commitment to purchase, hold or invest in securities, or require the sale or
other disposition of securities, so long as the contractual commitment was made
or the securities were acquired prior to the enactment of the legislation.
SMMEA also amended the legal investment authority of federally-chartered
depository institutions as follows: federal savings and loan associations and
federal savings banks may invest in, sell or otherwise deal in securities
without limitations as to the percentage of their assets represented thereby,
federal credit unions may invest in mortgage related securities, and national
banks may purchase securities for their own account without regard to the
limitations generally applicable to investment securities set forth in 12 U.S.C.
24 (Seventh), subject in each case to any regulations prescribed by the
applicable federal authority. In this connection, federal credit unions should
review the National Credit Union Administration ("NCUA") Letter to Credit Unions
No. 96, as modified by Letter to Credit Unions No. 108, which includes
guidelines to assist federal credit unions in making investment decisions for
mortgage related securities and the NCUA's regulation "Investment and Deposit
Activities" (12 C.F.R. Part 703), which sets forth certain restrictions on
investment by federal credit unions in mortgage related securities (in each case
whether or not the class of securities under consideration for purchase
constituted a "mortgage related security").
All depository institutions considering an investment in the securities
(whether or not the class of securities under consideration for purchase
constitutes a "mortgage related security") should review the Federal Financial
Institutions Examination Council's Supervisory Policy Statement on the
Securities Activities (to the extent adopted by their respective regulators)
(the "Policy Statement") setting forth, in relevant part, certain securities
trading and sales practices deemed unsuitable for an institution's investment
portfolio, and guidelines for (and restrictions on) investing in mortgage
derivative products, including "mortgage related securities," which are
"high-risk mortgage securities" as defined in the Policy Statement. According to
the Policy Statement, these "high-risk mortgage securities" include securities
such as securities not entitled to distributions allocated to principal or
interest, or Subordinated Securities. Under the Policy Statement, it is the
responsibility of each depository institution to determine, prior to purchase
(and at stated intervals thereafter), whether a particular mortgage derivative
product is a "high-risk mortgage security," and whether the purchase (or
retention) of this type of product would be consistent with the Policy
Statement.
The foregoing does not take into consideration the applicability of
statutes, rules. regulations. orders guidelines or agreements generally
governing investments made by a particular investor, including, but not limited
to "prudent investor" provisions which may restrict or prohibit investment in
securities which are not "interest bearing" or "income paying."
There may be other restrictions on the ability of certain investors,
including depository institutions, either to purchase securities or to purchase
securities representing more than a specified percentage of the investor's
assets. Investors should consult their own legal advisors in determining whether
and to what extent the securities constitute legal investments for those
investors.
METHOD OF DISTRIBUTION
Securities are being offered hereby in series from time to time through any
of the following methods:
1. By negotiated firm commitment underwriting and public reoffering by
underwriters;
2. By agency placements through one or more placement agents primarily
with institutional investors and dealers, and
3. By placement directly by the Depositor with institutional
investors.
85
<PAGE>
A prospectus supplement will be prepared for each series which will
describe the method of offering being used for that series and will set forth
the identity of any underwriters thereof and either the price at which the
series is being offered, the nature and amount of any underwriting discounts or
additional compensation to the underwriters and the proceeds of the offering to
the Depositor, or the method by which the price at which the underwriters will
sell the securities will be determined. Each prospectus supplement for an
underwritten offering will also contain information regarding the nature of the
underwriters' obligations, any material relationship between the Depositor and
any underwriter and, where appropriate, information regarding any discounts or
concessions to be allowed or reallowed to dealers or others and any arrangements
to stabilize the market for the securities so offered. In firm commitment
underwritten offerings, the underwriters will be obligated to purchase all of
the securities of that series if any securities of that type are purchased.
Securities may be acquired by the underwriters for their own accounts and may be
resold from time to time in one or more transactions, including negotiated
transactions, at a fixed public offering price or at varying prices determined
at the time of sale.
Underwriters and agents may be entitled under agreements entered into with
the Depositor to indemnification by the Depositor against certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribution
with respect to payments which the underwriters or agents may be required to
make in respect thereof.
If a series is offered other than through underwriters, the prospectus
supplement relating thereto will contain information regarding the nature of the
offering and any agreements to be entered into between the Depositor and
purchasers of securities of that series.
LEGAL MATTERS
The validity of the securities of each series, including certain federal
income tax consequences with respect thereto, will be passed upon for the
Depositor by Stradley, Ronon, Stevens & Young, LLP, 2600 One Commerce Square,
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
RATING
It is a condition to the issuance of the securities of each series offered
hereby and by the related prospectus supplement that they shall have been rated
in one of the four highest rating categories by the nationally recognized
statistical rating agency or agencies (each, a "Rating Agency") specified in the
related prospectus supplement.
Any rating of the securities offered hereby would be based on, among other
things, the adequacy of the value of the Trust Fund Assets and any credit
enhancement of that class and will reflect that Rating Agency's assessment
solely of the likelihood that holders of a class of securities of that class
will receive payments to which those securityholders are entitled under the
related Agreement. The rating will not constitute an assessment of the
likelihood that principal prepayments on the related Loans will be made, the
degree to which the rate of prepayments might differ from that originally
anticipated or the likelihood of early optional termination of the series of
securities. The rating should not be deemed a recommendation to purchase, hold
or sell securities, inasmuch as it does not address market price or suitability
for a particular investor. Each security rating should be evaluated
independently of any other security rating. The rating will not address the
possibility that prepayment at higher or lower rates than anticipated by an
investor may cause the investor to experience a lower than anticipated yield or
that an investor purchasing a security at a significant premium might fail to
recoup its initial investment under certain prepayment scenarios.
There is also no assurance that any rating will remain in effect for any
given period of time or that it may not be lowered or withdrawn entirely by the
Rating Agency in the future if in its judgment circumstances in the future so
warrant. In addition to being lowered or withdrawn due to any erosion in the
adequacy of the value of the Trust Fund Assets or any credit enhancement of a
series, the rating might also be lowered or withdrawn among other reasons,
because of an adverse change in the financial or other condition of a credit
enhancement provider or a change in the rating of that credit enhancement
provider's long term debt.
The amount, type and nature of credit enhancement, if any, established for
a series of securities will be determined on the basis of criteria established
by each Rating Agency rating classes of that series. These criteria are
86
<PAGE>
sometimes based upon an actuarial analysis of the behavior of mortgage loans in
a larger group. This analysis is often the basis upon which each Rating Agency
determines the amount of credit enhancement required for each class. There can
be no assurance that the historical data supporting any actuarial analysis will
accurately reflect future experience nor any assurance that the data derived
from a large pool of mortgage loans accurately predicts the delinquency,
foreclosure or loss experience of any particular pool of Loans. No assurance can
be given that values of any mortgaged properties have remained or will remain at
their levels on the respective dates of origination of the related Loans. If the
residential real estate markets should experience an overall decline in property
values resulting in the outstanding principal balances of the Loans in a
particular trust fund and any secondary financing on the related mortgaged
properties becoming equal to or greater than the value of the mortgaged
properties, the rates of delinquencies, foreclosures and losses could be higher
than those now generally experienced in the mortgage lending industry. In
addition, adverse economic conditions (which may or may not affect real property
values) may affect the timely payment by mortgagors of scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the Loans and, accordingly, the rates of
delinquencies, foreclosures and losses of any trust fund. To the extent that
these losses are not covered by credit enhancement, the losses will be borne, at
least in part, by the holders of one or more classes of the securities of the
related series.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
Copies of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part
and the exhibits to the registration statement are on file at the offices of the
Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C. The Depositor is subject
to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, and files reports and other information with the Commission. Reports
and information on file with the Commission, including the registration
statement and filings made by the Depositor can be inspected without charge at
the public reference facilities maintained by the Commission or may be copied at
rates prescribed by the Commission. The public reference facilities are at:
o 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549
o Midwest Regional Office, Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison
Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661
o Northeast Regional Office, 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New
York, New York 10048.
In addition, the Commission maintains a web site at http://www.sec.gov
containing reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants, including the Depositor, that file electronically with
the Commission.
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
All documents subsequently filed by or on behalf of the trust fund referred
to in the accompanying prospectus supplement with the Commission pursuant to
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended, after the date of this prospectus and prior to the termination of any
offering of the securities issued by the trust fund shall be deemed to be
incorporated by reference in this prospectus and to be a part of this prospectus
from the date of the filing of these documents. Any statement contained in a
document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference herein shall be
deemed to be modified or superseded for all purposes of this prospectus to the
extent that a statement contained herein (or in the accompanying prospectus
supplement) or in any other subsequently filed document which also is or is
deemed to be incorporated by reference modifies or replaces that statement. Any
statement so modified or superseded shall not be deemed, except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this prospectus. Neither the Depositor
nor the Servicer for any series intends to file with the Commission periodic
reports for the related trust fund following completion of the reporting period
required by Rule 15d-1 or Regulation 15D under the Exchange Act.
The Trustee or any other entity specified in the related prospectus
supplement on behalf of any trust fund will provide without charge to each
person to whom this prospectus is delivered, on the written or oral request of
87
<PAGE>
that person, a copy of any or all of the documents referred to above that have
been or may be incorporated by reference in this prospectus (not including
exhibits to the information that is incorporated by reference unless the
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into the information that
this prospectus incorporates). Additionally, the Trustee will provide a copy of
the Agreement (without exhibits) relating to any series without charge upon
written request of a holder of record of a security of that series. These
requests should be directed to the corporate trust office of the Trustee or the
address of the other entity specified in the accompanying prospectus supplement.
Included in the accompanying prospectus supplement is the name, address,
telephone number, and, if available, facsimile number of the office or contact
person at the corporate trust office of the Trustee or that other entity.
88
<PAGE>
INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS
Accrual Securities.................................23
Advances...........................................25
Agreement..........................................12
AIV................................................17
Amortizable Bond Premium Regulations...............66
APR............................................14, 41
Balloon Payment....................................13
BBA................................................30
Belgian Cooperative................................33
Beneficial Owners..................................31
BIF................................................42
Book-Entry Securities..............................31
Calculation Agent..................................29
Capitalized Interest Account.......................44
CEDEL..............................................31
CEDEL Participants.................................33
CERCLA.............................................54
Claimable Amount...................................61
Code...............................................61
Collateral Value...................................14
Combined Loan-to-Value Ratio.......................14
Commission.........................................35
Companion Class....................................28
Contingent Regulations.............................63
Credit Enhancement.................................82
Cut-off Date.......................................11
Cut-off Date Principal Balance.....................22
DCR................................................83
Debt Securities....................................62
Debt-to-Income Ratio...............................16
Definitive Security................................31
Depositor......................................11, 15
Disqualified Organization..........................70
DOL................................................81
EPA................................................54
Equity One.....................................12, 15
Equity One Standards...............................16
ERISA..............................................81
Euroclear..........................................31
Euroclear Operator.................................33
Euroclear Participants.............................33
European Depositories..............................31
Excess Servicing...................................72
Fannie Mae.........................................49
Federal Reserve....................................15
FHA................................................13
FHLMC..............................................48
Financial Intermediary.............................31
Fitch..............................................83
FNMA...............................................49
Foreign Person.....................................74
Freddie Mac........................................48
Full Doc...........................................17
Funding Period.....................................44
Garn-St Germain Act................................56
Home Equity Loans..................................14
HUD................................................58
Insurance Proceeds.................................43
Insured Expenses...................................43
IRS................................................63
L/C Bank...........................................35
L/C Percentage.....................................35
Liquidation Expenses...............................43
Liquidation Proceeds...............................43
Loan Indices.......................................31
Loans..............................................11
Lockout Periods....................................13
Mark-to-Market Regulations.........................70
Master Servicing Agreement.........................12
Mixed Use Loan.....................................12
Mixed Use Properties...............................13
Moody's........................................36, 83
Morgan.............................................33
Mortgage...........................................41
NCUA...............................................85
NIV................................................17
OID................................................62
OID Regulations....................................62
PAC................................................27
Parties in Interest................................81
Pass-Through Certificates..........................71
Pass-Through Rate..............................11, 23
Pay-Through Security...............................63
Percentage Interests...............................49
Permitted Investments..............................36
Plans..............................................81
PNA................................................15
Pool Insurer.......................................37
Pooling and Servicing Agreement....................11
Popular............................................15
Pre-Funded Amount..................................44
Prepayment Assumption..............................63
Prime Rate.........................................31
Principal Prepayments..............................24
Property Improvement Loans.........................58
PTE 83-1...........................................81
Purchase Agreement.................................11
Purchase Price.....................................21
Rating Agency..................................36, 86
Ratio Strip Securities.............................72
RCRA...............................................55
Record Date........................................22
Reference Banks....................................29
Refinance Loan.....................................14
Regular Interest Securities........................62
Relevant Depository................................31
Relief Act.........................................57
REMIC..........................................23, 62
Reserve Account....................................23
Reserve Interest Rate..............................30
89
<PAGE>
Residential Loan...................................12
Residual Interest Security.........................68
Restricted Group...................................84
Retained Interest..................................22
Revolving Credit Line Loans........................12
Rules..............................................32
S&P................................................83
SAIF...............................................42
Secured Creditor Exclusion.........................54
Securities Index...................................31
Security Account...................................42
Sellers............................................11
Senior Securities..................................35
Servicer...........................................12
Servicing Fee..................................47, 71
Short-Term Note....................................75
Single Family Properties...........................13
Single Family Securities...........................82
SMMEA..............................................84
Stripped Securities................................71
Subordinated Securities............................35
Subsequent Loans...................................44
Sub-Servicer.......................................12
Sub-Servicing Agreement............................44
TAC................................................28
Terms and Conditions...............................33
Thrift Institutions................................69
Tiered REMICs......................................67
TIN................................................73
Title I Loans......................................58
Title I Program....................................58
Title V............................................57
Treasury Index.....................................30
Trust Agreement....................................12
Trust Fund Assets..................................11
Trustee............................................11
Underwriter Exemptions.............................82
United States Person...............................74
VA.................................................13
VA Guaranty........................................47
Variable Rate Debt Securities......................64
90
<PAGE>
Equity One Mortgage Pass-Through Trust 1999-1
$195,015,906 Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 1999-1
Equity One ABS, Inc.
(Depositor)
-------------------------------------------------
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
Dated August 12, 1999
-------------------------------------------------
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette
